Prisma_iPM_Catalogue_Cu_2021

M

M

Prisma iPM

System M

Floor standing switchboards up to 4000 A

Catalogue 2021

se.com

Illustrated Table of Contents of

Index and

Presentation

Functional

Units

Circuit Breakers

Index of commercial

numbers

A-4

Overview

A-12

MTZ2/MasterPact NW /

EasyPact MVS

Standards and certifications A-30

Prisma iPM type tested

switchboards

A-37

B-4 B-11 B-16

MTZ1/MasterPact

NT

ComPact

NS1600b / 3200

Switch

Disconnectors

B-34

Interpact INS

Transfer Switch

Equipment

Other

B-38

Transfer switch

equipments

B-40

B-50

B-52

Capacitor bank

Industrial control

devices

Human-switchboard

interface

Distribution

C-1

C-2

C-8

Main distribution

Linergy evolution

Rear and multistage

busbars

Distribution

blocks

Sub distribution

Distribution

solution

C-11

Enclosures

D-5

D-7

Features or

Additional Info

Enclosure

selection

Spare parts

D-2

IP30 / 31 floor

standing cubicles

IP42/54 floor

standing cubicles

E-2 Electrical

characteristics E-3 Mechanical

characteristics E-45

Floor Standing Enclosures

Main Functions of Standard

IEC 61439

Energy Management with

Prisma iPM

ComPact

NSX400/630 A

A-22

A-24

Floor Standing

System M

Tools and

services

A-38

A-44

B-20 B-28

B-32 B-44

EasyPact CVS

100/630 A

Easypact EZC

100/400/630A

Widths of Modular

devices

Index and

Presentation

A-4

Functional

Units

B-2

Circuit Breakers

A

B

Switch

Disconnectors

Transfer Switch

Equipment

Other

B-57

B-66

Reserve space

Functional unit

accessories

Partitioning

C-13

C-21

Horizontal busbars

Distribution

C-1

Main distribution

C

C-40

C-56

Sub distribution

Vertical busbars

Distribution Accessories

D-11

IP30 / 31 / 42/54

cubicles accessories

D-14

Gasket, baseframe

and gland plates

Dimensions

D-18

D-19

Other devices

Enclosures

D-2

D

Environmental

profile of Prisma iPM

switchboards

E-56

Presentation of

components

E-58

Features or

Additional Info

E-2

E

Prisma - Overview

Index of Catalogue Numbers

System M

Index

Com. no. Designation Page

01000

01109 12 chocks for Linergy busbars C-36, C-38, C-39

E-2

01130 Linergy evol. screw plate kit C-37, E-2, E-5,

E-6, E-15, E-16,

E-18, E-19, E-20

03000

03180 20 slotted mounting plate M4 clip-nuts B-63



03195 4 hexagonal spacers M6 H9 B-66



03581 2 universal angle brackets B-66, C-60

04000

04029 Connectors 200A multiclip/rear busbar C-53

04045 Distribloc 125 B-55, B-57

04171 4 threaded bars 160 A L1400 C-48




04195 40 threaded bars <630 A M6 x16 screws C-49, C-59

04197 Busbar power supply barrier 630 A C-49

04226 2 modular device rails L1600 B-63

04229 20 tab connection M10 Volt. tap-offs C-59

04239 12 horizontal cable straps A-36, B-55, B-57,

C-60

04243 4 covers horizontal cable straps A-36, B-55, B-57,

C-60

04255 12 horizontal trunking supports A-36, B-55, B-57,

C-60

04502 Linergy for busbar 630 A C-35, C-38, C-39,

E-7


E-7


E-7


E-7

04506 Linergy for busbar 1600 A A-36, C-35, C-38,

C-39, E-7

04560 Linergy evolution HZ busbar 630 A C-16, C-18, C-26,

C-28


C-28


C-28


C-28


C-28


C-28


C-28


C-28


C-28

04602 Linergy evol. vert. connection 1600 A C-29, C-36

04604 Linergy evol. vert. short connect. 2500 A C-27, C-29

04607 Linergy evol. vert. connection 4000 A C-27, C-29

04620 Linergy evol. horiz. connection 1600 A C-17

04621 Linergy evol. horiz. connection 2500 A C-15, C-19

04623 Linergy evol. horiz. connection 4000 A C-15, C-19

04640 Joint for 50/60 mm bar/Linergy BS horizontal

busbar

C-25


04641 Joint for 80/100 mm bar/Linergy BS C-26

horizontal busbar

04643 Joint for 120 mm Linergy BS horizontal C-25

busbar

04645 20 screws for vertical/horizontal busbar C-59, E-61

connection

04646 12 spacers 150 mm linergy evol.4000A C-14, C-19, C-27,

C-29, E-59, E-60

04658 12 chock for linergy evol. 1600 A vert. C-27, C-29

04659 12 chock for linergy evol. 4000 A vert. C-27, C-29

04671 Busbars > 80 mm support/screws B-4, B-5, B-6, B-7,

B-8, B-9, B-14,

C-14, C-19, C-23,

C-25, C-27, C-29,

C-43, E-59, E-60,

E-61, E-64

04690 Flange for flat bars B-5, B-15, B-18,

B-20

04691 Flange for edgewise bars A-37, B-15, B-18,

B-20

04692 Flange for flat bars W=400 B-19, B-22

04742 Insulated flexible bar 20x2 L1800 C-58

04743 Insulated flexible bar 20x3 L1800 C-58

04751 Insulated flexible bar 32x5 L1800 A-36, C-58

04753 Insulated flexible bar 32x8 L1800 A-36, C-58

04766 20 lug connection to linergy bolts C-37, C-39, C-59

04767 20 bar connection to linergy bolts A-36, C-37, C-39,

C-59

04768 Set of 12 screwplates for linergy evolution C-37, C-59, E-2

2500 A

04769 Set of 8 screwplates for linergy evolution C-37, C-59, E-2

4000 A

04772 20 insulated flexible bar diameter 20 A-38, C-37, C-59

washers

04774 20 insulated flexible bar diameter 28

washers

C-37, C-59

04782 20 bolts for bars M8x20 C-59




04794 12 linergy markers C-37, C-39, C-60

07000

07940 Barrel bloc with combination lock 405 D-18

07945 Insert bloc combinaison.din double bar D-18

07946 Insert bloc combinaison.screwdriver slot D-18

08000

08903 12 label holders H24 mm W432 B-67

08913 12 clip-on labels 18x35 B-67

08947 6.5 mm male triangle insert D-18

08948 7 mm male triangle insert D-18



08951 6 mm male square insert D-18



08955 6 mm female square insert D-18

08963 Adhesive drawing holder D-17

28000

28958 2 terminal shields 3/4P B-57

29000

29323 Circuit breaker terminal shield B-47

29324 2 long terminal shields 4P (NS100/250) B-47

32000



iv

se.com

Prisma - Overview


System M

Index


32582 2 long term. shields 3P U>600V (52,5mm) B-47

32583 2 long term. shields 4P U>600V (52,5) B-47

33000

33596 3P arc chute insulating screen B-20

33597 4P arc chute insulating screen A-37, B-20

33642 Kit 3P vertical connection adapters B-15, B-18, B-20,

E-23, E-26

33643 Kit 4P vertical connection adapters A-37, B-15, B-18,

B-20, E-23, E-26

33644 3P cable lug adapter kit B-15, B-18, B-20,

E-23, E-25

33645 4P cable lug adapter kit B-15, B-18, B-20,

E-23, E-25

33975 Connection 3P for NS1600/3200A B-23

47000

47335 Arc chute insulating screen for 3P fixed B-15, B-18

47336 Arc chute insulating screen for 4P fixed B-15, B-18

LSL

LSL58801A Modular device rail C-52

LSM

LSM53176A Rear panel W600 D-7, D-8, E-66

LSM53178A Rear panel W800 / 600+200 D-7, D-8, E-66

LSM53433A 4 corner posts and 2 crosspieces W=300 D-15

mm


mm


mm

LSM53438A 4 corner posts and 2 crosspieces W=800 A-38, D-15

mm

LSM53444A 2 side plates D=400 mm A-38, D-15

LSM53446A 2 side plates D=600 mm D-15

LSM53488A Glandplate W800 or W600+W200 D400 A-38, D-15

LSM53683A Glandplate W300 D600 D-15


LSM53688A Glandplate W800 (600+200) D600 D-15

LSM57095A Terminal extension bar support W400 B-15, B-18

LSM57403A Frame + roof W300 D400 B-8, B-9, D-5, D-6,

D-7, D-8, D-9,

D-10, D-11, D-12


D-7, D-8, D-9,

D-10, D-11, D-12


D-7, D-8, D-10,

D-11, D-12


D-7, D-8, D-9,

D-10, D-11, D-12

LSM57410A IP42 rear panel W400 2 mm D-11, D-12, E-66



LSM57413A Rear panel W300 2 mm D-9, D-10, D-11,

D-12, E-66

LSM57414A IP31 rear panel W400 D-11, D-12

LSM57415A IP54 rear panel W400 2mm D-11, D-12, E-66


LSM57417A Rear panel W600 2mm D-11, D-12, E-66


LSM57419A Rear panel W800 2mm D-11, D-12, E-66

LSM57422A IP30 plain door W200 2mm D-9, D-10

LSM57423A Plain door W300 2mm D-9, D-10

LSM57424A IP54 plain door W300 D-7, D-8, E-66

LSM57426A Plain door W600 2mm D-9, D-10

LSM57427A IP54 plain door W600 D-7, D-8, E-66

LSM57428A Plain door W800 2mm B-51, D-9, D-10


LSM57429A IP54 plain door W800 B-10, B-49, B-51,

D-7, D-8, E-66

LSM57434A IP42 frame+tophood W400 D400 D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12


D-12


D-12

LSM57442A Frame+roof W600 (400+200) D400 D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, D-9

LSM57444A IP30 rear panel W400 2mm D-9, D-10

LSM57446A IP30/31 rear panel W600 2mm D-9, D-10

LSM57448A IP30/31 rear panel W800 2mm D-9, D-10

LSM57450A 2 lateral panels D400 2mm D-11, D-12





LSM57462A Frame+roof W800 (600+200) D400 A-36, D-5, D-6,

D-7, D-8, D-9,

D-10, D-11, D-12

LSM57464A IP42 frame+tophood W800 (600+200)

D400

D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12

LSM57466T Transparent door W600 2mm D-9, D-10

LSM57467T IP54 transparent door W600 D-7, D-8

LSM57468T Transparent door W800 2mm D-9, D-10

LSM57469T IP54 transparent door W800 D-7, D-8

LSM57471A 4 lifting rings A-36, D-17


LSM57475A 2 lateral panels D400 D-7, D-8







LSM57489A Transparent door W600 2mm D-11, D-12

LSM57490A IP54 transparent door W800 2mm D-11, D-12

LSM57603A Frame + roof W300 D600 D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, D-9, D-10,

D-11, D-12


D-8, D-9, D-10,

D-11, D-12


D-8, D-9, D-10,

D-11, D-12


D-8, D-9, D-10,

D-11, D-12


D-12

LSM57616A IP42frame+tophood W600 D600 D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12


D-12

LSM57624R IP42 rear panel W400 D-7, D-8

LSM57626A

IP42 frame+tophood W800(600+200)

D600

D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12


LSM57635A IP54 plain door W400 D-7, D-8

LSM57642A Frame+roof W600 (400+200) D600 D-5, D-6, D-7, D-8

LSM57655H F3 MTZ1/NT 06-16 3P Hz. partition W400 C-69

LSM57659H F3 MTZ1/NT 06-16 3P Hz. partition D200 C-69, C-70

W400

LSM57662A Frame + roof W800 (600+200) D600 D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, D-9, D-10,

D-11, D-12, E-66

LSM57711A Form plate for metering box W400 C-66

LSM57715A F2 MTZ1/NT 06-16 3P fixed D/O Bottom

I/C

C-69

A

Life is On | Schneider Electric

v

Prisma - Overview


System M

Index


LSM57734A FORM4 MZ1/NT 06-16 3P D/O Up strm C-71

FC

LSM57735A FORM4 MZ1/NT 06-16 3P D/O Dowm C-71

strm FC

LSM57737A FORM4 MZ1/NT 06-16 3P D/O Dowm C-71

strm RC

LSM57873V M M.P. MTZ1/NT 06-16 3P FIX. D/O V B-16, B-19

LSM57917V M F Plate MTZ1/NT 06-16 3P fixed vert. B-16, B-19

LSM57922V M F Plate MTZ1/NT 06-16 3P drawout B-16, B-19

vert.

LSM57931A Plain F P 1M W400 B-19, B-65

LSM57932A Plain F P 2M W400 B-16, B-19, B-65



LSM57935A Plain F P 5M W400 B-66

LSM57936A Plain F P 6M W400 B-19, B-65

LSM58032A Door spare parts for system M E-2

LSM58033A Framework spart parts for system m E-2

LSM58080A Terminals for MasterPact NW-MT40 B-4, B-7, B-8, B-9,

E-59, E-60, E-61

LSM58084A Busbar support for 4000A coupling B-7, B-9, E-61

solution

LSM58085A NW40 3P W600 downstream busbar

support

B-8

LSM58086A

LSM58087A

LSM58088A

Fixed support for 5/10 mm horizontal

busbars pitch=75 mm

Fixed support for 10 mm horizontal busbars

pitch=115 mm

3 fixed supports vertical busbar+bottom

D400

B-7, B-14, B-17,

B-21, C-14, C-16,

C-17, C-19, C-21,

C-23, C-25

C-21, C-23, E-59,

E-60, E-64

C-27, C-29, C-40,

C-43

LSM58089A 1 free busbar support pitch=75 mm A-37, B-7, B-8,

B-9, B-14, B-17,

B-21, C-14, C-17,

C-19, C-21, C-23,

C-25, C-27, C-29,

C-40, C-43

LSM58090A 1 free busbar support pitch=115 mm B-4, B-5, B-6, B-7,

B-8, B-9, C-21,

C-23, E-59, E-60

LSM58091A

3 fixed supports vertical busbar+bottom

D400 in D600

B-8, B-9, C-27,

C-29, C-40, C-43

LSM58092A Linergy busbars support pitch=75 mm A-36, C-36, C-38,

C-39

LSM58093A

1 fixed busbars support bottom D600

pitch=75 mm

B-8, B-9, C-27,

C-28, C-43

LSM58095A Fixed bar support pitch=70 mm W600 B-15, B-18, B-20

LSM58096A Fixed bar support pitch=115 mm W600 B-4, B-8, B-12,

B-23

LSM58097A Fixed bar support pitch=115 mm W800 B-4, B-9, B-12

LSM58098A

Fixed bar support pitch=115 mm W800

4000 A

B-4, B-5, B-6, B-7,

B-9, E-68, E-71,

E-72

LSM58403R Frame+roof W300 D400 - rear E-61

LSM58408R Frame+roof W800 D400 - rear E-61

LSM58413A Rear panel W300 D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, E-66

LSM58414A Rear panel W400 D-5, D-6

LSM58415A Rear panel W400 D-7, D-8, E-66



LSM58418A IP30 rear panel W800 A-36, B-49, B-51,

D-5, D-6

LSM58419A IP54 rear panel W800 B-49, B-51 D-7,

D-8, E-66

LSM58422A IP30 plain door W200 A-36, D-5, D-6

LSM58423A Plain door W300 D-5, D-6

LSM58426A Plain door W600 B-10, D-5, D-6

LSM58427A IP54 plain door W600 B-10


LSM58428A Plain door W800 B-49, B-51, D-5,

D-6

LSM58430A 2 longitudinal cross-members FU zone C-46, C-47, C-49,

E-68, E-71, E-72

LSM58440A 2 side cross-members D400 B-4, B-8, B-9,

B-15, B-18, B-20,

B-24, B-34, C-46,

E-60, E-61, E-68,

E-71, E-72

LSM58441A 2 side cross-members D600 C-46, C-47, C-49,

E-68, E-71, E-72

LSM58466T Transparent door W600 A-36, D-5, D-6

LSM58468T Transparent door W800 D-5, D-6

LSM58470A 100 screws+nuts for framework D-17

LSM58472A Prisma iPM System M logoplate E-2

LSM58474A 2 lateral panels D400 A-36, D-5, D-6

LSM58475A 2 lateral panels D400 IP54 D-8


LSM58477A 2 lateral panels D600 IP54 D-7

LSM58478A Lateral panel D400 L shape combination D-14

LSM58474A Glandplate W300 D400 A-38, D-15, D-6



LSM58489A M IP 54 gasket D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12, D-14, D-16,

E-66

LSM58490A M IP 31 gasket D-5, D-6, D-9,

D-10, D-16

LSM58492A 4 floor standing cable tie supports W200 D-17, E-68, E-71,

E-72

LSM58493A 4 floor standing cable tie supports W300 D-17, E-68, E-71,

E-72

LSM58494A 4 floor standing cable tie supports D400 D-17

LSM58495A 4 floor standing cable tie supports W400 D-17, E-68, E-71

LSM58496A 4 floor standing cable tie supports W600 A-36, D-16

LSM58498A M din double bar assembled lock A-36, D-18

LSM58499A M slot assembled lock D-18

LSM58500A M ronis key No.405 assembled lock D-18

LSM58603A Frame+roof W300 D600 B-8, B-9

LSM58606A Frame+roof W600 D600 B-8

LSM58608A Frame+roof W800 D600 B-9

LSM58613A 2x3M D400 uprights in D600 W300 W600 C-18, C-23

W800

LSM58614A 3x3M D400 uprights in D600 W600+200 C-18, C-23

LSM58617A Side intermed upright brackets-seismic E-68, E-71

LSM58618A Coupling interm upright bracket-seismic E-68, E-71

LSM58619A 600+200 intermed upright bracket-seismic E-68, E-71

LSM58634A Plain door W400 D-5, D-6

LSM58636A Corner cubicle kit D400 D-14

LSM58637A Corner cubicle kit D600 D-14

LSM58641A 8 corner brackets - seismic E-68, E-71

LSM58643H F2 horizontal busbar W300 D400 C-64, C-66



LSM58647H F2 horizontal busbar W600+W200 D400 C-64, C-66


LSM58653H F2 horizontal busbar W300 D400 linergy C-64, C-66


LSM58655H M F3 horizontal partition C-68, C-69, C-70



linergy


LSM58659H M F3 horizontal partition D200 C-68, C-69, C-70




vi

se.com

Prisma - Overview


System M

Index




LSM58669H Ventilation partitioning horizontal busbar

4000A

D-13

LSM58670H Isolating screen neutral linergy evol C-15, C-17, C-19,

C-25

LSM58672V Front barrier vertical busbar W200 A-38, C-64, C-67

LSM58673V Front barrier vertical busbar W300 A-38, C-64, C-67

LSM58674V Lateral barrier vertical busbar D400 C-64, C-66

LSM58675V 1 to 6M divisible vertical barrier D400 A-38, C-67, C-70

LSM58676V Extension lateral barrier for vertical C-66

busbar D600

LSM58677V Lateral barrier for vertical busbar D400 C-69

bottom HBB

LSM58684A Gland plate W400 D600 D-15

LSM58696A 4 floor standing cable tie supports D600 D-17

LSM58700A System M front plate support B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-13, D-5, D-6,

D-7, D-8, D-9,

D-10, D-11, D-12,

E-62, E-66

LSM58710A IP31 ventilated roof for 4000 A column B-49, B-51, D-13,

E-62

LSM58711A Metering box W600 C-66

LSM58712A Metering box W800 C-66

LSM58713A Form 2 NS06-16 fixed bottom incoming C-69

LSM58714A Form 2 NS06-16 fixed top incoming C-69

LSM58715A Form 2 NT06-16 fixed D/O NS06-16D/O C-69

bottom incoming

LSM58716A Form 2 NT06-16 fixed D/O NS06-16D/O C-69

top incoming

LSM58717A Form 2 NW08-32 fixed 3P W600 C-68

LSM58718A Form 2 NW08-32 drawout 3P W600 C-68

LSM58719A Form 2 NW08-32 fixed 4P W800 C-68

LSM58720A Form 2 NW08-32 drawout 4P W600 C-68

LSM58721A Form 2 2NW08-32 fixed 3P W600 C-68

LSM58722A Form 2 2NW08-32 fixed 4P W800 C-68

LSM58723A Form 2 2NW08-32 drawout 3P W600 C-68

LSM58724A Form 2 2MTZ2/2NW08-32 drawout 4P C-68

W800

LSM58725A Form 2 MTZ2/NW40 drawout 4P W800 C-68

incoming

LSM58726A Form 4 NW/MVS 08/32 front connection C-68, C-71

3P

LSM58727A Form 4 NW/MVS 08/32 front connection C-68, C-71

4P

LSM58728A Form 4 NW/MVS 08/32 rear connection C-71

3P

LSM58729A Form 4 NW/MVS 08/32 rear connection C-71

4P

LSM58730A Form 4 nw40 4p d/o rear connect W800 C-71

LSM58731A Form 4 nw40 4p d/o coupling W800 C-68, C-71

LSM58732A Form 4 NS 630b/1600 front connection to

upper terminals

LSM58733A Form 4 NS 630b/1600 rear connection to

upper terminals

LSM58734A Form 4 MTZ1/NT 06/16, NS 630b/1600

front connection to upper terminals


front connection to lower terminals


rear connection to upper terminals

C-72

C-72

C-71, C-72

C-71, C-72

C-71, C-72


LSM58737A Form 4 MTZ1/NT 06/16, NS 630b/1600 C-71, C-72

rear connection to lower terminals

LSM58738A Form 4 horizontal installation front C-73, C-74

connection

LSM58743H F2 bottom horizontal busbar W300 D400 C-64, C-66



LSM58747H F2 bottom horizontal busbar W600+W200 C-64, C-66

D400


LSM58774A Front barrier vertical busbar W400 C-67

LSM58830H M mounting plate NSXm160 3/4P B-31

horizontal

LSM58831V M mounting plate NSXm160 3/4P vertical B-31

LSM58833A Mounting plate for capacitor bank B-49

LSM58845A M slotted mountingplate 4M B-59, B-63

LSM58846A M slotted mountingplate 12M B-59, B-63

LSM58847A M plain backplate 36M B-64

LSM58848A Mounting plate varplus can capacitors & B-51

reactor

LSM58849A M.plate varplus capacitor & reactor D400 B-51

LSM58850H M mounting plate Auto.c/over NS100-250 B-45, B-47

LSM58851H M mounting plate Auto.c/over NS400-630 B-47

LSM58853A M modular device rail A-37, B-54, B-59,

B-61, B-62, B-63

LSM58854A M adjustable modular device rail B-33, B-56, B-59,

B-63

LSM58855V M mounting plate EZC100/250 vertical A-37, B-41

LSM58856H M mounting plate EZC250 3P horizontal B-41

LSM58857H M mounting plate EZC250 4P horizontal B-41

LSM58864H

LSM58865H

LSM58866V

LSM58869H

LSM58870H

LSM58871V

LSM58872V

LSM58873V

LSM58874V

LSM58876V

LSM58878V

M mounting plate NS-NSX-INS250

horizontal


horizontal


vertical


horizontal


horizontal


vertical

M mounting plate NS-INS1600

3P4P&NS3200 3P fix vert

M mounting plate NS1600 draw -NT-MT-

MTE fix.D/O vert

M mounting plate NS630B-1600 FIX V

rear access

M mounting plate MasterPact MTZ2/

NW-MT

M mountingplate MasterPact MTZ2/NW-

MT 3P W600

B-29, B-39

B-29, B-39, B-43

B-29, B-39, B-43

B-29, B-39, B-43

A-37, B-27, B-37,

B-41, B-43

B-27, B-37, B-41,

B-43

A-37, B-27, B-37,

B-41, B-43

B-16, B-17, B-19,

B-21, B-22

B-21, B-22

B-5, B-6, B-9,

B-13

B-5, B-6, B-8,

B-13

LSM58894H M front plate NSX630 horizontal B-25, B-32, B-36

LSM58910H M front plate INS630 horizontal B-43

LSM58915H M Front plate NSX630 horizontal A-37, B-27, B-37,

B-41

LSM58916V M front plate NS1600 toggle fixed vertical A-37, B-21, B-22

LSM58917V M front plate NS-NT-MT-MTE1600 draw B-16, B-17, B-19,

B-21, B-22

LSM58918V M front plate INS1600 vertical 3P B-43

LSM58919V M front plate INS1600 vertical 4P B-43

LSM58922V

LSM58926F

M front plate MTZ1/NT-MT-MTE16 fixed

vertical

M frontplate MasterPact NW fixed 3P/4P

W800

B-16, B-17, B-19

B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-11, B-13, D-13,

E-62

A


vii

Prisma - Overview


System M

Index


LSM58927D M frontplate MasterPact MTZ2/NW

drawout 3P/4P W800

B-5, B-6, B-13,

E-62

LSM58928F MTZ2/NW32 Fixed front plate W600 B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-13

LSM58929V M front plate NS3200 3P vertical B-23

LSM58930D M frontplate MasterPact NW drawout 3P B-5, B-6, B-13

W600

LSM58944A M IP30 ventilated front plate 4M B-66

LSM58950H M front plate auto.c/over CVS100-250 B-47

LSM58951H M front plate auto.c/over CVS400-630 B-47

LSM58952V M front plate BC/UC automatism B-45

LSM58963V M front plate NSXm160 3P vertical DRH B-31

LSM58971A Plain front plate W=800 mm 1M B-65

LSM58972A Plain front plate W=800 mm 2M B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-13, B-65, E62



LSM58975A Plain front plate W=800 mm 5M B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-13, B-65, E-62


LSM58985A W800 ventilated front plate 5M B-5, B-6, B-10

LSX

LSX58030A 20 front plate screws + nuts B-67, E-2

LSX58041A Prisma ipm spare handle_new E-2

LSX58052A Multiclip 200A 2P B-55, C-53, C-57

LSX58053A Multiclip 200A 3P B-55, C-53, C-57

LSX58054A Multiclip 200A 4P A-37, B-55, B-57,

C-53, C-57

LSX58070A Cu earth/neutral bar 24M C-60

LSX58080A Rear busbars support C-49

LSX58081A Rear busbar barrier C-49

LSX58082A Multi-stage busbars support C-49

LSX58621A Blanking strip modular device L1000 B-31, B-33, B-55,

B-57, B-64, B-66

LSX58751A Blanking strip CVS/NSX250 L148 B-29, B-39, B-59,

B-66

LSX58752A Blanking strip EZC250 L1000 B-41, B-66

LSX58776A Front plate hinge kit B-59, B-60, B-67,

E-2

LSX58777A 4 F.P. leadsealable screws B-67

LSX58883A Front plate modular device 3M B-55, B-57, B-64

LSX58884A Front plate modular device 4M B-55, B-57, B-61,

B-62, B-64

LSX58885A Front plate modular device 5M A-37, B-31, B-33,

B-55, B-57, B-64

LSX58886V Front plate EZC100 vertical A-37, B-41

LSX58888H Front plate EZC250 3P horizontal B-41

LSX58889V Front plate 3/4 EZC250 vertical B-41

LSX58890H Front plate EZC250 4P horizontal B-41

LSX58893H Front plate NSX250 3P horizontal B-29, B-39

LSX58901H Front plate INS250 horizontal B-43

LSX58902V Front plate 3/4 CVS-NSX250 vertical B-29, B-39, B-59

toggle

LSX58903V Front plate 3/4 CVS-NSX250 vertical B-29, B-39

toggle vigi

LSX58904H Front plate NSX250 horizontal B-29, B-39

LSX58905V Front plate INS250 vertical B-43

LSX58907V Frontplate 2 NSX630 vertical B-27, B-37, B-41

LSX58914V Front plate INS630 vertical B-43

LSX58921V F.P. NSX630 vert. vigi B-27, B-37, B-41


LSX58931A Plain F.P. 1M W500 B-13, B-19, B-22,

B-25, B-27, B-29,

B-31, B-33, B-35,

B-37, B-39, B-41,

B-55, B-57, B-59,

B-65

LSX58932A Plain front plate 2M B-13, B-19, B-22,

B-25, B-27, B-29,

B-31, B-33, B-35,

B-37, B-39, B-41,

B-55, B-57, B-59,

B-65


B-25, B-27, B-29,

B-31, B-33, B-35,

B-37, B-39, B-41,

B-55, B-57, B-59,

B-65

LSX58934A Plain front plate 4M A-37, B-5, B-6,

B-13, B-16, B-17,

B-19, B-21, B-22,

B-23, B-25, B-35,

B-43, B-59, B-61,

B-65

LSX58935A Plain frontplate 5M B-10, B-25, B-35,

B-61, B-65


B-13, B-19, B-22,

B-23, B-59, B-65

LSX58955A Front plate 96x96 4 devices W500 B-60, B-61

LSX58956A Front plate 72x72 diam 6 devices W500 B-60

LSX58958H Front plate NSXm160 3/4P horizontal B-31

toggle

LSX58960A Blanking plate 96x96 devices B-60

LSX58961A Blanking plate 72x72 devices B-60

LSX58961V Front plate NSXm160 4P vertical DRH B-31

LSX58962H Front plate NSXm160 3/4P horizontal B-31

DRH

LSX58964T Transparent front plate 4M B-59, B-65

LSX58966T Transparent front plate 6M B-59, B-65

W

viii

se.com

Prisma - Overview

System M

Com. no.

Page

01000

01109 C-36, C-38, C-39

E-2

01130 C-37, E-2, E-5,

E-6, E-15, E-16,

E-18, E-19, E-20

03000

03180 B-63

03181 B-63

03182 B-63

03195 B-66

03196 B-66

03197 B-66

03581 B-66, C-60

04000

04029 C-53

04045 B-55, B-57

04171 C-48

04172 C-48

04173 C-48

04174 C-48

04195 C-49, C-59

04197 C-49

04226 B-63

04229 C-59

04239 A-36, B-55, B-57,

C-60

04243 A-36, B-55, B-57,

C-60

04255 A-36, B-55, B-57,

C-60

04502 C-35, C-38, C-39,

E-7

04503 C-35, C-38, C-39,

E-7

04504 C-35, C-38, C-39,

E-7

04505 C-35, C-38, C-39,

E-7

04506 A-36, C-35, C-38,

C-39, E-7

04560 C-16, C-18, C-26,

C-28

04561 C-16, C-18, C-26,

C-28

04562 C-16, C-18, C-26,

C-28

04563 C-16, C-18, C-26,

C-28

04564 C-16, C-18, C-26,

C-28

04565 C-14, C-18, C-26,

C-28

04566 C-14, C-18, C-26,

C-28

04567 C-14, C-18, C-26,

C-28

04568 C-14, C-18, C-26,

C-28

04602 C-29, C-36

04604 C-27, C-29

04607 C-27, C-29

04620 C-17

04621 C-15, C-19

04623 C-15, C-19

04640 C-25

Com. no. Page

04641 C-26

04643 C-25

04645 C-59, E-61

04646 C-14, C-19, C-27,

C-29, E-59, E-60

04658 C-27, C-29

04659 C-27, C-29

04671 B-4, B-5, B-6, B-7,

B-8, B-9, B-14,

C-14, C-19, C-23,

C-25, C-27, C-29,

C-43, E-59, E-60,

E-61, E-64

04690 B-5, B-15, B-18,

B-20

04691 A-37, B-15, B-18,

B-20

04692 B-19, B-22

04742 C-58

04743 C-58

04751 A-36, C-58

04753 A-36, C-58

04766 C-37, C-39, C-59

04767 A-36, C-37, C-39,

C-59

04768 C-37, C-59, E-2

04769 C-37, C-59, E-2

04772 A-38, C-37, C-59

04774 C-37, C-59

04782 C-59

04784 C-59

04786 C-59

04788 C-59

04794 C-37, C-39, C-60

07000

07940 D-18

07945 D-18

07946 D-18

08000

08903 B-67

08913 B-67

08947 D-18

08948 D-18

08949 D-18

08950 D-18

08951 D-18

08952 D-18

08953 D-18

08955 D-18

08963 D-17

28000

28958 B-57

29000

29323 B-47

29324 B-47

32000

32564 B-47

32565 B-47

Com. no.

Page

32582 B-47

32583 B-47

33000

33596 B-20

33597 A-37, B-20

33642 B-15, B-18, B-20,

E-23, E-26

33643 A-37, B-15, B-18,

B-20, E-23, E-26

33644 B-15, B-18, B-20,

E-23, E-25

33645 B-15, B-18, B-20,

E-23, E-25

33975 B-23

47000

47335 B-15, B-18

47336 B-15, B-18

LSL

LSL58801A C-52

LSM

LSM53176A D-7, D-8, E-66

LSM53178A D-7, D-8, E-66

LSM53433A D-15

LSM53434A D-15

LSM53436A D-15

LSM53438A A-38, D-15

LSM53444A A-38, D-15

LSM53446A D-15

LSM53488A A-38, D-15

LSM53683A D-15

LSM53686A D-15

LSM53688A D-15

LSM57095A B-15, B-18

LSM57403A B-8, B-9, D-5, D-6,

D-7, D-8, D-9,

D-10, D-11, D-12

LSM57404A B-8, B-9, D-5, D-6,

D-7, D-8, D-9,

D-10, D-11, D-12

LSM57406A B-8, B-9, D-5, D-6,

D-7, D-8, D-10,

D-11, D-12

LSM57408A B-8, B-9, D-5, D-6,

D-7, D-8, D-9,

D-10, D-11, D-12

LSM57410A D-11, D-12, E-66

LSM57411A D-11, D-12, E-66

LSM57412A D-11, D-12, E-66

LSM57413A D-9, D-10, D-11,

D-12, E-66

LSM57414A D-11, D-12

LSM57415A D-11, D-12, E-66

LSM57416A D-5, D-6

LSM57417A D-11, D-12, E-66

LSM57418A D-5, D-6

LSM57419A D-11, D-12, E-66

LSM57422A D-9, D-10

LSM57423A D-9, D-10

LSM57424A D-7, D-8, E-66

LSM57426A D-9, D-10

LSM57427A D-7, D-8, E-66

LSM57428A B-51, D-9, D-10

Com. no.

LSM57429A

LSM57434A

LSM57436A

LSM57438A

LSM57442A

Page

B-10, B-49, B-51,

D-7, D-8, E-66

D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12

D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12

D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12

D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, D-9

LSM57444A D-9, D-10

LSM57446A D-9, D-10

LSM57448A D-9, D-10

LSM57450A D-11, D-12

LSM57451A D-11, D-12

LSM57454A D-9, D-10

LSM57456A D-9, D-10

LSM57458A D-9, D-10

LSM57462A A-36, D-5, D-6,

D-7, D-8, D-9,

D-10, D-11, D-12

LSM57464A D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12

LSM57466T D-9, D-10

LSM57467T D-7, D-8

LSM57468T D-9, D-10

LSM57469T D-7, D-8

LSM57471A A-36, D-17

LSM57474A D-9, D-10

LSM57475A D-7, D-8

LSM57476A D-9, D-10

LSM57477A D-7, D-8

LSM57483A D-11, D-12

LSM57484A D-11, D-12

LSM57486A D-11, D-12

LSM57488A D-11, D-12

LSM57489A D-11, D-12

LSM57490A D-11, D-12

LSM57603A D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, D-9, D-10,

D-11, D-12

LSM57604A D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, D-9, D-10,

D-11, D-12

LSM57606A D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, D-9, D-10,

D-11, D-12

LSM57608A D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, D-9, D-10,

D-11, D-12

LSM57614A D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12

LSM57616A D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12

LSM57618A D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12

LSM57624R D-7, D-8

LSM57626A D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12

LSM57634A D-9, D-10

LSM57635A D-7, D-8

LSM57642A D-5, D-6, D-7, D-8

LSM57655H C-69

LSM57659H C-69, C-70

LSM57662A D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, D-9, D-10,

D-11, D-12, E-66

LSM57711A C-66

LSM57715A C-69

A


ix

Prisma - Overview

System M

Com. no. Page

LSM57734A C-71

LSM57735A C-71

LSM57737A C-71

LSM57873V B-16, B-19

LSM57917V B-16, B-19

LSM57922V B-16, B-19

LSM57931A B-19, B-65

LSM57932A B-16, B-19, B-65

LSM57933A B-16, B-19, B-65

LSM57934A B-16, B-19, B-65

LSM57935A B-66

LSM57936A B-19, B-65

LSM58032A E-2

LSM58033A E-2

LSM58080A B-4, B-7, B-8, B-9,

E-59, E-60, E-61

LSM58084A B-7, B-9, E-61

LSM58085A B-8

LSM58086A B-7, B-14, B-17,

B-21, C-14, C-16,

C-17, C-19, C-21,

C-23, C-25

LSM58087A C-21, C-23, E-59,

E-60, E-64

LSM58088A C-27, C-29, C-40,

C-43

LSM58089A A-37, B-7, B-8,

B-9, B-14, B-17,

B-21, C-14, C-17,

C-19, C-21, C-23,

C-25, C-27, C-29,

C-40, C-43

LSM58090A B-4, B-5, B-6, B-7,

B-8, B-9, C-21,

C-23, E-59, E-60

LSM58091A B-8, B-9, C-27,

C-29, C-40, C-43

LSM58092A A-36, C-36, C-38,

C-39

LSM58093A B-8, B-9, C-27,

C-28, C-43

LSM58095A B-15, B-18, B-20

LSM58096A B-4, B-8, B-12,

B-23

LSM58097A B-4, B-9, B-12

LSM58098A B-4, B-5, B-6, B-7,

B-9, E-68, E-71,

E-72

LSM58403R E-61

LSM58408R E-61

LSM58413A D-5, D-6, D-7,

D-8, E-66

LSM58414A D-5, D-6

LSM58415A D-7, D-8, E-66

LSM58416A D-5, D-6

LSM58417A D-7, D-8

LSM58418A A-36, B-49, B-51,

D-5, D-6

LSM58419A B-49, B-51 D-7,

D-8, E-66

LSM58422A A-36, D-5, D-6

LSM58423A D-5, D-6

LSM58426A B-10, D-5, D-6

LSM58427A B-10

Com. no.

LSM58428A

LSM58430A

LSM58440A

LSM58441A

Page

B-49, B-51, D-5,

D-6

C-46, C-47, C-49,

E-68, E-71, E-72

B-4, B-8, B-9,

B-15, B-18, B-20,

B-24, B-34, C-46,

E-60, E-61, E-68,

E-71, E-72

C-46, C-47, C-49,

E-68, E-71, E-72

LSM58466T A-36, D-5, D-6

LSM58468T D-5, D-6

LSM58470A D-17

LSM58472A E-2

LSM58474A A-36, D-5, D-6

LSM58475A D-8

LSM58476A D-5, D-6

LSM58477A D-7

LSM58478A D-14

LSM58474A A-38, D-15, D-6

LSM58484A D-15

LSM58486A D-15

LSM58489A D-7, D-8, D-11,

D-12, D-14, D-16,

E-66

LSM58490A D-5, D-6, D-9,

D-10, D-16

LSM58492A D-17, E-68, E-71,

E-72

LSM58493A D-17, E-68, E-71,

E-72

LSM58494A D-17

LSM58495A D-17, E-68, E-71

LSM58496A A-36, D-16

LSM58498A A-36, D-18

LSM58499A D-18

LSM58500A D-18

LSM58603A B-8, B-9

LSM58606A B-8

LSM58608A B-9

LSM58613A C-18, C-23

LSM58614A C-18, C-23

LSM58617A E-68, E-71

LSM58618A E-68, E-71

LSM58619A E-68, E-71

LSM58634A D-5, D-6

LSM58636A D-14

LSM58637A D-14

LSM58641A E-68, E-71

LSM58643H C-64, C-66

LSM58644H C-64, C-66

LSM58646H C-64, C-66

LSM58647H C-64, C-66

LSM58648H C-64, C-66

LSM58653H C-64, C-66

LSM58654H C-64, C-66

LSM58655H C-68, C-69, C-70

LSM58656H C-64, C-66

LSM58657H C-64, C-66

LSM58658H C-64, C-66

LSM58659H C-68, C-69, C-70

LSM58663H C-64, C-66

LSM58664H C-64, C-66

LSM58666H C-64, C-66

Com. no. Page

LSM58667H C-64, C-66

LSM58668H C-64, C-66

LSM58669H D-13

LSM58670H C-15, C-17, C-19,

C-25

LSM58672V A-38, C-64, C-67

LSM58673V A-38, C-64, C-67

LSM58674V C-64, C-66

LSM58675V A-38, C-67, C-70

LSM58676V C-66

LSM58677V C-69

LSM58684A D-15

LSM58696A D-17

LSM58700A B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-13, D-5, D-6,

D-7, D-8, D-9,

D-10, D-11, D-12,

E-62, E-66

LSM58710A B-49, B-51, D-13,

E-62

LSM58711A C-66

LSM58712A C-66

LSM58713A C-69

LSM58714A C-69

LSM58715A C-69

LSM58716A C-69

LSM58717A C-68

LSM58718A C-68

LSM58719A C-68

LSM58720A C-68

LSM58721A C-68

LSM58722A C-68

LSM58723A C-68

LSM58724A C-68

LSM58725A C-68

LSM58726A C-68, C-71

LSM58727A C-68, C-71

LSM58728A C-71

LSM58729A C-71

LSM58730A C-71

LSM58731A C-68, C-71

LSM58732A C-72

LSM58733A C-72

LSM58734A C-71, C-72

LSM58735A C-71, C-72

LSM58736A C-71, C-72

Com. no. Page

LSM58737A C-71, C-72

LSM58738A C-73, C-74

LSM58743H C-64, C-66

LSM58744H C-64, C-66

LSM58746H C-64, C-66

LSM58747H C-64, C-66

LSM58748H C-64, C-66

LSM58774A C-67

LSM58830H B-31

LSM58831V B-31

LSM58833A B-49

LSM58845A B-59, B-63

LSM58846A B-59, B-63

LSM58847A B-64

LSM58848A B-51

LSM58849A B-51

LSM58850H B-45, B-47

LSM58851H B-47

LSM58853A A-37, B-54, B-59,

B-61, B-62, B-63

LSM58854A B-33, B-56, B-59,

B-63

LSM58855V A-37, B-41

LSM58856H B-41

LSM58857H B-41

LSM58864H B-29, B-39

LSM58865H B-29, B-39, B-43

LSM58866V B-29, B-39, B-43

LSM58869H B-29, B-39, B-43

LSM58870H A-37, B-27, B-37,

B-41, B-43

LSM58871V B-27, B-37, B-41,

B-43

LSM58872V A-37, B-27, B-37,

B-41, B-43

LSM58873V B-16, B-17, B-19,

B-21, B-22

LSM58874V B-21, B-22

LSM58876V B-5, B-6, B-9,

B-13

LSM58878V B-5, B-6, B-8,

B-13

LSM58894H B-25, B-32, B-36

LSM58910H B-43

LSM58915H A-37, B-27, B-37,

B-41

LSM58916V A-37, B-21, B-22

LSM58917V B-16, B-17, B-19,

B-21, B-22

LSM58918V B-43

LSM58919V B-43

LSM58922V B-16, B-17, B-19

LSM58926F

B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-11, B-13, D-13,

E-62

x

se.com

Prisma - Overview

System M

Com. no. Page

LSM58927D B-5, B-6, B-13,

E-62

LSM58928F B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-13

LSM58929V B-23

LSM58930D B-5, B-6, B-13

LSM58944A B-66

LSM58950H B-47

LSM58951H B-47

LSM58952V B-45

LSM58963V B-31

LSM58971A B-65

LSM58972A B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-13, B-65, E62

LSM58973A B-65

LSM58974A B-65

LSM58975A B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-13, B-65, E-62

LSM58976A B-65

LSM58985A B-5, B-6, B-10

LSX

LSX58030A B-67, E-2

LSX58041A E-2

LSX58052A B-55, C-53, C-57

LSX58053A B-55, C-53, C-57

LSX58054A A-37, B-55, B-57,

C-53, C-57

LSX58070A C-60

LSX58080A C-49

LSX58081A C-49

LSX58082A C-49

LSX58621A B-31, B-33, B-55,

B-57, B-64, B-66

LSX58751A B-29, B-39, B-59,

B-66

LSX58752A B-41, B-66

LSX58776A B-59, B-60, B-67,

E-2

LSX58777A B-67

LSX58883A B-55, B-57, B-64

LSX58884A B-55, B-57, B-61,

B-62, B-64

LSX58885A A-37, B-31, B-33,

B-55, B-57, B-64

LSX58886V A-37, B-41

LSX58888H B-41

LSX58889V B-41

LSX58890H B-41

LSX58893H B-29, B-39

LSX58901H B-43

LSX58902V B-29, B-39, B-59

LSX58903V B-29, B-39

LSX58904H B-29, B-39

LSX58905V B-43

LSX58907V B-27, B-37, B-41

LSX58914V B-43

LSX58921V B-27, B-37, B-41

Com. no. Page

LSX58931A B-13, B-19, B-22,

B-25, B-27, B-29,

B-31, B-33, B-35,

B-37, B-39, B-41,

B-55, B-57, B-59,

B-65

LSX58932A B-13, B-19, B-22,

B-25, B-27, B-29,

B-31, B-33, B-35,

B-37, B-39, B-41,

B-55, B-57, B-59,

B-65

LSX58933A B-13, B-19, B-22,

B-25, B-27, B-29,

B-31, B-33, B-35,

B-37, B-39, B-41,

B-55, B-57, B-59,

B-65

LSX58934A A-37, B-5, B-6,

B-13, B-16, B-17,

B-19, B-21, B-22,

B-23, B-25, B-35,

B-43, B-59, B-61,

B-65

LSX58935A B-10, B-25, B-35,

B-61, B-65

LSX58936A B-5, B-6, B-10,

B-13, B-19, B-22,

B-23, B-59, B-65

LSX58955A B-60, B-61

LSX58956A B-60

LSX58958H B-31

LSX58960A B-60

LSX58961A B-60

LSX58961V B-31

LSX58962H B-31

LSX58964T B-59, B-65

LSX58966T B-59, B-65

A


xi

Prisma iPM

Overview

Contents

Developing installation dependability 2

Prisma iPM Overview 3

Dedicating ourselves to value, simple LV switchboards 4

The switchboard, central to the electrical installation 8

Original Manufacturer and Assembly Manufacturer 9

The main 10 functions of standard IEC 61439 10

Energy management has never been simpler 12

A


A-1

Prisma - Overview

System M

Developing installation

dependability

As professional for tertiary and industrial buildings market, you are faced with

growing demands for electrical installation continuity of service, value of life

and property and deadline and cost control.

A-2 se.com

System L

System M

System M

Prisma - Overview

System M

A

Prisma iPM

> An innovative solution based on the

experience, expertise and switchgear

offerings from the global specialist in

energy management.

> Solution for tested and IEC compliant

low voltage switchboards

Using our Prisma iPM solution, you can easily

design, implement and operate LV electrical

distribution and control switchboards that

are dependable, because they are optimised,

tested and compliant with the IEC 61439-1

and 2 standard.

Improve the continuity

of service

Secure the value of life

and property

Control deadlines

and costs


A-3

System L

System L

System L

System L

Prisma - Overview

System M

Dedicating ourselves to value,

simple LV switchboards

Prisma iPM, a modular and prefabricated solution based on a complete

system in kit form that thoroughly integrates Schneider Electric switchgear

offerings.

Energy is available in the

buildings

The Prisma iPM solution thoroughly integrates

Schneider Electric switchgear and includes

our distribution systems and enclosures.

These quality components have been

designed to operate together with optimised

performance: mechanical, electrical and

communications consistency.

PD800037_01

1

2

3

4

Switchboards designed and manufactured

with the Prisma iPM solution have all the

qualities needed to secure energy availability.

They are organised by function and by zone,

which improves reliability and facilitates

design, installation, operation and upgrading.

5

All switchboard architectures are factory

tested in line with specifications that go well

beyond the IEC 61439-1 and 2 standard.

The same continuity of service is secure

throughout the switchboard’s entire life cycle.

> Example of 28 modules wall mounted switchboard

PD800038

1 A cable connection

area with complete

accessibility.

2 A zone for functional

units* dedicated to

each application in the

building (lighting, HVAC,

lifts, etc).

3 A zone for current

distribution with

innovative busbars.

The multistage current

distribution brings

lightness, ergonomics,

and easy front access.

4 IPXXB front plates

for shield people from

any direct access to

live parts and circuits

opening and closing.

5 Attractive finish to fit

into any facility.

> Example of floor standing switchboard

* A functional unit

includes switchgear,

mounting plate and

front plate.

A-4 se.com

Prisma - Overview

System M

With the Prisma iPM solution, design offices are thoroughly efficient.

A

Flexible design for building

applications and their operation

Thanks to Prisma iPM solutions, corresponding

thoroughly to building needs, design offices can design

and customise switchboards easily and quickly:

> organisation by functional units, each corresponding

to an application in the building (lighting, HVAC, lifts,

etc.)

> organisation by dedicated physical zones: one for

the functional units (switchgear, mounting plates,

front plates), one for power distribution and one for

connection.

100% dependable and

optimised design, in

compliance with costs and

deadlines

By supporting design offices with the services

and software tools needed to quickly design

switchboards, we help them to highlight their

professionalism: switchboards using tested

architectures and meeting the most stringent

specifications.

Our tools and services also enable them to

meet requirements concerning compliance with

costs and deadlines: optimised selection of the

appropriate components for each switchboard

(switchgear, distribution systems, enclosures with

thorough electrical and mechanical cohesion),

front panel design and fast cost studies.

PD800004

> Example of 16 modules wall

mounted switchboard


A-5

ComPact NSXm circuit breaker

Last generation well fitting within your Prisma iPM

System M

• From 16 up to 160 A

• From 16 KA up to 70 KA

• Thermal magnetic

• Everlink power connections

• Dual plate & DIN rail built-in

• Auxiliary externally visible

• Embedded earth leakage protection

Solution for tested and IEC compliant

low voltage switchboards

100%

of dedicated building switchboard

architectures are tested in compliance with

the IEC 61439-1 and 2 standard and can

easily be customised.

A-6 se.com

A

I design an electrical solution

“Obtain more projects and provide the best solution

for your customers...”

• enhance power availability thanks to great

discrimination

• improve panel cost thanks to cascading

• high secure design using the power connections

everlink

I build an electrical solution

“Make the business more profitable...”

• save up to 40% mounting & cabling time (DIN rail,

everlink & spring connections...)

• optimize the space within your panel (power

connection & built-in Vigi)

• easy to select using the Schneider on-line tools


A-7

Presentation

IEC 61439 standard

The switchboard,

central to the electrical installation

Both the point of arrival of energy and a device for distribution

to the site applications, the LV switchboard is the intelligence of

the system, central to the electrical installation.

It plays an essential role in the availability of electric power, while meeting the needs of personal and property value.

Its definition, design and installation are based on precise rules; there is no place for improvisation. The IEC 61439 standard

aims to better define ‘‘low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies’’, secure that the specified performances are

reached. It specifies in particular:

> the responsibilities of each player, distinguishing those of the original equipment manufacturer; the organization that

performed the original design and associated verification of an assembly in accordance with the standard, and of the

assembly manufacturer - the organization taking responsibility for the finished assembly;

> the design and verification rules, constituting a benchmark for product certification.

All the component parts of the electrical switchboard are conformed to the IEC 61439-2 standard. Equipments produced

in accordance with the requirements of this switchboard standard secure the value and reliability of the installation.

A switchboard must comply with the

requirements of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2

to ensure the value and reliability of the

installation. Managers of installations, fully

aware of the professional and legal liabilities

weighing on their company and on themselves,

demand a high level of value for the electrical

installation.

What is more, the serious economic

consequences of prolonged halts in production

mean that the electrical switchboard must

provide excellent continuity of service, whatever

the operating conditions.

The Schneider Electric solution

> Specify switchboards that comply with

standard IEC 61439-1 and 2

> ensure a level of value that has been 100%

tested, from the day the switchboard is

installed and throughout its service life

> secure a lasting investment through easy

upgrading of the installation in compliance

with the standard

> ensure that the switchboard complies with

the technical specifications

Prisma iPM type tested

switchboards

The conformity of the switchboard has been

tested and proven.

A Prisma iPM switchboard is:

> made up of Schneider Electric low-voltage

devices and components that all comply

with the applicable standards

> based on configurations in our catalogue

> made up of Prisma iPM mechanical and

electrical components that have been

subjected to the verification of original

equipment manufacturer

> mounted and wired by a panelbuilder in

compliance with professional standards

> subjected to the individual verification

Schneider Electric makes available to the

panelbuilder everything required to create

type tested Prisma iPM switchboards,

including the basic configurations in the low

voltage distribution catalogue, all the

documentation for switchboard design and

mounting, calculation and design software,

etc.

Panelbuilders can demonstrate conformity

with standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 by presenting

the declarations or certificates of conformity

for type tests carried out by independent

laboratories (ASEFA, ASTA, KEMA, etc.) and

supplied by Schneider Electric.

The panelbuilder is responsible for the

individual routine verification and delivers the

corresponding declarations of conformity.

A-8 se.com

Presentation

Original Manufacturer and

Assembly Manufacturer

Both involved in tested assemblies

IEC 61439 standard

Standard IEC 61439 clearly defines

the type of verifications that must be conducted

by both organisations involved in final conformity of

the solution: the Original Manufacturer, ensuring

assembly system design and the Assembly

Manufacturer, responsible for the final conformity

of the switchboard.

A

Project specification*

Specifier

> Specifies the needs and

constraints for design,

installation, operation and

upgrading of the complete

system.

> Checks that its

requirements have been

fully integrated by the

Assembly Manufacturer.

Depending on the

application, the specifier

could be the end-user or a

design office.

Original

Manufacturer

The organisation that has

carried out the original design

and the associated

verification of an assembly

system.

He is responsible for the

‘‘Design verifications’’ listed by

IEC 61439-2 including many

electrical tests.

Assembly System

Assembly

Manufacturer

(Panel builder)

The organisation (whether

or not the same as the OM)

responsible for the

completed assembly.

He is responsible for

‘‘Routine verifications’’

on each panel produced,

according to the standard.

If he derivates from the

instructions of the original

manufacturer he has to carry

out again design verifications.

Tested Assembly

End-User

Should ask for a certified

LV switchboard.

By systematically requesting

routine verifications,

he ensures that the

assembly system used is

compliant.


A-9

Presentation

The main 10 functions

of standard IEC 61439

IEC 61439 standard

For each of the following 10 functions, the standard IEC 61439 requires design

verifications from the system manufacturer - mainly through type-tests - and routine

verifications on each panel from the Panel Builder to achieve 3 basic goals:

value, continuity of service and compliance with end-user requirements.

Safety

Voltage stresses withstand capability

To withstand long term voltages, and transient and temporary overvoltages according to the insulation coordination principles

and requirements.

Current-carrying capability

To shield against burns and to withstand temperature rise:

> when any circuit is continuously loaded, alone, to the specified current

> when the assembly is loaded to the specified current according to the specified load pattern (between circuits and/or as a

function of the time).

Short-circuit withstand capability

To withstand the stresses resulting from the prospective short-circuit current and from the associated data (High forces

between

conductors, temp. rise in a very short time, air ionization, overpressure).

Protection against electric shock

> Hazardous-live-parts not to be accessible (basic protection)

> Accessible conductive parts not to become hazardous-live (error protection).

Protection against risk of fire or explosion

> Resistance to internal glowing elements

Continuity of service

Maintenance and modification capability

Capability to preserve continuity of supply without impairing value during assembly maintenance or modification

> Electrical condition of the assembly or various circuits

> Speed of exchange of the functional units

> Test facilities…

Electro-Magnetic compatibility

To properly function (immunity) and not to generate EM disturbances (emission) in specified environmental conditions:

> Industrial networks or locations (Environment A)

> Domestic, commercial, and light industrial locations (Environment B).

Compliance with end-user requirements

Capability to operate the electrical installation

To properly function, according to:

> The electrical diagram of the overall system and related information (voltages, coordination…)

> The specified operating facilities (e.g. free or restricted access to Man Machine Interfaces, isolation of the outgoing circuits,

…).

Capability to be installed on site

> To withstand handling, transport, storage… and installation constraints

> Capability to be erected and connected (type of enclosure, type, material and cross sectional areas of external conductors).

Protection of the assembly against mechanical and atmospheric environmental conditions

> Presence of water or solid foreign bodies (IP according to IEC 60529)

> External mechanical impacts (optional IK according to IEC 62262)

> Indoor or outdoor installation (humidity, UV).

A-10 se.com

Presentation

IEC 61439 standard

IEC 61439-1 and 2 paragraph 11.4

Protection against electric shocks

and integrity of protection circuits

The following should be checked visually:

> Presence of protective shields against direct and

indirect contacts on live parts;

> Presence of the PE conductor.

The continuity of protection circuits is secure by

compliance with the assembly instructions delivered

with each product.


Integration of incorporated

components

The assembly manufacturer must comply

with the instructions of the original equipment

manufacturer for installation

and wiring of the components used.

Standard individual

check sheet

in accordance with the IEC 61439-1

and 2 standard from the assembly

manufacturer (panelbuilder)

Job No.:

Switchboard No.:

Drawing No./Rev. No.:

A


Internal electric circuits

and connections

Schneider Electric recommends marking

the nut with a tinted acrylic lacquer, indelible

and temperature-resistant.

This allows:

> not only self-checking to check effective tightening

to torque;

> but also identification of any loosening.

IEC 61439-1 and 2 paragraphe 11.9

Dielectric properties

The main circuits, and the auxiliary and control

circuits connected to the main circuit, shall be subjected

to the test voltage in accordance.


Wiring, operating performance

and function

Verification of wiring and marking conformity with

the drawings, parts list and diagram.

Chapter

Verified

Degrees of protection provided by enclosures 11.2 v

Insulation clearances and creepage distances 11.3 v

Protection against electric shocks and integrity of

protection circuits

11.4 v

Integration of incorporated components 11.5 v

Internal electric circuits and connections 11.6 v

Terminals for external conductors 11.7 v

Mechanical operation 11.8 v

Dielectric properties 11.9 v

Wiring, operating performance and function 11.10 v

Date of verification:

/ /

Verifications performed by:


A-11

System M

Presentation

EcoStruxure TM Power –

Energy management has

never been simpler

EcoStruxure TM Power

Simple-to-install Smart Panels connect your building to

real savings in 3 steps

Measure

Embedded and standalone

metering & control

capabilities

Connect

> Integrated communication

interfaces

> Ready to connect to energy

management platforms

Save

> Data-driven energy efficiency

actions

> Real time monitoring and control

> Access to energy and site

information through on-line

services

A-12 se.com

Presentation

EcoStruxure TM Power

CLOUD

MEASURE

"Smart Panels" mean

visible information

Grouping most of the electrical protection, command

and metering components, the switchboards are

now significant sources of data locally displayed

and sent via communication networks.

SAVE

CONNECT

… and ready to be linked to

expertise

Smart Panels use reliable, simple to install and

use displays, and Ethernet and Modbus interfaces

on the Enerlin’X communication system.

Information is safely transmitted through the most

efficient networks:

• Modbus SL inside switchboards, between

components

• Ethernet, on cable or WiFi, inside the building

and connecting switchboards, computers

• Ethernet on DSL or GPRS, for access to on-line

services by Schneider Electric

Energy experts, wherever they are, are now able

to provide advises based on permanently updated

data of the building.

A

CLOUD

On-site real time

monitoring and control

On a touch screen display connected

through Ethernet

• shows essential electrical information and

alarms concerning the electrical network,

• allows control (open, close, reset…) of various

equipments.

This touch screen is well appreciated for real time

value checking and control, directly on the front

panel of the main switchboard.

On a PC display with common browser

• shows monitoring web pages hosted into the

local Ethernet interface,

• alarm events generate automatic email

notifications,

• allows control (open, close, reset…) of various

equipments.

Data displayed on graphics or recorded into files

are of a great interest for optimizing the use of

energy in the building.

As an example, they definitely help validating the

change of temperature settings, time scheduling

in a Building Management System or other

automated devices.

On-line Energy

Management services

EcoStruxure TM Facility Expert

automates data collection via an open,

scalable, and secure energy management

information system.

With the help of the Schneider Electric

energy management services team, data

is then turned into actionable information

to enable customers to understand their

facilities’ performance on an ongoing basis.

Energy Operation leverages companies’

current investments in their existing

systems, and can be used to communicate

advanced results and performance to a

broad audience for a shared understanding

throughout an organization.


A-13

O1

13

APP

I2

I3

I4

I5

I6

O3

+ I1

24VDC

+

24VDC

O1

13

Prisma - Overview

The energy management with Prisma iPM

System M

Presentation

Ethernet interface embedded on

the MTZ

The Ethernet interface elFE is available for MTZ

withdrawable circuit breakers, and provides a

direct connection to the Ethernet network.

FDM128 local interface

Please refer to the Enerlin’X catalogue.

The FDM128 has a wide but shallow screen.

The anti-reflection graphic screen is backlit for easy

reading, even in a dark environment or at unusual

viewing angles.

Micrologic X

Micrologic 5/6 X releases (Energy and Maintenance)

can be fitted on all MasterPact MTZ, regardless of

their performance level. They come with an

embedded screen, as well as Bluetooth and NFC

wireless communication protocol.

They include the basic LSI protection (MicroLogic 5),

which can be supplemented by Ground G protection

(MicroLogic 6), and can be customised with Digital

Modules.

They also come with measurement, alarm and

communication functions.

24 V DC power supply

A 24 V DC power supply is required for a networked

installation, whatever the MicroLogic types installed

in the switchboard.

The requisite specifications are:

• output voltage 24 V DC +/-5 %

• ripple: +/-1%

• overvoltage catagory: OVC IV - as specified by

standard IEC 60947-1.

MicroLogic NSX100 at 630 A

MicroLogic 5 / 6 A (Ammeter) or E (Energy) releases

can be fitted on all ComPact NSX100 at 630 with

performance B/F/H/N/ S/L/R/HB1/HB2. They come

with a display.

They include the basic LSI protection (MicroLogic 5),

which can be supplemented by Ground G protection

(MicroLogic 6).

They also come with measurement, alarm and

communication functions.

+ I1

24VDC

IO

C I2 I3 C I4 I5 C I6

I1 A1

LV434063

O2 O3 A1

14 23 24 3 34 T1 T2

O1

O2

Inputs/outputs module interface

The I/O (Input/Output) module for LV circuit breakers

is part of the ULP system, and offers pre-defined or

configurable functions and applications, to ensure

requirements can be met precisely.

Two IO modules can be connected to the same ULP

network.


O2 O3 A1

14 23 24 3 34 T1 T2

A-14 se.com

24VDC

Failure to fo low these instructions wi l result in death

or serious injury.

7

1 0-230V

POWER

Com’X 2 0

POWER

+24V0V

+24VDC

CMD

SDOF0V

N P

COM

STATUS

1 12 14

OF

LK/10-1 0/ACT

NETWORK

STATUS

POWER

R

ETHERNET

Imax: 63A

0V D0/- D1/+

ON

iEM31

1 0-230V

POWER

Com’X 2 0

POWER

24VDC

Test

LV434 02

POWER

Prisma - Overview

The energy management with Prisma iPM

System M

Presentation

D

A

PowerTag

N

COM D1 D0 0V

Acti9 Smartlink SI B

The Acti9 Smartlink SI B is an interface used for

collecting data from the Smartlink Modbus and

transmitting them over the Ethernet network, as well as

concentrating the wireless sensors: PowerTag.

1 2 3 4 5 6 8

0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V AI1 AI 24V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C/- D1 N.C. C D0 N.C.

Smartlink Modbus

The Smartlink Modbus is used for transferring data from

Acti9 range devices via a Modbus serial connection.

Ethernet switch

Ethernet switch, 5 copper ports.

Communication port protocols: Ethernet TCP/IP.

Ethernet port: 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX-5.

Max. number of connected switches: unlimited.

DANGER

HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,

EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH

Turn o f a l power before working on this equipment.

EBX2 0

1 0-230V ~ 0.6A

24V 1.2A

50/60 Hz

Made in GERMANY

Com’X energy server

Com’X is the data concentrator for the building’s

switchboards. It brings together the electrical information,

but also gas and temperature information, and provides

configurable inputs/outputs. Finally, it sends real-time alerts

to Facility Expert Software / Application, plus the building’s other energy data.

DANGER



Turn off a l power before working on this equipment.


or serious injury.

EBX2 0

1 0-230V ~ 0.6A

24V 1.2A

50/60 Hz

Made in GERMANY

ETH1 ETH2

ETH1 ETH2

IFM Modbus interface module

The main function of the IFM Modbus communication interface

is to convert the ULP protocol into Modbus serial. This enables

transmission of the circuit breaker’s settings, such as voltage,

current, power factors, energies and powers.

Modbus

Ethernet IFE interface

The Ethernet IFE interface for LV circuit breakers enables

compatible devices (e.g. a MasterPact NT/NW/MTZ or a

ComPact NSX) to be connected and accessible on the

Ethernet network.

ETH1 ETH2

ETH1 ETH2

Enerlin'X IFE

Modbus-SL

IFE-XX.YY. Z (factory set)

ETH1 LK/10-1 0/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-1 0/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

ULP port


A-15

Prisma - Overview

System M

Wireless sensor for early detection

of overheating cables

SMT10020_1

SMT10020

HeatTag is a smart sensor for early detection of

overheating wire connections or overheating cables.

HeatTag helps prevent electrical switchboards from

being damaged, by analyzing gas and particles

in the air and sending alerts before any smoke or

insulator browning.

Presentation

HeatTag smart sensor:

b Sends three levels of alert depending on the severity of the situation it detects.

b Helps prevent potential fire damages by analyzing gas and micro-particles

emitted by cable sheaths when overheating.

b Measures temperature and humidity.

b Communicates with all Schneider Electric EcoStruxure panel servers or

gateways.

b Is integrated in EcoStruxure solutions.

The HeatTag sensor must be installed only in non-forced air ventilated

switchboards. It must be mounted on a DIN rail.

During the first 30 minutes after commissioning, HeatTag can generate an alert for

test. It then takes another 8 hours for HeatTag to define its nominal environment

and to be fully operational. Each time the HeatTag sensor is powered on, these

30-minute and 8-hour sequences are repeated.

Operation

Paired with Schneider Electric panel servers or gateways, HeatTag reports:

b Alerts

b Air quality index

b Temperature and humidity measurement

b Self-diagnosis information

Air Quality

HeatTag provides an air quality index, ranging from 0 to 10, and displays the air

quality evolution trend in a table.

When the air quality index is equal or above 10, HeatTag sends an alert. It has

detected abnormal cable sheath heating in the switchboard.

Standards

The HeatTag smart sensor complies

with the following standards:

b IEC/UL 61010-1

b IEC 61010-2-201

b IEC 61326-1

b IEC 61326-2-3

b ETSI EN 301 489-1

b ETSI EN 301 489-17

b ETSI EN 300 328

b EN 62311

b EN IEC 63000

b IEEE 802.15.4 protocol

b FCC and IC certified

Note:

Do not use HeatTag as a protective device. HeatTag does not

replace the fire protection devices of the building.

Detection Alert

An alert is triggered when HeatTag detects abnormal cable sheath heating in the

switchboard, which can be caused by:

b One or more loose connections (too high contact resistance)

b An incorrectly sized cable compared to the rated current

b Overload not detected by the protective equipment

Alerts are triggered with three severity levels:

b Low level: a cable is slowly overheating in the installation, you must plan a

maintenance visit of the installation.

b Medium level: a cable is overheating in the installation, you must go quickly to

the installation for maintenance.

b High level: a cable overheats very quickly, you must check the installation

immediately.

The orange application led flashes when HeatTag sends an alert to the panel

servers or gateways.

Temperature

HeatTag provides a temperature value with a 60 second default transmission

period. The transmission period can be increased by the system in case of high

wireless data traffic.

Humidity

HeatTag provides a humidity rate with a 60 second default transmission period.

The transmission period can be increased by the system in case of high wireless

data traffic.

Self-Diagnosis

HeatTag carries out two types of diagnosis:

b A minor alert is sent when the fan rpm is 80% of its nominal rpm, which means

fan clogging.

b A major alert is sent when HeatTag is defective. In this case it cannot report

measures at all, nor reports incorrect measures.

A-16 se.com

Prisma - Overview

System M

Wireless sensor for early detection of

overheating cables

HeatTag Smart Design

b No settings

b Nominal environment auto-learning to avoid false alerts

b Concentrator auto-discovery

b Alerts generated by a powerful algorythm integrated in HeatTag

A

Electrical Characteristics

Supply voltage 110-277 V AC, -15 % / +15 %

Frequency

50-60 Hz

Max. consumption

0.1 A

Operating temperature

-15 °C / +70 °C (5 °F to 158 °F)

Storage temperature

-20 °C / +85 °C (-4 °F to 185 °F)

Relative humidity in operation 15-90 %

Altitude of use

0-2000 m (0-6500 ft)

Degree of pollution (IEC 60664-1) 3

Overvoltage category

OVC III

Sensor Characteristics

Temperature

measurement

Humidity

measurement

Air quality

Test alert after pairing

Measurement range

-15 °C / +70 °C (5 °F to 158 °F)

Measurement accuracy -1.1 °C / +1.1 °C

Default transmission

period

Measurement range 15–90 %

Measurement accuracy ±9 RH %

Default transmission

period

Environment auto-learning phase

60 seconds (higher in case of high

wireless data traffic)

60 seconds (higher in case of high

wireless data traffic)

Index (0 to 10), alert generation when

index u 10

During the first 30 minutes

8 hours after the first 30 minutes

Installation

Communication Architecture

List of compatible communicators:

b EcoStruxure Panel Servers

b PowerTag Link

b Prisma Wireless Panel Server

DB436632

DB436538

Wiring

The HeatTag must be protected by a 2 A

circuit breaker curve C or fast-acting fuse.

Mechanical Characteristics

Dimensions (W x H x D)

108 x 107 x 55 mm

Weight

270 g

Degree of protection (IEC 60529) IP20


A-17

M

M

Prisma - Overview

System M

Secure power distribution and monitoring solution for

operating theatres

To ensure the safety of patients, the availability and quality of electric

power are essential. The electrical installations of operating theatres

should enable the continuity of healthcare in all circumstances.

A solution you can trust…

• All the components of this solution are designed,

manufactured, and tested by Schneider Electric

to operate together and are implemented by

trained and approved partners.

• Schneider Electric provides maintenance plans

and operating procedures linked to this solution.

• Schneider Electric ensure the continuity of the

components throughout the installation’s life.

… thanks to secure power

distribution…

• The solution Schneider Electric incorporates an

isolation transformer and a continuous insulation

monitor in compliance with the required standars

to ensure the supply of power to medical

equipement in the event of a first insulation fault.

• The continuity of the electric power supply

is ensured by total coordination of all the

Schneider Electric components, including and

uninterruptible power supply.

• The Schneider Electric solution is designed,

wired, and tested to attenuate electromagnetic

disturbances in accordance with the

IEC 60364-4-4-44 standard.

Enhancing patient safety

Ensuring the satisfactory operation of operating

room is essential for a hospital.

Ensuring continuity of electrical

service

Because nothing must disturb the medical team

during operations.

Improving the efficiency of

hospital personnel

A controllable environment and perfectly

functioning equipment mean more comfort.

Patients

safety

Efficiency of medical personnel

Continuity of

service

… to event monitoring and

traceability

The Schneider Electric solution incorporates a

monitoring system to:

PD800040

• inform maintenance and medical personnel in

real time in the event of an electrical fault in the

operarting room

• monitor the operating room environment and

record all environmental events and data

• provide data to the hospital building

management system

A-18 se.com

Prisma - Overview

System M

A

Green Premium TM

An industry leading portfolio of offers delivering sustainable

value

The Green Premium program stands for our commitment to

deliver customer valued sustainable performance. It has been

upgraded with recognized environmental claims and extended

to cover all offers including Products, Services and Solutions.

More than 75% of our product

sales offer superior transparency

on the material content, regulatory

information and environmental

impact of our products:

• RoHS compliance

• REACh substance information

• Industry leading # of PEP’s*

• Circularity instructions

Discover what we

mean by green

Check your products!

CO 2 and P&L impact through… Resource Performance

Green Premium brings improved resource efficiency throughout an asset’s

lifecycle. This includes efficient use of energy and natural resources, along

with the minimization of CO 2 emissions.

Cost of ownership optimization through… Circular Performance

We’re helping our customers optimize the total cost of ownership of their

assets. To do this, we provide IoT-enabled solutions, as well as upgrade,

repair, retrofit, and remanufacture services.

Peace of mind through… Well-being Performance

Green Premium products are RoHS and REACh compliant. We’re going

beyond regulatory compliance with step-by-step substitution of certain

materials and substances from our products.

Improved sales through… Differentiation

Green Premium delivers strong value propositions through third-party

labels and services. By collaborating with third-party organizations we can

support our customers in meeting their sustainability goals such as green

building certifications.

*PEP: Product Environmental Profile (i.e. Environmental Product Declaration)


A-19

Prisma - Overview

System M

Standards

and

certifications

Prisma - Standards and certifications

Contents

Presentation A-22

Standards A-22

International electrotechnical standards A-22

Tools for quality adherence A-23

Standards IEC 61439-1 and 2 A-24

Enclosure standards - IEC 62208 and EN 50298 A-26

Prisma iPM type tested switchboards A-27

Floor standing system M A-28

Floor standing system M front access configuration A-30

Floor standing system M rear access configuration A-32

Tools and services A-34

A


A-21


Standards

International electrotechnical standards

Presentation

IEC international standards

IEC member countries

South Africa

Germany

Argentina

Australia

Austria

Belarus

Belgium

Brazil

Bulgaria

Canada

China

Korea (Rep. of)

Croatia

Denmark

Egypt

Spain

Finland

France

Greece

Hungary

India

Iran

Indonesia

Ireland

Israel

Italy

Japan

Luxemburg

Malaysia

Mexico

Norway

New Zealand

Pakistan

Netherlands

Poland

Portugal

Rumania

United Kingdom

Russia

Singapore

Slovakia

Slovenia

Sweden

Switzerland

Czech Rep.

Thailand

Turkey

Ukraine

United States

Yugoslavia

The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) is a worldwide organisation

for standardisation comprising all national electrotechnical committees (IEC

National Committees).

The object of the IEC is to promote international cooperation on all questions

concerning standardisation in the electrical and electronic fields.

To that end, the IEC publishes International Standards.

Their preparation is entrusted to technical committees and any IEC National

Committee interested in the subject dealt with may participate in the preparatory

work.

National standards

DD382009

In Europe

The IEC documents are first studied by CENELEC, which establishes:

b either a European standard (EN), often identical to the IEC standard, which then

becomes the applicable national standard in all the member countries

b or, if problems arise, a harmonisation document (HD)

Other IEC member countries

Each country is autonomous and can accept the IEC standard as the national

standard, with or without modifications.

Even though they are IEC members, countries such as Japan and the United

States continue to develop their own standardisation systems.

Countries without a standardisation system

It is possible to refer to an IEC standard in the framework of a project.

CEI/IEC

International Electrotechnical Commission

CENELEC

European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation

UTE

Union Technique de l’Électricité (French electrotechnical

standardisation organisation)

VDE

Verband der Elektrotechnik, Elektronik und Informationstechnik

e.v. (German electrotechnical, electronics and computer

technology standardisation organisation)

BSI

British Standards Institution

CCC

China Certification Center

A-22 se.com


Standards

Tools for quality adherence

Presentation

The different types of standards

There are different types of standards, including:

b management standards

b installation standards

b product standards

DD381775

DD381776

Management standards

ISO 9004: Quality management system - guidelines for performance improvement.

Used in setting up quality management systems.

ISO 9001: Quality management system - requirements. Used for certification

audits.

A

Design and manufacture.

Switchgear assemblies.

ISO 14004: Environmental management system - major guidelines on the

principles. Systems and techniques implemented.

DD381777

DD381778

ISO 14001: Environmental management system - specification with guidance for

use.

A majority of Schneider Electric development centres and factories are certified

ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.

Switchgear devices.

Installation.

Installation standards

The set of IEC 60364-X standards defines the main principles and rules on:

b assessment of general characteristics of installations

b protection

b selection and erection of equipment

b verification and maintenance of installations.

Product standards

They apply to LV switchgear devices or LV switchgear assemblies, where the

purpose is to secure the correct operation and value of the concerned products.

b standards on switchgear devices:

v IEC 60947-1: general rules

v IEC 60947-2: circuit breakers

v IEC 60947-3: switches and disconnectors

v IEC 60947-4: contactors

v IEC 62208/EN 50298: empty enclosures

b standards on switchgear assemblies:

v IEC 61439-1 and 2: General rules

v IEC 61439-2: Power switchgear and controlgear ASSEMBLIES (PSC-

ASSEMBLIES)

v IEC 61439-3: Distribution boards (to supersede IEC 60439-3)

v IEC 61439-4: ASSEMBLIES for construction sites (to supersede IEC 60439-4)

v IEC 61439-5: ASSEMBLIES for power distribution (to supersede IEC 60439-5)

v IEC 61439-6: Busbar trunking systems (to supersede IEC 60439-2)

Regulations

The regulations in a given country may make certain standards legally binding

and may also create additional value requirements.

Quality adherence

In addition to providing secure of the conformity of its quality management

system, a product manufacturer can demonstrate the quality of products by

providing secure that their design and manufacture comply with the

requirements in the applicable standard.

Secure of conformity may be a declaration by the manufacturer or a certificate

supplied by an independent organisation.


A-23


Standards

Standards IEC 61439-1 and 2

Presentation

All elements making up the electrical switchboard are concerned.

The object of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 is to lay down the definitions and to

state the service conditions, construction requirements, technical characteristics

and tests for low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies (U < 1000 V).

The standard defines a low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly (the

electrical switchboard) as “a combination of one or more low-voltage switching

devices together with associated control, measuring, signalling, protective,

regulating equipment, etc., completely assembled under the responsibility of the

manufacturer with all the internal electrical and mechanical inter-connections and

structural parts”.

Standard IEC 61439-1 and 2

The 12 design points tested by

schneider electric

These tests secure the conformity of the electrical switchboard and are intended

to check switchboard characteristics.

b tests are carried out on typical configurations

b routine tests are carried out on the completely finished switchboard. Their

purpose is the check that the characteristics validated by the type tests were not

altered during the manufacturing operations.

1 - Strength of materials and parts

The mechanical, electrical and thermal capability of constructional materials and

parts of the assembly shall be deemed to be proven by verification of construction

and performance characteristics.

where an empty enclosure in accordance with IEC 62208 is used, and it has not

been modified so as to degrade the performance of the enclosure, no repetition of

the enclosure testing is required.

2 - Degree of protection of assemblies

The degree of protection shall be verified in accordance with IEC 60529; the test

may be carried out on a representative equipped assembly. Where an empty

enclosure in accordance with IEC 62208 is used, and no external modification has

been carried out that may result in a deterioration of the degree of protection, no

further testing is required.

3 - Clearances and creepage distances

For dimensioning clearances and creepage distances between separate circuits,

the highest voltage ratings shall be used (rated impulse withstand voltage for

clearances and rated insulation voltage for creepage distances).

The clearances and creepage distances apply to phase to phase, phase to

neutral, and except where a conductor is connected directly to earth, phase to

earth and neutral to earth.

4 - Protection against electric shock and integrity of protective circuits

b Effectiveness of the protective circuit

b Effective earth continuity between the exposed conductive parts of the

assembly and the protective circuit

b Short-circuit withstand strength of the protective circuit

5 - Incorporation of switching devices and components

Compliance with the design requirements, the incorporation of switching devices

and components shall be confimed by inspection and verified to the requirements

of this standard.

b Electromagnetic compatibility

6 - Internal electrical circuits and connections

7 - Terminals for external conductors

Compliance with the design requirements for terminals for external conductors

shall be confirmed by inspection.

8 - Dielectric properties

All the electrical equipment of the assembly shall be connected, except those

items of apparatus which, according to the relevant specifications, are designed

for a lower test voltage; current-consuming apparatus (e.g. windings, measuring

instruments, voltage surge suppression devices) in which the application of the

test voltage would cause the flow of a current, shall be disconnected. Such

apparatus shall be disconnected at one of their terminals unless they are not

designed to withstand the full test voltage, in which case all terminals may be

disconnected.

A-24 se.com


Standards

Standards IEC 61439-1 and 2

Presentation

9 - Verification of temperature rise

b Verification by testing with current

b Derivation of ratings for similar variants

b Verification by calculation

10 - Short-circuit withstand strength

The short-circuit withstand strength declared by the originalmanufacturer shall be

verified. Verification may be by the application of design rules, by calculation or by test

as specified.

b Circuits of assemblies which are exempted from the verification of the short-circuit

withstand strength

b Verification by the application of design rules

b Verification by comparison with a reference design

b Verification by test

A

11 - Electromagnetic compatibility(EMC)

b Assembles not incorporating electronic circuits

b Assembles incorporating electronic circuits

12 - Mechanical operation

This verification test shall not be made on such devices of the assembly which have

already been type tested according to their relevant product standard unless their

mechanical operation is impaired by their mounting.

For parts, which need verification by test, satisfactory mechanical operation shall be

verified after installation in the assembly. The number of operating cycles shall be 200.

Routine Verification

Series of test under responsibility of the assemblers that must be performed for each

LV assembly.

1 - Degree of protection of enclosures

2 - Clearances and creepage distances

3 - Protection against electric shock and integrity of protective circuits

4 - Incorporation of built-in components

5 - Internal electrical circuits and connections

6 - Terminals for external conductors

7 - Mechanical operation

8 - Dielectric properties

9 - Wiring, operational performance and function


A-25


Standards

Enclosure standards - IEC 62208 and EN 50298

Presentation

Standards IEC 62208 and EN 50298

Empty enclosures for low-voltage

switchgear and controlgear assemblies

General rules for empty enclosures

Standards IEC 62208 and EN 50298 lay down definitions, classifications,

characteristics and test requirements for the enclosures used for assemblies.

They apply to empty enclosures before installation of the devices by the panel

builder, as supplied by the manufacturer.

They apply to one-piece enclosures and to enclosures supplied in kit form.

Type tests

1 - Static load

2 - Hoisting

3 - Axial loads of metal inserts

4 - IK code

5 - IP code

6 - Thermal stability

7 - Resistance to heat

8 - Resistance to abnormal heat and to fire

9 - Dielectric strength

10 - Protective-circuit continuity

11 - Weather resistance

12 - Corrosion resistance

13 - Marking.

A-26 se.com


Prisma iPM type tested switchboards

Presentation

The Schneider Electric solution

Prisma iPM type tested switchboards

Certifications

A switchboard must comply with the requirements in standard IEC 61439-1

and 2 to ensure the value and reliability of the installation.

Managers of installations, fully aware of the professional and legal liabilities weighing on

their company and on themselves, demand a high level of value for the electrical

installation.

What is more, the serious economic consequences of prolonged halts in

production mean that the electrical switchboard must provide excellent continuity

of service, whatever the operating conditions.

b Specify switchboards that comply with standard IEC 61439-1 and 2.

b Guarantee a level of value that has been 100% tested, from the day the

switchboard is installed and throughout its service life.

b Ensure the return on investment through easy upgrading of the installation in

compliance with the standard.

b Guarantee that the switchboard complies with the technical specifications.

The conformity of the switchboard has been tested and proven.

A Prisma iPM switchboard is:

b made up of Schneider Electric low-voltage devices and components that all

comply with the applicable standards,

b based on configurations in the Schneider Electric catalogue,

b made up of Prisma iPM mechanical and electrical components that have been

subjected to the twelve tests required by the standard,

b mounted and wired by a panel builder in compliance with professional standards,

b subjected to the nine routine verifications required by the standard.

Schneider Electric makes available to the panel builder everything required to

create type tested Prisma iPM switchboards, including the basic configurations in

the

low-voltage distribution catalogue, all the documentation for switchboard design

and mounting, calculation and design software, etc.

The panel builder can easily demonstrate conformity with standard IEC 61439-1

and 2 by presenting the declarations or certificates of conformity concerning the

type tests carried out by independent laboratories (CCC, ASEFA) and supplied by

Schneider Electric.

The panel builder is responsible for the three routine tests and delivers the

corresponding declarations of conformity.

A


A-27

Presentation

Floor standing system M

Presentation

Incoming feeders and main LV

switchboards

DD800504

Currents up to 6300 A.


Power distribution and loads



Currents from 40 to 250 A.

A-28 se.com

System M System M

Presentation

Floor standing system M

Presentation

Main characteristics

In-door floor standing system

PD800041

A

DD800336

Electrical characteristics

Rated insulation voltage Ui

(V AC)

1000

Rated operation voltage

upto 415

(V AC)

Rated impulse withstand voltage 12

(kV)

Frequency (Hz) 50/60

Main busbar rated current max. Ie 3200/4000/4250

(A)

Rated short-time withstand current 85

- Without Linergy (kA/1 s.)

Rated short-time withstand current 100

- With Linergy (kA/1 s.)

Rated peak withstand

220

current Ipk (kA)

Neutral network TNC v TNS v IT v TT v

Mechanical characteristics

Overall height (mm) 2000

Number of vertical modules 36

(functional height)

1 module = 50 mm

Depth (mm)

400/600 (front access), 800/1000 (rear access)

Width of enclosure for devices 600 and 800

(mm)

Width of busbar duct (mm) 200 (in 800 mm wide enclosure)

Width of cable duct (mm) 300 and 400

Partitioning Form 2, 3b and 4

IP 30/31/42/54

IK 07/08/10

Applicable standards

Type test IEC61439-1 and 2

IP class

IEC60529

Insulation materials inside IEC60695

of enclosures

Environment conditions

Operation

indoor

Altitude max. (m) 2000

Temperature average (°C) 35 °C

Temperature max. (°C) 50 °C

Temperature min. (°C) 0 °C

Environmental conditions

Environment B

Degree of pollution 3

Others

Enclosure materials

sheet metal

Painting

epoxy resin powder electrostatic sprayed

Colour

RAL 7047 (enclosure) and RAL 9022 (functional

unit)

Insulation materials inside

of enclosure

high-temperature withstand, combustion

self-prevent


A-29

Presentation

Floor standing system M front access configuration

Presentation

Configuration

DD800335

NS1600 4P

NSX250N

3P + N

NSX250N

3P + N

A

CA CV V

5 x EZC100

NSX100H-MA50

+LC1D0P7

+LRD3357

3 x GV2P32

+LC1D32P7

NG125 L

NG125 L

NG125 L

6 x C60H/20 3P

6 x C60H/10 3P

6 x C60H/10 3P

PD800054

Application

This configuration is adapted for lighting, HVAC, lift, etc… in tertiary and

industrial buildings.

A-30 se.com

Presentation

Floor standing system M front access configuration

Presentation

Configuration

DD800334

NS1600 4P

NSX400N

3P + N

NSX250N

3P + N

A

CA CV V

5 x EZC100

NSX100H-MA50

+LC1D0P7

+LRD3357

3 x GV2P32

+LC1D32P7

A

C60 Vigi 2P

C60 Vigi 2P

CVS250N

3P + N

CVS250N

3P + N

NG125 L

NG125 L

3 x CVS 100

9 x C60H/10 2P

9 x C60H/10 2P

5 x C60H/10 3P

5 x C60H/10 3P

PB800052

Application




A-31

Presentation

Floor standing system M rear access configuration

Presentation

Configuration

PD800063 DD800335

A

CA

CV

NW32

3P

V

2 x NSX630

3P+N

NG125L

6 x C60H/20 3P

2 x NSX400N

3P+N

4 x NSX100N

C60 Vigi

9 x C60H/10 2P

3 x NSX100N

2 x NSX630

3P+N

NSX100H-MA50

+LC1D40

NG125L

6 x C60H/20 3P

2 x NSX400N

3P+N 4 x NSX100N NSX100N

3P

C60 Vigi

9 x C60H/10 2P

NSX100H-MA50

+LC1-D40

+LRD-33 22C

Application



A-32 se.com

Presentation

Floor standing system M rear access configuration

Presentation

Configuration

PD800064 DD800334

NSX630N 4P

NSX400N 4P

NW32

3P

NW32

3P

3 x NSX100N 3P

NW32

3P

NSX100+

LC1-D40

+LRD-33 22C

NG125L

5 x C60H/20 3P

7 x C60H/20 3P

NW08 3P

NSX630N 4P NSX400N 4P 3 x NSX100N 3P

A

Application




A-33

Presentation

Tools and services

Presentation

Schneider Electric provides a large range of tools

and services to support you all along the life cycle of

the product.

For futher information, please consult us or see

Schneider Electric website:

www.se.com.

Specifications & tendering

Promotional

• Promotional leaflets

• Posters, videos

• Customer conferences

Advice, order

• Catalogue

Specifications

• Type tested conference

• New IEC conference

• Specification forms

Software

• EasyPrisma

• Digital Services

Order

Advice, order

• Catalogue

Software

• EasyPrisma

• Digital Services

On-line support

• Customer Care Center

Training

• Training sessions

Design & implementation

Design, order

• Catalogue

• Technicial guide for Pnb

• Prisma iPM digital services portal

Software

• Thermal calculation

Technical information

• AutoCAD library

• Bars drawings library

• Derating tables

On-line support

• Customer Care Center

A-34 se.com

System L

System M

System M

Presentation

Tools and services

Presentation

DD800163

A

Operation and recycling

Commissioning

Operation

• Technical guide for Pnb

Recycling

• Product Environmental Profile

Guides

• Technicial guide for Pnb

Assembling

Guides

• Technical guide for Pnb

• Mounting leaflets library

• Busbar drawings

PD800039


A-35

Prisma - Overview

Commercial reference numbering system

System M

Commercial reference

Commercial number composition

L S p 5 p p p p p

b One letter designating the voltage.

Voltage

Low

Code

L

b One letter designating the product.

Type

Switchboard

Code

S

b One letter designating the family.

Type

Floor standing enclosure

Wall-mounted enclosure

Common

Code

M

L

X

b One number designating the brand.

Brand

Code

Prisma iPM 5

b Four numbers designating the reference.

b One number indicating characteristics specific to

the component.

Characteristic

Drawout

Fixed

Non-significant

Horizontal

Transparent

Vertical

Rear connection

Code

D

F

A

H

T

V

R

Five-figure commercial

numbers

Some products have 5-figure commercial numbers. These products are sold in

other Schneider Electric product ranges and are totally compatible with Prisma

iPM electrical switchboard range.

A-36 se.com

Prisma - Overview

Determining the commercial number

System M


Using the circuit diagram

Draw up the list of devices to be installed grouping

them together in families.

DD800433

NSX400

And using the commercial

number tables

A

Reminder: 1 module = 50 mm

1 Each cubicle contains 36 vertical modules.

Height of the framework = 36

The selection of the functional unit is done after

selectioning the electrical devices (circuit breakers,

modular switchgears, etc.).

2 For the incoming unit determine:

b the number of vertical modules required;

b the Commercial numbers for mounting plate and

front plates.

Determine the connection and its width so as to

connect the incoming unit to the busbars, or the

distribution block and its width.

Circuit

breaker

Type

Mounting plate Front plate Customer

connection

No. of

pole

Kit vertical

connection

adapter

DD380843

DD380836

DD800179

Arc chute

insulating

screen

DD380842

Spacing

rods

Dd380845

Connection

to busbar

Free busbar support,

pitch = 70 mm

Dd380850

No. of

vertical

module

NS1600 A LSM58872V LSM58916V LSX58934A LSX58933A 14

DD800180

DD800181

fixed 4P 33643 33597 04691 LSM58089A

3 For the outgoing units, determine:

b the number of vertical modules required,

b the commercial numbers for the mounting plate or

modular rail and the front plate,

Circuit breaker No. of pole Mounting plate Front plate No. of

vertical

module

Horizontal installation

NSX400 3/4P LSM58870H LSM58915H 5

Vertical installation

EZC100 3/4P LSM58855V LSX58886V 5

Modular devices Modular rail Front plate No. of

vertical

module

1 row Multi 9 (1) with NG125 A LSM58853A LSX58885A 5

1 row Multi 9 (1) with NG125 A LSM58853A LSX58885A 5

(1) 48 x 9 mm.

b the distribution block: Multiclip, comb, etc.

Distribution block Quantity Com. no.

Multiclip 200 A, 4P 2 LSX58054A

Module total = 34

4 If the devices to be installed do not occupy the

whole enclosure, complete the front panel with an

extra plain front plate.

Plain front plate

Com. no.

36 - 34 = 2 modules LSX58932A

DD381583


A-37

Prisma - Overview

Determining the commercial number

System M


5 Determine the optimum layout of the devices and

chooses the frames, based on:

b the degree of protection IP,

b the dimensions of the incoming unit (see

examples),

b the current rating and layout of the busbars,

b duct requirements (busbars, cables).

Enclosure

Frame + roof, Width = 800 mm (600 + 200),

D = 400 mm

Com. no.

LSM57462A

DD800214

6 Determine the commercial numbers for:

b the busbars,

b cable running accessories,

b site installation accessories,

b other accessories.

Description

Com. no.

Linergy for busbar 1600 A 4 x 04506

Linergy busbar support, 75 mm pitch 3 x LSM58092A

20 bar connection to linergy bolts 4 x 04767

Plate washers diam.20 04772

Insulated flexible bars 32*5 04751

Insulated flexible bars 32*8 04753

1 to 6M divisible vert.barrier D400 6 x LSM58675V

Front barrier Width = 200 mm

LSM58672V

DD800213

7 According to the desired degree of protection

and the frames selected, choose the appropriate

cover components (backs, doors, side panels,

gaskets).

Description

Plain door width = 200 mm

Transparent door width = 600 mm

Rear panel width= 800 mm

Com. no.

LSM58422A

LSM58466T

LSM58418A

2 lateral panels depth = 400 mm LSM58474A

Base frame width = 800 mm, 4 corner

posts and

2 crosspieces

Base frame depth = 400 mm, 2 side plates

Gland plates widht = 800 mm, D = 400 mm

LSM53438A

LSM53444A

LSM53488A

4 lifting rings LSM57471A

M DIN double bar assembled lock

LSM58498A

12 horizontal cable straps 04239

4 covers L = 450 mm 04243

12 trunking supports 04255

4 floor standing cable tie supports Width =

600 mm

4 floor standing cable tie supports Depth =

400 mm

LSM58496A

LSM58494A

DD800216

A-38 se.com

Prisma - Overview

System M

A


A-39

Functional

Units

Functional Units

Contents

System M

Description B-2

Functional Units up to 4000 A B-2

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS 08 to 40 B-4

Dedicated cubicle B-4

Commercial numbers B-4

Dedicated coupling cubicle B-6

2 MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS 08 to 40 B-12


MasterPact MTZ1/NT 06 to 16 B-15

Toggle and motor mechanism B-15



ComPact NS 630b to 1600 B-20




ComPact NSX 400 to 630 A B-26

Selection table B-26



ComPact NSXm 160 B-30



Modular devices - Selection table B-32

EasyPact CVS 400 to 630 A B-36




EasyPact EZC from 100 to 630 A B-40


Interpact INS 250 to 1600 A B-42




Transfer Switch Equipment B-46


Capacitor bank B-48


Widths of modular devices B-52

Multi 9/Acti 9 ≤ 63 A NG 125 - Modular devices B-54


INS 40 / 160 switch disconnectors - Modular devices B-56


Industrial and Control Devices - Motor control up to 45 kW B-58

LV/LV tranformers - Selection table B-58

Human/Machine device B-60

72 x 72 mm and 96 x 96 mm devices - Selection table B-60

The Energy Management with Prisma iPM B-61

Functional units B-61

Other Devices - For all type of device B-63


Reserve Space B-65


Functional Unit Accessories B-66


B


B-1

Functional Units

Functional Units up to 4000 A

System M

Description

Function unit

The functional unit is defined in the IEC 61439-1 and 2 standard

as followed:

“A part of an assembly comprising all the mechanical and electrical

elements that contribute to the fulfilment of the same function.”

Each device is part of a functional unit comprising:

b3 a dedicated mounting plate for device installation

b3 a front plate to block direct access to live parts

b3 busbar connections

b3 the device connections or distribution solutions

b3 devices for on-site connections and running of auxiliary wires

Each functional unit contributes to a function in the switchboard.

The functional units are modular and are arranged rationally, one on top of

another, within the enclosure.

The system includes everything required for functional unit mounting, supply and

on site connection.

The components of the Prisma iPM functional units have been designed and

tested taking into account device characteristics.

This design approach secure a high degree of reliability in system operation and

optimum value for personnel.

PB800045

DD800391

Mounting plates

The devices are mounted on a mounting plate. The space occupied by the

mounting plate correspond to device dimensions: optimization of the occupied

space.

Prisma iPM offers a complete range of mounting plates for each type of devices

up to 4000 A:

b3 MasterPact MTZ1/NT and MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS

b3 EasyPact CVS and ComPact NSX

b3 Interpact INS

b3 Easypact EZC

b3 Modular devices ...

Plain or slotted mounting plates are available for other devices.

The mounting plates have threaded holes for direct mounting from the front.

The fixing screws of the mounting plate are supplied with.

The mounting plates have slots for tightening power cable and auxiliary

connection.

It is front connected, without nuts, using thread-forming screws.

The use of thread-forming screws is mandatory to secure electrical continuity

between exposed conductive parts.

When rear access, the number of module occupied by device is 1M less than

front access.

B-2 se.com

Functional Units

Functional Units up to 4000 A

System M

Description

DD800279 DD800278

Modular rails

Front plates

The modular rails are supplied ready for mounting with screws.

The symmetrical rail is made of an aluminium alloy and is very rigid.

The supports are factory mounted (crimped on the rails) and screw to the functional

uprights using two thread-forming, captive screws that also secure the electrical

continuity of the exposed conductive parts.

The ends of the supports overrun the edge of the rails to act as a stop for the

modular devices.

Different type of rails:

b3 modular devices rail

b3 adjustable rail

b3 rail for direct mounting on the functional uprights

Rails can be fitted with devices, modular distribution blocks, contactors,

transformers, various auxiliary devices and terminal blocks and all cable-running

accessories such as straps and trunking supports, as well as the supports for

earth-neutral bars.

For more value, the front plates only allow access to the device setting and control

devices.

The various front plates come with the appropriate cut-outs.

Prisma iPM offers a complete range of front plates for each type of devices up to

4000 A:

b3 MasterPact MTZ1/NT and MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS

b3 EasyPact CVS and ComPact NSX

b3 Interpact INS

b3 Easypact EZC

b3 modular devices

b3 72 x 72 and 96 x 96 mm measurement device

B

They are coloured in grey aluminium RAL9022.

There are blanking strips for modular devices and vertically mounted EasyPact

CVS and ComPact NSX and interpact INS devices. They are used to blank off the

unused space on the cut-out front plates.

Also available in the catalogue are labels that fit on the front plates.

Plain and transparent front plates for the device zone and ducts are also available

in the catalogue.

The front plates are fixed, but a reversible “pivot kit” (4 hinges + 2 plug + 2 earth

braid) is available.

Each front plate is front mounted on the supports by captive screws and nuts.

Electrical continuity of exposed conductive parts is secure by the studs of the nuts

and the fixing screws.

Reserve space

Plain front plates are available in the catalogue to blank off empty areas.

DD800337


B-3

Functional Units

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS 08 to 40

Dedicated cubicle

Commercial numbers

System M

DD800200

Front connection

4P/800

3P/600

Device Poles Width of

enclosure

Cable connection

Vertical rear

connectors

Dd380837

Terminal extension bar support

Dd380850

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/25

MTZ2/NW/MVS

32

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/25

MTZ2/NW/MVS

32

Fixed/drawout device

3P 600 mm ■ 2 x LSM58096A + LSM58090A

■ 2 x LSM58096A + LSM58090A + 04671

3P/4P 800 mm ■ 2 x LSM58097A + LSM58090A

■ 2 x LSM58097A + LSM58090A + 04671

Rear connection

DD800550

DD800569


enclosure

Cable connection

Vertical rear connectors

Terminal extension bar

support

Dd380835

Dd380850

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32


3P 600 mm ■ 2 x LSM58096A

3P/4P 800 mm ■ 2 x LSM58097A

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40 3P/4P 800 mm 3 x LSM58080A (3P)

4 x LSM58080A (4P)

2 x LSM58098A + 3 x

LSM58090A + 4 x 04671

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40


enclosure

Busway connection

Vertical rear

connectors

Terminal

extension bar

support

2 side crossmembers

D=400 mm

Dd380835

Dd380850

DD800566


DD800567

DD435202

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/20

MTZ2/NW/MVS

25/32

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/20

MTZ2/NW/MVS

25/32

MTZ2/NW/MVS

40

(Flat Copper

Busbar)

3P 600 mm ■ 4 x LSM58096A +

LSM58090A

■ 4 x LSM58096A +

3 x LSM58090A

3P/4P 800 mm ■ 4 x LSM58097A +

LSM58090A

3P/4P 800 mm 3 x LSM58080A

(3P)

4 x LSM58080A

(4P)

■ 4 x LSM58097A +

3 x LSM58090A

2 x LSM58098A +

3 x LSM58097A +

6 x LSM58090A +

7 x 04671

2 x LSM58440A

2 x LSM58440A

2 x LSM58440A

2 x LSM58440A

3 x LSM58440A

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

MTZ2/NW/MVS

40

(Linergy)

3P/4P 800 mm 3 x LSM58080A

(3P)

4 x LSM58080A

(4P)

2 x LSM58098A +

3 x LSM58097A +

6 x LSM58090A +

7 x 04671

3 x LSM58440A

NOTE : Busway adapter box to be managed locally.

Please contact Schneider Electric local representative for more details.

B-4 se.com

Functional Units


Dedicated cubicle

System M

Commercial numbers

DD800573

DD435236

Device installation

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

IP30/31

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

IP42/54

Device

MTZ2/NW/

MVS 08/32

3P in width =

600 mm

cubicles

MTZ2/NW/

MVS 08/32

3P/4P in

width =

800 mm

cubicles

MTZ2/NW/

MVS 40

3P/4P in

width =

800 mm

cubicles

MTZ2/NW/

MVS 08/32

3P in width =

600 mm

cubicles

MTZ2/NW/

MVS 08/32

3P/4P in

width =

800 mm

cubicles

MTZ2/NW/

MVS 40

3P/4P in

width = 800

mm cubicles

No.of

vert.

mod.

Mounting plate

DD380836

Front plate

support

Fixed device

DD800546

Cut-out front

plate (1)

Upstream

front plate

IP30/31

36 LSM58878V LSM58928F 2 x

LSX58936A

36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58926F 2 x

LSM58975A

+ LSM58972A

36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58926F LSM58972A +

2 x

LSM58985A

Drawout device

36 LSM58878V LSM58930D 2 x

LSX58936A

36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58927D 2 x

LSM58975A

+ LSM58972A

36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58927D LSM58972A +

2 x

LSM58985A

DD800179

DD800180

Upstream

front plate

IP42/54

DD800180

2 x

LSX58936A

2 x

LSM58975A

+ LSM58972A

LSM58972A +

2 x

LSM58975A

2 x

LSX58936A

2 x

LSM58975A

+ LSM58972A

LSM58972A +

2 x

LSM58975A

Downstream

front plate

IP30/31

DD800181

2 x LSX58934A

+ LSX58936A

2 x LSM58975A

+ 2 x

LSM58972A

2 x LSM58972A

+

2 x LSM58985A

2 x LSX58934A

+ LSX58936A

2 x LSM58975A

+ 2 x

LSM58972A

2 x LSM58972A

+

2 x LSM58985A

Downstream

front plate

IP42/54

DD800181

2 x LSX58934A

+ LSX58936A

2 x LSM58975A

+ 2 x

LSM58972A

2 x LSM58972A

+ 2 x

LSM58985A

2 x LSX58934A

+ LSX58936A

2 x LSM58975A

+ 2 x

LSM58972A

2 x LSM58972A

+ 2 x

LSM58985A

B

(1) Escutcheon required.

Distribution

Connection to horizontal busbars

Device Front connectors Spacing rods for flat

bars


support

DD800552

DD800569

Dd380838

Dd382942

Dd380850


MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32 ■ 3 x 04690

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

(Flatbus)

2 x LSM58098A + 4 x

LSM58090A + 5 x 04671

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

(Linergy)

2 x LSM58098A + 3 x

LSM58090A + 4 x 04671

DD800583

Busway (I-Line) selection (1)

Cat. No.

Indoor

Outdoor

W600 D400

W200+600 D400 or

W600+200 D400

W800 D400

3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

630 A CFD06XXXXX CFD06XXXXX CFD06XXXXX CFD06XXXXX

800 A CFD08XXXXX CFD08XXXXX CFD08XXXXX CFD08XXXXX CFD08XXXXX CFD08XXXXX





W600 D1000

W200+600 D1000 or

W600+200 D1000

W800 D1000



4000 A CFD40XXXXX CFD40XXXXX

(1) The reference in the selection table are from I-Line busway system. Contact us for further information.


B-5

Functional Units


Dedicated coupling cubicle

Commercial numbers

System M

DD800573

Device installation

Device

No.of

vert.

mod.

Mounting plate

DD380836

Front plate

support

DD800546

Cut-out front

plate (1)

DD800179

Upstream front

plate IP30/31

DD800180

Upstream front

plate IP42/54

DD800180

Downstream

front plate

IP30/31

DD800181

Downstream front

plate IP42/54

DD800181

DD435236

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

IP30/31

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

IP42/54

Fixed device

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32

3P in width = 600

mm cubicles

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32

3P/4P in width =

800 mm cubicles

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

3P/4P in width =

800 mm cubicles

Drawout device

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32

3P in width = 600

mm cubicles

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32

3P/4P in width =

800 mm cubicles

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

3P/4P in width =

800 mm cubicles


36 LSM58878V LSM58928F 2 x

LSX58936A

36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58926F 2 x

LSM58975A

+ LSM58972A

36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58926F LSM58972A +

2 x

LSM58985A

36 LSM58878V LSM58930D 2 x

LSX58936A

36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58927D 2 x

LSM58975A

+ LSM58972A

36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58927D LSM58972A

+2 x

LSM58985A

2 x

LSX58936A

2 x

LSM58975A

+ LSM58972A

LSM58972A

+2 x

LSM58975A

2 x

LSX58936A

2 x

LSM58975A

+ 2 x

LSM58972A

LSM58972A +

2 x

LSM58975A

2 x 2 x LSX58934A

LSX58934A + LSX58936A

+ LSX58936A

2 x

LSM58975A

+ 2 x

LSM58972A

2 x

LSM58972A

+2 x

LSM58985A

2 x

LSM58975A

+ 2 x

LSM58972A

2 x

LSM58972A

+ 2 x

LSM58985A

2 x 2 x LSX58934A

LSX58934A + LSX58936A

+ LSX58936A

2 x

LSM58975A

+ 2 x

LSM58972A

2 x

LSM58972A

+2 x

LSM58985A

2 x

LSM58975A

+ 2 x

LSM58972A

2 x

LSM58972A

+ 2 x

LSM58985A

DD800554

Distribution


Device Front connectors Spacing rods for flat

bars

Dd380838

Dd380838

Dd382942

Dd382942


support

Dd380850


MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32 ■ 3 x 04690

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

2 x LSM58098A + 4 x

LSM58090A + 5 x 04671

B-6 se.com

Functional Units


Dedicated coupling cubicle

Commercial numbers

System M

Distribution

Device

Connection to vertical flat busbars

Front

connectors

Vertical rear

connectors

Spacing rods

for flat bars

Busbar support

DD383808

DD800570

Dd380838

Dd380835

Dd382942

Dd380840

Fixed device

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/25 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58086A

+

2 x LSM58089A

MTZ2/NW/MVS 32 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58086A

+

2 x LSM58089A

+ 2 x 04671

Drawout device

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/25 ■ 04690 LSM58086A

+

2 x LSM58089A

■ 04690 2 x LSM58086A

+

2 x LSM58089A

MTZ2/NW/MVS 32 ■ 04690 LSM58086A

+

2 x LSM58089A

+ 2 x 04671

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

■ 04690 2 x LSM58086A

+

2 x LSM58089A

+ 2 x 04671

3 x LSM58080A

(3P)

4 x LSM58080A

(4P)

2 x LSM58098A +

LSM58084A + 3 x

04671 + 2 x

LSM58090A +

LSM58089A

B

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

Connection to vertical Linergy or Linergy Evolution busbars

Device

Front

connectors

Vertical rear

connectors

Spacing rods

for flat bars

Busbar support

Dd383687

Dd380838

Dd380837

Dd382942

Dd380840

Fixed device

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/25 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A (1)

MTZ2/NW/MVS 32 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A (1)

Drawout device

+ 2 x 04671 (2)

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/25 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A (1)

■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A (1)

MTZ2/NW/MVS 32 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A (1)

+ 04671 (2)

■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A (1)

+ 04671 (2)

(1) For an Icw≥75kA rms, use three free supports (3xLSM58089A).

(2) For an Icw≥75kA rms, use 2x04671.


B-7

Functional Units

NW/MVS/3P-Fixed/Drawout 4000A configuration

Incoming column with Bottom HBB

Special Solutions

System M

Standard Configuration

No. Designation Com. no. Quantity

1 Frame+roof W600 D600 LSM57606A 1


3 Frame+roof W600 D400 - rear LSM57406A 1


5 M mountingplate MasterPact NW-MT W600 LSM58878V 1

6 Fixed bar support pitch115mm W600 4000A LSM58096A 6

7 NW40 3P W600 downstrean busbar support LSM58085A 1

8 Terminals for MasterPact NW4000 LSM58080A 3

9 1 Free busbar support pitch115mm LSM58090A 4

10 3 Fixed supports vert. Bars+bottom D400 in D600 LSM58091A 1


12 1 Fixed BB support bottom D600 pitch75mm LSM58093A 1

13 Busbars > 80mm support/screws 04671 24

14 2 side cross-member 400 LSM58440A 2

DD800593

14

3 1 8

2

11

4

9

6 5 7 12 10

6

B-8 se.com

Functional Units

NW/MVS/4P-Fixed/Drawout 4000A configuration


Special Solutions

System M

Standard Configuration






5 M mountingplate MasterPact NW-MT LSM58876V 1


7 BB support for 4000A coupling solution LSM58084A 1

8 Terminals for MasterPact NW4000 LSM58080A 4

9 1 Free busbar support pitch 115mm LSM58090A 6

10 3 Fixed supports vert. Bars+bottom D400 in D600 LSM58091A 1

11 1 Free busbar support pitch 75mm LSM58089A 7

12 1 Fixed BB support bottom D600 pitch 75mm LSM58093A 1


14 2 side cross-member 400 LSM58440A 2

15 Fixed bar support pitch115mm W800 LSM58097A 2

B

DD800594

3

14

1 8

11 15 9

6 5 7 10 12 2 4


B-9

Functional Units

NW/MVS 4000A configuration


Special solutions

Front view

DD800566

DD800595

IP30/31

IP42/54

Ventilation solution

DD800596

W = 800mm

System M


IP30/31 IP54

1 M frontplate MasterPact NW Fixed LSM58926F 1 1

3P/4P W800

2 W800 plain front plate 2M LSM58972A 3 3

3 W800 plain front plate 5M LSM58975A 2 2

4 W800 ventilated front plate 5M LSM58985A 2 2

5 System M front plate support LSM58700A 1 1

6 IP30 plain door W800 LSM58428 1 -

7 IP54 plain door W800 LSM57429A - 1

W = 600mm


IP30/31 IP54

1 M frontplate MasterPact NW Fixed 3P LSM58928F 1 1

W600

2 W600 plain front plate 2M LSX58932A 3 3

3 W600 plain front plate 5M LSX58935A 2 2

4 W600 ventilated front plate 5M *LSX58936A 2 2

5 System M front plate support LSM58700A 1 1

6 IP30 plain door W600 LSM58426A 1 -

7 IP54 plain door W600 LSM58427A - 1

* Please contact Schneider Electric local office.

No. Designation IP30/31 IP54 Com. no. (1) Quantity

1 Grill with filter (maximum b b NSYCAG291LPF32 1

througput=350m 3 /h)

2 Filter fan 560m 3 /h 230V IP54 b NSYCVF560M230PF 1

2

DD800597

DD800598

1 1

IP30

IP54

Derating table

Device

Permissible current (A)

Cut-out in plain door Cut-out in side panel D = 600

Cubicle with circuit breaker

Average ambient temperature around the switchboard

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

IP ≤ 31 IP > 31 IP ≤ 31 IP > 31 IP ≤ 31 IP > 31 IP ≤ 31 IP > 31 IP ≤ 31 IP > 31 IP ≤ 31 IP > 31

NW40/MTZ2 Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan

3680 A 3680 A 3600 A 3600 A 3520 A 3520 A 3440 A 3440 A 3340 A 3340 A 3120 A b

Horizontal busbar

No. of bars / phase Permissible current (A)


25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

Size per phase IP ≤ 31 IP > 31 IP ≤ 31 IP > 31 IP ≤ 31 IP > 31 IP ≤ 31 IP > 31 IP ≤ 31 IP > 31 IP ≤ 31 IP > 31

2 bars, 120 x 10mm Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan

3680 A 3680 A 3600 A 3600 A 3520 A 3520 A 3440 A 3440 A 3340 A 3340 A 3120 A b

b connection impossible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices installed in the

switchboard.

B-10 se.com

Functional Units



System M

Special solutions

Options

Designation

M frontplate MasterPact NW fixed 3P/4P W800 (1)

Com. no.

LSM58926F

Warnings

(1) NW/MVS40 fixed version busbar drawings not available now.

In order to keep good condition of the heavy cubicle configuration, we recommend

to:

b Remove the circuit breaker and door before moving or transport the cubicle.

b Transport single column instead of assocation with other cubicles.

B


B-11

Functional Units

2 MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS 08 to 32

System M

DD435214

Commercial numbers

Rear connection

(Upper and lower device)

4P/800

3P/600

Upper device

Cable connection

Device Width of enclosure Vertical rear

connectors

Dd380837

Terminal extension

bar support

Dd380850

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

3P

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

3P/4P


600 mm ■ 2 x LSM58096A

800 mm ■ 2 x LSM58097A

DD800550

4P/800

3P/600

Lower device

Cable connection

Device Width of enclosure Vertical rear

connectors

Terminal extension

bar support

Dd380837

Dd380850

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

3P

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

3P/4P


600 mm ■ 2 x LSM58096A

800 mm ■ 2 x LSM58097A

Total current rating of the 2NW/2MVS circle breaker in one column should be lower than 3200A.

B-12 se.com

Functional Units

2 MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS 08 to 32

System M

Commercial numbers

Device installation

Upper device

Device

No.of

vert.

mod.

Mounting

plate

Front plate

support

Cut-out front

plate (1)

Plain front plate

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32 3P in width =

600 mm cubicles

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32 3P/4P in

width = 800 mm

cubicles

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32 3P in width =

600 mm cubicles

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32 3P/4P in

width = 800 mm

cubicles

Fixed device

15 LSM58878V LSM58928F LSX58931A

+ LSX58934A

15 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58926F LSM58975A

Drawout device

15 LSM58878V LSM58930D LSX58931A

+ LSX58934A


Lower device

Device

No.of

vert.

mod.

Mounting

plate

Front plate

support

Cut-out front

plate (1)

Plain front plate

DD380836

DD800546

DD800179

DD381583

DD800565_00

DD380836

DD800546

DD800179

DD381583

B

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

3P in width = 600 mm

cubicles

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

3P/4P in width = 800

mm cubicles

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

3P in width = 600 mm

cubicles

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32

3P/4P in width = 800

mm cubicles

Fixed device

21 LSM58878V LSM58928F LSX58931A

+ LSX58934A

+ LSX58936A

21 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58926F LSM58975A

+ 3 x LSM58972A

Drawout device

21 LSM58878V LSM58930D LSX58931A

+ LSX58934A

+ LSX58936A


+ 3 x LSM58972A



B-13

Functional Units

2 MasterPact MTZ2/NW / EasyPact MVS 08 to 32

System M

Commercial numbers

Distribution

Connection to horizontal busbars (Upper device)

Device

Front connectors

DD800551

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/32

■


Dd380838

Connection to vertical copper/linergy busbars (Lower device)

Device

Front

connectors

Busbar support

Dd380838

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/25

MTZ2/NW/MVS

32


3P ■ 2 x LSM58086A + 2 x LSM58089A

4P ■ 2 x LSM58086A + 3 x LSM58089A

3P ■ 2 x LSM58086A + 2 x LSM58089A + 4 x 04671

4P ■ 2 x LSM58086A + 3 x LSM58089A + 5 x 04671

Connection to vertical linergy evolution busbars (Lower device)

Device

Front

connectors

Busbar support

Dd380838

Dd380840

Dd380840

MTZ2/NW/MVS

08/25

NW/MTZ2/MVS

32


3P ■ 2 x LSM58089A

4P ■ 3 x LSM58089A

3P ■ 2 x LSM58089A + 2 x 04671

4P ■ 3 x LSM58089A + 3 x 04671

B-14 se.com

Functional Units

MasterPact MTZ1/NT 06 to 16

Toggle and motor mechanism

System M

Commercial numbers

Front connection

Cable connection (connection on adapter)

Device Front conn. Arc-chute

cover

vert. conn.

Adapters

Cable-lug

adapters

spacing

rods

Fixed device

MTZ1/NT06/10 3P ■ 47335 33642

4P ■ 47336 33643

MTZ1/NT12/16 3P ■ 47335 33642 33644 04691

4P ■ 47336 33643 33645 04691

Drawout device

MTZ1/NT06/10 3P ■ 33642

4P ■ 33643

MTZ1/NT12/16 3P ■ 33642 33644 04691

4P ■ 33643 33645 04691

Device

Cable connection (connection on busbar)

Width of

enclosure

Vertical rear connectors Terminal extension bar

support

DD380849

DD380841

DD380842

DD380843

Dd380844

Dd380845


MTZ1/NT 06/16 3P/4P 600 ■ 2 x LSM58095A

MTZ1/NT 06/16 3P 400 ■ 2 x LSM57095A

Rear connection

Device


Width of

enclosure



support

DD380849

Dd380850

Dd380850

DD800201_01

B

DD800545

Dd383680_01


MTZ1/NT06/16 3P/4P 600 ■ 2 x LSM58095A (1)

MTZ1/NT06/16 3P 400 ■ 2 x LSM57095A (1)

(1) For 1000 mm depth rear connection solution, recommend using 3xLSM58095A.

DD800575

Busway connection (connection on I-Line)

Device

Width of

enclosure

Vertical rear

connectors

Terminal

extension bar

support

2 side crossmembers

D=400 mm

DD380849

Dd380850

DD800566


MTZ1/NT06/16 3P/4P 600 ■ 4 x LSM58095A 2 x LSM58440A

Note: for the I-Line busway selection, please refer to page B-5.


B-15

Functional Units



System M

Commercial numbers

Device installation

Front connection

Device


Width of No.of

enclosure vert.

mod.

Mounting

plate

Cut-out

front plate

Customer

connection

front plate

Connection to

busbar front

plate

DD800201_01

Front

conn.

Front

conn.

DD380836

Fixed device

MTZ1/NT06/10 3P/4P 600 13 LSM58873V LSM58922V LSX58932A LSX58934A


MTZ1/NT06/10 3P 400 13 LSM57873V LSM57922V LSM57932A LSM57934A


Drawout device



DD800179

DD800180

DD800181



DD380796_01

Rear Connection

Front

conn.

Rear

conn.


Fixed device





MTZ1/NT06/10 3P/4P 600 11 LSM58873V LSM58922V - LSX58934A


MTZ1/NT06/10 3P 400 11 LSM57873V LSM57922V - LSM57934A

Front

conn.

Rear

conn.


Drawout device









B-16 se.com

Functional Units



System M

DD800574

Commercial numbers

Device installation

Rear Connection

Rear

conn.

Rear

conn.


Fixed device



Drawout device



Note: For the I-Line busway selection, please refer to page B-5.

B


Device Front connectors Busbar thickness Busbar support for BB

connection

DD380629

Dd380855

Dd380839

Dd380840


MTZ1/NT06/16 ■ 5 2 x LSM58086A

■ 10 LSM58089A

DD380648

Connection to vertical linergy or linergy evolution busbars

Device Front connectors Busbar support for BB

connection

Dd380855

Dd380840


MTZ1/NT06/16 ■ 2 x LSM58089A


B-17

Functional Units


Dedicated cubicle

System M

Commercial numbers

Front connection



cover

Vert. conn.

Adapters

Cable-lug

adapters

Spacing rods

DD800553

DD380841

DD380842

DD380843

Dd380844

Dd380845

MTZ1/

NT06/10

MTZ1/

NT12/16

MTZ1/

NT06/10

MTZ1/

NT12/16

Fixed device

3P ■ 47335 33642

4P ■ 47336 33643

3P ■ 47335 33642 33644 04691

4P ■ 47336 33643 33645 04691

Drawout device

3P ■ 33642

4P ■ 33643

3P ■ 33642 33644 04691

4P ■ 33643 33645 04691

Rear connection

DD800554

Device


Width of

enclosure



support

Dd380850

Fixed device

MTZ1/NT06/16 3P/4P 600 ■ 2 x LSM58095A (1)

MTZ1/NT06/16 3P 400 ■ 2 x LSM57095A (1)

(1) For 1000 mm depth rear connection solution, recommend using 3xLSM58095A.

DD800575


Device

Width of

enclosure

Vertical rear

connectors

Terminal

extension bar

support

2 side crossmembers

D=400 mm

DD380849

DD380850

DD800566

DD380849


MTZ1/NT06/16 3P/4P 600 ■ 4 x LSM58095A 2 x LSM58440A


B-18 se.com

Functional Units


Dedicated cubicle

System M

Commercial numbers

Device installation

Top Horizontal BusBar

DD800573

Device

Width of No.of

enclosure vert.

mod.

Mounting

plate

Cut-out front

plate

Upstream front

plate

Downstream front

plate

Fixed device

MTZ1/NT06/16 3P/4P 600 36 LSM58873V LSM58922V LSX58933A

+ LSX58934A

MTZ1/NT06/16 3P 400 36 LSM57873V LSM57922V LSM57933A

+ LSM57934A

Drawout device

LSX58934A

+ 3 x LSX58936A

LSM57934A

+ 3 x LSM57936A


+ 3 x LSX58936A


+ LSX58934A

LSX58931A

+ 3 x LSX58936A


+ 3 x LSM57936A


+ LSM57934A

DD380836

DD800179

DD800180

DD800181

LSM57931A

+ 3 x LSM57936A

B

Device

Width of No.of

enclosure vert.

mod.

Bottom Horizontal BusBar

Mounting

plate

Cut-out front

plate

Fixed device

Upstream front

plate


+ LSX58934A


+ LSM57934A

Drawout device


+ LSX58934A


+ LSM57934A

Downstream front

plate

LSX58934A

+ 3 x LSX58936A

LSM57934A

+ 3 x LSM57936A

LSX58931A

+ 3 x LSX58936A

Distribution


Device Front connectors Flange for flat bars

(connection to horizontal busbar)

Dd380855

DD382671

Dd382668

Fixed device

MTZ1/NT06/16 ■ 04692

Drawout device

MTZ1/NT06/16 ■ 2 x 04692

Connection to horizontal linergy evolution busbars



Dd382668

LSM57931A

+ 3 x LSM57936A

Dd380855

MTZ1/NT06/16 ■ 04692



B-19

Functional Units

ComPact NS 630b to 1600


System M

Commercial numbers

Front connection



cover

vert. conn.

Adapters

Cable-lug

adapters

spacing

rods

DD380841

DD380842

DD380843

DD380844

DD380845

Fixed device

NS630b/1000 3P ■ 33596 33642

4P ■ 33597 33643

NS1250/1600 3P ■ 33596 33642 33644 04691

4P ■ 33597 33643 33645 04691

Drawout device

NS630b/1000 3P ■ 33642

4P ■ 33643

NS1250/1600 3P ■ 33642 33644 04691

4P ■ 33643 33645 04691

Rear connection


Device Vertical rear connectors Terminal extension bar support

DD800548

DD380849

DD380850

DD800547


NS630b/1600 ■ 2 x LSM58095A

DD800575


Device

Vertical rear

connectors

Terminal extension

bar support

2 side cross-members

D=400 mm

DD380849

DD380850

DD800566


NS630b/1600 ■ 4 x LSM58095A 2 x LSM58440A


B-20 se.com

Functional Units



System M

Commercial numbers

Device installation

Device

No.of

vert.

mod.

Mounting plate

Cut-out front

plate

customer

connection

front plate

connection to

busbar front

plate

Front

conn.

Rear

conn.

Front

conn.

Rear

conn.

Fixed device

NS630b/1000 13 LSM58872V LSM58916V LSX58932A LSX58934A

NS1250/1600 14 LSM58872V LSM58916V LSX58933A LSX58934A

NS630b/1000 11 LSM58874V LSM58916V LSX58934A

NS1250/1600 11 LSM58874V LSM58916V LSX58934A

Drawout device

NS630b/1000 15 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) LSX58932A LSX58933A

NS1250/1600 17 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) LSX58933A LSX58934A

NS630b/1000 13 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) LSX58933A

NS1250/1600 14 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) LSX58934A


Distribution

DD380629

DD380836

DD380796_01

DD800179

DD800180

DD800181


Device Front connectors Busbar thickness Busbar support for BB

connection

DD380855

DD380839

DD380840

DD800202_01

Front connection

B

Rear Connection


DD800574

Device

No.of

vert.

mod.

Mounting plate

DD380836

Cut-out front

plate

DD800179

customer

connection

front plate

DD800180

connection to

busbar front

plate

DD800181

Rear

conn.

Rear

conn.

Fixed device

NS630b/1000 11 LSM58874V LSM58916V - LSX58934A

NS1250/1600 11 LSM58874V LSM58916V - LSX58934A

Drawout device

NS630b/1000 13 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) - LSX58933A

NS1250/1600 14 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) - LSX58934A




NS630b/1600 ■ 5 2 x LSM58086A

■ 10 LSM58089A

DD380648

Connection to vertical linergy or linergy evolution busbars

Device Front connectors Busbar support for BB connection

DD380855

DD380840


NS630b/1600 ■ 2 x LSM58089A


B-21

Functional Units


Dedicated cubicle

System M

Commercial numbers

Device installation

Device

No.of

vert.

mod.

Mounting plate

Cut-out front

plate

upstream front

plate

Downstream front

plate

DD800573

NS630b/1600

Front conn.

NS630b/1600

Rear conn.

NS630b/1600

Front conn.

NS630b/1600

Rear conn.

Fixed device

36 LSM58872V LSM58916V LSX58933A

+ LSX58934A

36 LSM58874V LSM58916V LSX58933A

+ LSX58934A

Drawout device

LSX58934A

+ 3 x LSX58936A

LSX58934A

+ 3 x LSX58936A

36 LSM58873V LSM58917V LSX58936A LSX58932A

+ 3 x LSX58936A

36 LSM58873V LSM58917V LSX58933A

+ LSX58934A

LSX58931A

+ 3 x LSX58936A

Distribution




Dd380855

Fixed device

NS10 - 2 x 04692

Connection to horizontal linergy evolution busbars



Dd380855

Dd382668

DD382671

Dd382668

DD380836

DD800179

DD800180

DD800181

Fixed device

NS06/16 - 04692

Drawout device

NS06/16 ■ 04692

B-22 se.com

Functional Units


Dedicated cubicle

System M

Commercial numbers

Front connection

Device Front connectors Vertical-connection

adapters


support

Fixed device

NS1600b/3200 3P ■ 33975 2 x LSM58096A

Rear connection

Device installation

Device

No.of

vert.

mod.

Mounting plate

Cut-out front

plate

upstream front

plate

Downstream front

plate

DD800573

NS1600b /

3200 3P

Fixed device

36 LSM58872V LSM58929V LSX58936A

+ LSX58934A

2 x LSX58936A

+ LSX58934A

+ LSX58933A

Distribution

Device


Flange for bars

DD382942

DD380836

DD800179

DD800180

DD800181

DD380851

Dd380850

Device Front connectors Vertical-connection

adapters

Terminal extension

bar support

DD380851

Dd380850

DD800549

B

DD800552

Fixed device

NS1600b/3200 3P ■ 33975 3 x LSM58096A

DD800549

Fixed device

NS1600b/3200 3P 2 x 04690


B-23

Functional Units

ComPact NSX 400 to 630 A

Dedicated cubicle - MCCB Incomer

Commercial numbers

System M

Distribution

Top HBB / Bottom HBB


Device

Fixed

NSX 400/630A

Busbar Support

AdobeIlustratorArtwork

LSM53208A

Front/Rear connection

Busbar connection

Device Poles Spreader Terminal extension

bar support

Connection

Type

Insulator

CVS 400/630 A

CVS 400/630 A

Tog/DRH

ERH/MM

Fixed device

3P LV432492 LSM53125A +

4P LV432493 LSM58440A

*

3P LV432492

4P LV432493

LSM53125A

*

*

*

* - Partner needs to source Insulator locally based on vendor details shared on

Digital Services.

B-24 se.com

Functional Units



System M

Commercial numbers

Device installation

MCCB INCOMER 600W

Device

No.of

vert.

mod.

Mounting plate

Front plate

with Cut-out

Cable entry

Upstream front

plate

Downstream

front plate

B

Fixed device

NSX 400/630

TOGGLE/DRH

NSX

ERH

NSX

MOTOR MECH

10 LSM53200V LSM54111A Top LSX58931A LSX58934A

10 Bottom LSX58934A LSX58931A





Note: ERH - Extended Rotary Handle

DRH - Direct Rotary Handle.


B-25

Functional Units


Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M


Circuit breaker Front connection Control Type

DD800204

NSX400 / 630

Vigi NSX400 / 630

direct by cables or

by flexible bars

direct by cables or

by flexible bars

toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in

/ direct rotary handle (3)



NSX400 / 630* Solid busbar links toggle/ direct rotary handle

Vigi NSX400 / 630*

(3)

fixed


Circuit breaker

No. of devices

per row

Front connection Control Type

DD800555

Accessories

NSX400 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars

2 x 3P, 2 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars

NSX630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars


by flexible bars

Vigi NSX400 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars


by flexible bars

Vigi NSX630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars


by flexible bars

For the rear connection unit accessories.

















DD435206

LV432475

3

LV432476

1

LV432584/LV432585

2

NSX 400/630 3P

2xLV432475+LV432476+LV432584

NSX 400/630 4P

2xLV432475+2xLV432476+LV432584

LV432475

3

LV432476

1

LV432584/LV432585

2

NSX 400/630 3P

2xLV432475+LV432476+LV432584

NSX 400/630 4P

2xLV432475+2xLV432476+LV432584

B-26 se.com

Functional Units


Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

No. of pole

No. of vertical modules

(1 module = 50 mm)

Mounting plate

Front plate

DD800338

3P 4 LSM58869H 4 modules LSM58894H





4P

3P+N

B

(*) Only for Rear VBB.

No. of

pole

Connection

No. of

vertical

modules

(1 module =

50 mm)

Mounting plate

Front plate

cut-out + customer connection + connection to busbar

DD800179

DD800181

DD800180

3 / 4P Front 11 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 1 module (2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A

3 / 4P Front 11 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58907V 1 module (2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A

3 / 4P Front 13 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 1 modules (2) LSX58931A 3 modules LSX58933A




3 / 4P Front 15 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 3 module (2) LSX58933A 3 modules LSX58933A

3 / 4P Front 15 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58907V 3 module (2) LSX58933A 3 modules LSX58933A

(1) Motor mechanism is not available when installed with plug-in.

(2) Size reduced 1 module downstream for rear access.

(3) Direct rotary handle plug in is not available in 400 mm deep framework when installed with

plug-in.


B-27

Functional Units


Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers


Circuit breaker No. of devices per row Front connection Control

DD800204

NSX100 / 250 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary handle

1 x 4P

Vigi NSX100 / 250 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary handle

1 x 4P

NSX 100/250* 1 x 3P Solid busbar links toggle / direct rotary handle

Vigi NSX100 / 250* 1 x 4P

1 x 3P+N


Circuit breaker

No. of devices

per row

Front

connection

Control

Type

DD800205

NSX100 /160 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables

toggle /direct rotary

handle

NSX250 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle /direct rotary

handle

Vigi NSX100 /160 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle /direct rotary

handle

Vigi NSX250 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle /direct rotary

handle

fixed / plug-in

fixed / plug-in

fixed / plug-in

fixed / plug-in

Accessories


DD800541

LV429235

3

LV429236

1

LV429306/LV429307

2

CVS 100/160/250 3P

CVS 100/160/250 4P

2xLV429235+LV429236+LV429306

2xLV429325+2xLV429326+LV429307

LV429235

3

LV429236

1

LV429306/LV429307

2

CVS 100/160/250 3P

2xLV429235+LV429236+LV429306

CVS 100/160/250 4P

2xLV429235+2xLV429236+LV429307

B-28 se.com

Functional Units


Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

Type No. of pole No. of vertical modules

(1 module = 50 mm)

Mounting plate

Front plate

cut-out

fixed / plug-in 3P 3 LSM58864H 3 modules LSX58893H

4P 4 LSM58865H 4 modules LSX58904H

fixed / plug-in 3P 3 LSM58864H 3 modules LSX58893H


fixed 3P 5 LSM53186H 5 modules LSM53185H

4P

3P+N


No. of

pole

No. of

vertical

modules

(1 module =

50 mm)

Mounting plate Front plate Blanking

strip


DD800179

DD800179

B

DD800180

DD800181

3 / 4P 8 (1) LSM58866V 5 modules LSX58902V 2 modules (1) LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58751A

3 / 4P 9 (1) LSM58866V 5 modules LSX58902V 2 modules (1) LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A LSX58751A


3 / 4P 11 (1) LSM58866V 7 modules LSX58903V 2 modules (1) LSX58932A 2

moudules

LSX58932A

LSX58751A

Mandatory.

Optional.



B-29

Functional Units

ComPact NSXm 160

Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers


Circuit breaker

No. of devices

per row

Front connection

Control

Type

DD800608

NSXm 160 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle fixed

NSXm 160

NSXm Vigi

(ELCB) 160

1 x 4P

1 x 3P / 4P

NSXm 160 1 x 3P direct rotary

NSXm 160 1 x 4P

handle


Circuit breaker

No. of devices

per row

Front connection

Control

Type

DD800609

NSXm 160 5 x 3P, 4 x 4P direct by cables toggle fixed

NSXm Vigi

(ELCB) 160

4x 3P / 4P

NSXm 160 5 x 3P direct rotary

NSXm 160 4 x 4P

handle

B-30 se.com

Functional Units

ComPact NSXm 160

Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M

No. of pole


(1 module = 50 mm)

Mounting plate

DD800610

Front plate

cut-out

DD800179


4P 3 3 modules LSX58958H

3P/4P 3 3 modules LSX58958H

B



No. of

pole

No. of vertical

modules

(1 module =

50 mm)

Mounting plate

DD800611

Front plate

cut-out + upstream + downstream

DD800179

DD800180

DD800181

Blanking

strip

3P/4P 8 LSM58831V 5 modules LSX58885A 2 module LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58621A

3P/4P 8 5 modules LSX58885A 2 module LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58621A

3P 8 5 modules LSM58963V 2 module LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58621A

4P 8 5 modules LSX58961V 2 module LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A -

Mandatory.

Optional.


B-31

Functional Units

ComPact NSXm 160

Modular devices - Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers


Circuit breaker

No. of Horizontal

modules per row

Front connection

No. of pole

DD800614

NSXm 160 48 direct by cables 3/4P

NSXm Vigi

(ELCB) 160

48 direct by cables 3/4P

B-32 se.com

Functional Units

ComPact NSXm 160

Modular devices - Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M

No. of vertical

modules

(1 module =

50 mm)

Modular

device rail

Front plate

cut-out + upstream + downstream

DD800179

Blanking

strip

8 LSM58854A 5 modules LSX58885A 2 modules LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58621A

8 LSM58854A 5 modules LSX58885A 2 modules LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58621A

DD800180

DD800181

B

Mandatory.

Optional.


B-33

Functional Units

ComPact CVS 400 to 630 A


Commercial numbers

System M

Distribution

Top HBB / Bottom HBB


Device

Fixed

CVS 400/630 A

Busbar Support

AdobeIlustratorArtwork

LSM53208A

Front/Rear connection

Busbar connection

Device Poles Spreader Terminal extension

bar support

Connection

Type

Insulator

CVS 400/630 A

CVS 400/630 A

Tog/DRH

ERH/MM

Fixed device

3P LV432492 LSM53125A +

4P LV432493 LSM58440A

*

3P LV432492

4P LV432493

LSM53125A

*

*

*

* - Partner needs to source Insulator locally based on vendor details shared on

Digital Services.

B-34 se.com

Functional Units

System M

ComPact CVS 400 to 630 A


Commercial numbers

Device installation

MCCB Incomer

Device

No.of

vert.

mod.

Mounting plate

DD435233

Front plate

with Cut-out

DD435229

Cable entry

Upstream front

plate

DD435230

Downstream

front plate

DD435228

B

CVS 400 / 630

TOGGLE/DRH

CVS 400 / 630

ERH

CVS 400 / 630

MOTOR MECH

Fixed device


Bottom LSX58934A LSX58932A





Note: ERH - Extended Rotary Handle

DRH - Direct Rotary Handle.


B-35

Functional Units

EasyPact CVS 400 to 630 A

Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M


Circuit breaker Front connection Control Type

DD800392

CVS400 / 630

Vigi CVS400 / 630

direct by cables or

by flexible bars

direct by cables or

by flexible bars





CVS400 / 630* Solid busbar links toggle / direct rotary handle

Vigi CVS400 / 630*

(3)

fixed


Circuit breaker

No. of devices

per row

Front

connection

Control

Type

DD800395

CVS400 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars


by flexible bars

CVS630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars


by flexible bars

Vigi CVS400 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars


by flexible bars

Vigi CVS630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars


by flexible bars

toggle / motor mechanism (1) /

direct rotary handle (3)

toggle /direct rotary handle (3)

motor mechanism (1)

toggle / motor mechanism (1) /

direct rotary handle (3)


motor mechanism (1)





fixed/plug-in

fixed/plug-in

fixed/plug-in

fixed/plug-in

fixed/plug-in

fixed/plug-in

fixed/plug-in

fixed/plug-in

Accessories


DD800541

LV429235

3

LV429236

1

LV429306/LV429307

2

CVS 100/160/250 3P

CVS 100/160/250 4P

2xLV429235+LV429236+LV429306

2xLV429325+2xLV429326+LV429307

LV429235

3

LV429236

1

LV429306/LV429307

2

CVS 100/160/250 3P

2xLV429235+LV429236+LV429306

CVS 100/160/250 4P

2xLV429235+2xLV429236+LV429307

B-36 se.com

Functional Units


Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

No. of pole


(1 module = 50 mm)

Mounting plate

Front plate






4P

3P+N

DD800338

B


No. of pole No. of vertical

modules

(1 module = 50

mm)

Mounting plate

Front plate


DD800179

DD800181

DD800180

3/4P 11 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 1 module (2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A

3/4P 11 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58907V - - 2 modules LSX58932A

1 module (2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A

3/4P 13 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 2 modules (2) LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A


2 modules (2) LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A







(3) Direct rotary handle plug in is not available in 400 mm deep framework when installed with

plug-in.


B-37

Functional Units


Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M


Circuit breaker No. of devices per row Front connection Control

DD800392

CVS100 / 250 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle/direct rotary

1 x 4P

handle

Vigi CVS100 / 250 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle/direct rotary

1 x 4P

handle

CVS100/250* 1 x 3P Solid busbar links toggle/direct rotary

Vigi CVS100 / 250* 1 x 4P

handle

1 x 3P+N


Circuit breaker

No. of devices

per row

Front

connection

Control

Type

DD800395

CVS100 / 160 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary

handle

CVS250 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary

handle

Vigi CVS100 / 160 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary

handle

Vigi CVS250 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary

handle

fixed / plug-in

fixed / plug-in

fixed / plug-in

fixed / plug-in

Accessories


DD800541

LV429235

3

LV429236

1

LV429306/LV429307

2

CVS 100/160/250 3P

CVS 100/160/250 4P

2xLV429235+LV429236+LV429306

2xLV429325+2xLV429326+LV429307

LV429235

3

LV429236

1

LV429306/LV429307

2

CVS 100/160/250 3P

2xLV429235+LV429236+LV429306

CVS 100/160/250 4P

2xLV429235+2xLV429236+LV429307

B-38 se.com

Functional Units


Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

Type No. of pole No. of vertical modules

(1 module = 50 mm)

Mounting plate

Front plate

cut-out

fixed/plug-in 3P 3 LSM58864H 3 modules LSX58893H


fixed/plug-in 3P 3 LSM58864H 3 modules LSX58893H


fixed 3P 5 LSM53186H 5 modules LSM53185H

4P

3P+N

No. of

pole

No. of

vertical

modules

(1 module =

50 mm)

Mounting plate Front plate Blanking

strip

cut-out + customer connection + connection busbar

DD800181

DD800179

B


DD800179

DD800180





Mandatory.

Optional.




B-39

L

K

J

H

I

G

F

D

E

B

C

A

Functional Units

EasyPact EZC from 100 to 630 A

Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M


Circuit breaker

No. of devices

per row

Front connection Control Type

EZC250 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables toggle fixed

DD800396 DD800219

Direct connection to horizontal Easypact 250 A


Circuit breaker

Direct connection to vertical Easypact 100 A

EZC400/630 1 x 3P direct by cables or

by flexible bars

EZC400/630* 1 x 3P Solid busbar

1 x 4P links

1 x 3P+N

No. of devices

per row

Front

connection

toggle/motor mechanism

(1)

/direct rotary handle

toggle / direct rotary

handle

fixed / plug-in

fixed

Control Type No. of pole

EZC100 5 x 3P direct by cables toggle fixed 3P

EZC250 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle fixed 3 / 4P

EZC400 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars


by flexible bars

EZC630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or

by flexible bars


by flexible bars

toggle/motor

mechanism (1) /direct

rotary handle

toggle/motor

mechanism (1) / direct

rotary handle

toggle/motor


rotary handle

toggle/motor


rotary handle

fixed / plug-in

fixed / plug-in

fixed / plug-in

fixed / plug-in

3 / 4P

3 / 4P

3 / 4P

3 / 4P

Accessories

For the functional unit accessories, see page B-66.

DD383974

LIGHT

B-40 se.com

Functional Units

EasyPact EZC from 100 to 630 A

Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

No. of pole


(1 module = 50 mm)

Mounting plate

Front plate

cut-out

DD800179

3 P 3 LSM58856H 3 modules LSX58888H





4P

3P+N

B


No. of vertical

modules

(1 module = 50

mm)

Mounting plate Front plate + customer connection + connection to busbar Blanking strip

cut-out

L=1000 mm

DD800179

DD800181

DD800180

5 LSM58855V 5 modules LSX58886V - - LSX58752A

9 LSM58855V 9 modules LSX58889V - - LSX58752A

11 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 1 module (2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A -

11 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58907V - - 2 modules LSX58932A -

1 module (2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A

13 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 2 modules (2) LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A -

13 (2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58907V 1 module (2) LSX58931A 3 modules LSX58933A -

2 modules (2) LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A

Mandatory.

Optional.




B-41

Functional Units

Interpact INS 250 to 1600 A

Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers


Circuit breaker

No. of devices

per row

Front

connection

Control

No. of pole

INS250 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables direct front rotary handle 3/4P

INS320/630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables direct front rotary handle 3/4P

DD800522

Interpact INS250-630


Circuit breaker

No. of devices

per row

Front

connection

Control

No. of pole

DD800523

INS250 3 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables direct front rotary handle 3/4P



INS630b /1600 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables direct front rotary handle 3P

4P

Interpact INS250-630

Accessories


DD383974

LIGHT

B-42 se.com

Functional Units


Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers


(1 module = 50 mm)

Mounting plate

Front plate

cut-out

4 LSM58865H 4 modules LSX58901H

5 LSM58870H 5 modules LSM58910H


(1 module = 50 mm)

Mounting plate

Front plate


DD800179

DD800181

DD800180

DD800179

B

9 LSM58866V 5 modules LSX58905V 2 modules LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A



14 LSM58872V 6 modules LSM58918V 4 modules LSX58934A 4 modules LSX58934A

14 LSM58872V 6 modules LSM58919V 4 modules LSX58934A 4 modules LSX58934A


B-43

Functional Units


Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

DD381669

Transfer switch equipment

General

To ensure the supply of energy at all times, certain electrical installations are connected to

two sources:

b the normal source

b the replacement source that steps in to supply the installation if the normal source is

not available.

A mechanical and/or electrical interlocking system between two Interpact switchdisconnectors

or ComPact circuit breakers (or a mixture) avoids simultaneous connection

of the two sources during switching.

The transfer switch equipment system can be:

b manual when the devices are mechanically interlocked,

b remote operated when there is also an electrical interlocking system,

b automatic, by adding an automatic controller that manages switching from one source

to another according to a number of external parameters.

Remote-operated transfer switch equipment system

This is the most commonly used system. No human intervention is required.

The transfer from the normal to the replacement source is managed electrically.

A remote-operated transfer switch equipment system is made up of two or three devices

linked by an electrical interlocking system implemented in a number of manners. Device

control is backed up by a mechanical interlocking system that protects against the

consequences of an electrical malfunction and inhibits incorrect manual operation.

Automatic transfer switch equipment system

When a remote-operated transfer switch equipment system is combined with an

automatic controller, the sources can be controlled automatically according to a number

of programmed operating modes.

This solution provides optimum energy management:

b switching to a replacement source depending on any external conditions,

b management of sources,

b regulation,

b emergency source replacement, etc.

A communications function for dialogue with a supervisor is available for the automatic

controller.

DD800281

Possible combinations

Combination of ComPact “Normal” and “Replacement” source

devices

Normal N

NSX100

Replacement R

NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630

Ratings 12.5… 100 A b b b

NSX160


NSX250


NSX400

Ratings 160… 400 A b b

NSX630

Ratings 250… 630 A b b

DD435203

Combination of “Normal” and “Replacement” source devices

(interlocking via cables)

Normal N

NS630b to 1600

NS630b to 1600

b

Replacement R

MTZ1/NT08 to MTZ1/

NT16

MTZ2/NW/MVS08 to

MTZ2/NW/MVS32

MTZ1/NT08 to MTZ1/

NT16

b

b

Horizontal NS100 / 630.

NS630b/1600 device one above the other, mechanical interlocking using cables.

B-44 se.com

MERLIN GERIN MERLIN GERIN

Functional Units


Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M

Addition of an automatic

controller

When a UA, BA or UA150 automatic controller is added together with an ACP mounting

plate, the sources can be controlled automatically according to a number of programmed

operating modes.

DD381533

Automatic controller


(1 module = 50 mm)

Mounting plate

Front plate

ATS control unit 4 LSM58850H LSM58952V

B


B-45

Functional Units

Transfer Switch Equipment

Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

ATS Vertical installation

Circuit breaker Front connection Control No. of poles

DD800281

ComPact NSX100/160/250 direct by cables front control 3P

4P

ComPact NSX400/630 direct by cables front control 3P

4P

Accessories


DD383974

LIGHT

B-46 se.com

Functional Units

Transfer Switch Equipment

Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M


(1 module = 50 mm)

Mounting plate (1) Front plate Set of 2 long terminal

cut-out

shields

Shield for spreaders

DD800179

8 LSM58850H 8 modules LSM58950H 29323 -

8 LSM58850H 8 modules LSM58950H 29324 -

10 LSM58851H 10 modules LSM58951H 32564 32582

10 LSM58851H 10 modules LSM58951H 32565 32583

B

(1) Order IVE electrical interlocking unit and coupling accessories (see devices catalogue).


B-47

Functional Units

Capacitor bank

Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

Vertical installation in dedicated

cubicle

b The capacitor banks are installed in a width 600 or 600 + 200 mm depth

600mm cubicle.

b Each cubicle can be equipped with 2 Varplus Can feeder provided total

kVAR rating <=350 per cubicle.

Configuration


(1 module = 50 mm)

IP

Ventilation

solution

Power

(kVAR / per

cubicle)

Reactive

power per FU

(kVAR)

Varplus can

30/31 Natural

12.5

10M

≤350

25

DD800283

50

42 Natural

12.5

10M

≤350

25

50

54 Forced

12.5

10M

≤350

25

50

600/800

138

1866

138

DD435208

DD435207

292

292

180

261.5

85

495

Dimension of cutout on the door

Varplus can installation

B-48 se.com

Functional Units

Capacitor bank

Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M

No. of Capacitor Bank per

FU

Mounting plate Door Filter (1) Rear panel (2) Ventilation roof + Fan (3)

≤6

≤4

LSM58833A

LSM58428A

LSM58418A -

B

≤4

≤6

≤4

LSM58833A LSM57429A

NSYCAG291LPF32

LSM53178A -

≤4

≤6

≤4

≤4

LSM58833A LSM57429A LSM58419A

LSM58710A +

NSYCVF575M230MF

(1) The cut-out on the roof for the installation of the fan has to be made by the customer.

(2) The cover for the Varlogic com.no. 17644 is recommanded.

(3) The customer make the cutout on the plain door .

(4) This offer maximum form 2 is possible.

Top Hood+

Roof

Fan +

Ventilation roof

DD435209

Ventilation hole

on back panel

Power factor

regulator cut

Power factor

regulator cut

Power factor

regulator cut

IP30 back panel

Ventilation hole

on back panel

Filter on

the door

Filter

Filter

IP30/31

(Natural ventilation)

IP42


IP54

(Forced ventilation)


B-49

Functional Units

Capacitor bank

Selection table

Commercial numbers

Vertical installation in dedicated

cubicle

System M

b The capacitor banks are installed in a width 600 or 600+200 mm and depth of

400/600mm cubicle.

b Each cubicle can be equipped with 5 Varplus Can feeder provided total kVAR rating

<=500 per cubicle.

b Each cubicle can be equipped with 4 Varplus Can with reactor provided total kVAR

rating <=200 per cubicle.

b The Cubicle has a ventilated roof that can be equipped with one or two fans.

b Panel builder has to make the cut out for the Varplus logicVPL power factor controller

and filter.

Configuration Depth No. of vertical modules

(1 module = 50 mm)

IP

Ventilation

solution

Power

(kVAR / per cubicle)

400 6M 30/31 Natural ≤200

600 6M 30/31 Natural ≤200

DD435204

400 6M 42 Natural ≤200

DD435204

Varplus can +

reactor

600 6M 42 Natural ≤200

400 6M 54 Forced ≤200

600 6M 54 Forced ≤200

400 6M 30/31 Natural ≤500

600 6M 30/31 Natural ≤500

DD435205

400 6M 30/31 Natural ≤500

600 6M 30/31 Natural ≤500

400 6M 42 Natural ≤500

Varplus can

600 6M 42 Natural ≤500

400 6M 54 Forced ≤500

600 6M 54 Forced ≤500

DD435210

600/800

DD435211

138

600/800

138

DD435212

DD435213

1866

292

1866

292

292

261.5

292

261.5

495

125

85

55

60

55

85

Dimension of cutout on Rear panels

Dimension of cutout on the door

Varplus can with/without reactor installation

B-50 se.com

Functional Units

Capacitor bank

Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M

Reactive power per FU

(kVAR)

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

12.5

25

50

No. of

Capacitor

Bank per FU

≤2

≤2

≤1

≤2

≤2

≤1

≤2

≤2

≤1

≤2

≤2

≤1

≤2

≤2

≤1

≤2

≤2

≤1

≤6

≤4

≤2

≤6

≤4

≤2

≤6

≤4

≤2

≤6

≤4

≤2

≤6

≤4

≤2

≤6

≤4

≤2

≤6

≤4

≤2

≤6

≤4

≤2

Mounting plate Door Filter/outlet grill (1) Rear panel + Outlet

grill (2) Ventilation roof +

Fan (1) 360 m3/hr (3)

LSM58849A LSM57428A - LSM58418A -

LSM58848A LSM57428A - LSM58418A -

LSM58849A LSM57429A - LSM53178A -

LSM58848A LSM57429A - LSM53178A -

LSM58849A LSM57429A NSYCVF850M230PF LSM58419A


LSM58849A LSM58428A - LSM58418A -

LSM58848A LSM58428A - LSM58418A -

LSM58849A

LSM58848A

LSM57428A - LSM58418A -

LSM57428A - LSM58418A -

LSM58849A LSM57429A - LSM53178A -

LSM58848A LSM57429A - LSM53178A -



2 top hood

without fan

2 fan +

toop hood

Top Hood+

Roof

LSM58710A +

2 x NSYCAC228RMF

LSM58710A +

2 x NSYCAC228RMF

LSM58710A +

2 x NSYCAC228RMF

LSM58710A +

2 x NSYCAC228RMF

(1) The customer make the cutout on the plain door .fan with filter NSYCVF850M230PF for 200 kVAR,outlet grill NSYCAG291LPF for 500 kVAR.

(2) The customer make the cutout on Rear panel only for 500 kVAR.

(3) The cut-out on the roof for the installation of the fan has to be made by the customer.2 top hood without fan for 200 kVAR,2 fan + top hood for 500 kVAR.

(4) Customer has to order plain door for Capacitor Cubicle.

B

DD435215

Power factor

regulator cut

Power factor

regulator cut

Power factor

regulator cut

DD800600

Fan with filter

Outlet grill

Outlet grill

Filter

200 kVar IP54


500 kVar IP54


IP42


Standard cubicle supplied

via the bottom


B-51

Functional Units

Widths of modular devices

System M

Commercial numbers

All the devices listed below can be mounted on:

b modular device rail

b adjustable modular rail

b modular rail, length =1600 mm

Modular, plain or transparent front plates are available in this catalogue.

Widths of Multi 9/Acti 9 devices (in number of 9 mm modules)

Description

Width in 9 mm

1P

1P + N

2P

3P

3P + N

Alarm, ATo4x technical 8

Ammeter, AMP analogue 8

Ammeter, multi-rating 4

Ammeter, AMP digital 4

Auxiliaries, for ID, C60, C120 1-2-4

Auxiliaries, for C32H-DC 1-2

Auxiliaries, NO / NF 2

Auxiliaries, ACTp and ACT for contactor 2

Auxiliaries, ACTo+f for contactor 1

Auxiliaries, NTVo and TTVo for remote dimmer 2

Bell or buzzer 2

Circuit breaker D’clic, D’clic XE 2

Circuit breaker D’clic Vigi 4

Circuit breaker DT40, DT40N 2 6

Circuit breaker DT40 Vigi 4

Circuit breaker C32H-DC 4

Circuit breaker C60, iC60 / N / H / L / LMA, iK60N 2 4 6 8

Circuit breaker C120 / N / H 3 6 9 12

Circuit breaker NG125 3 6 9 12

Auxiliary 2 OF or OF + SD 1

Auxiliary MX + OF or MN 2

Auxiliary MN s 4

Circuit breaker NG125 Vigi s 11 18 21

Circuit breaker NG125 Vigi I / S / R 11 20 23

Circuit breaker P25 M 5

Auxiliary MN 1

Auxiliaries MX + OF 2

Circuit breaker, Reflex, XC40 8 10 12

Contactor, CT 16 / 25 A 2 2 4 4

Contactor, CT 40 / 63 / 100 A 4-6 4-6 6-12

Contactor, ACTc auxiliary 2

Contactor, CDS 1-ph load shedder 10

Contactor, CDSc 1-ph load shedder 16

Contactor, CDS 3-ph load shedder 16

Contactor, CT+ silent 2

Cooling spacer 1

Counter, CI pulse 4

Counter, CH time 4

Dimmer, Vo1000 10

Extension , ETL for TL impulse relay 2

Extension, ERL 2

Frequency meter, FREQ 4

Impulse relay, TL 16 A and 32 A, ETL 16 and 32 A 2 2

Impulse relay, TLI 16 A andTLc 2

Impulse relay, TLm and TLs 2

Impulse relay auxiliaries, ATLc+c and ATLc+s 2

Impulse relay auxiliaries, ATLt and ATLz 2

Impulse relay auxiliaries, ATL4 4

Impulse relay, TL+ silent 2

Insulation monitor, SM21 8

Kilowatt-hour meter, CE, CEr 12

Load shedder, DSE’clic 2-channel 6

Load shedder, DSE’clic 4-channel 8

Multimeter PM9 8

Optical repeater, RPo 2 + 2

Power socket, PC, 10 A and 16 A 5

Power socket, PC, 20 A 8

4P

B-52 se.com

Functional Units

Widths of modular devices

System M

Commercial numbers

Widths of Multi 9/Acti 9 devices (in number of 9 mm modules)

Description

Width in 9 mm

1P

1P + N

2P

3P

3P + N

Pushbuttons 2

Rccb, ID’clic 4

Rccb, ID’clic XE 4

Regulator, REGad1 / REGad2 12

Relay, RBN low level 2

Switch disconnector, INS 40 to 80 A 10 10

Switch disconnector, INS 100 to 160 A 15 15

4P

B


B-53

Functional Units

System M

Multi 9/Acti 9 ≤ 63 A NG 125 - Modular devices

Selection table

Commercial numbers


Circuit breaker

No. of horizontal

modules per row

Front

connection

No. of

pole

No. of

vertical

modules

(1 module

= 50 mm)

Modular device

rail (1)

DD800040

DD380771

Multi 9 ≤ 63 A 48 direct by cables 1P 3 LSM58853A

Acti 9 ≤ 63 A 2P 3 LSM58853A

3P 3 LSM58853A

4P 3 LSM58853A

by multiclip 2P 4 LSM58853A

3P 4 LSM58853A

4P 4 LSM58853A

DD382416

NG125 48 direct by cables 1P 4 LSM58853A

2P 4 LSM58853A

3P 4 LSM58853A

4P 4 LSM58853A

by distribloc 1P 5 LSM58853A

2P 5 LSM58853A

3P 5 LSM58853A

4P 5 LSM58853A

Accessories


LIGHT

Distribution solutions

For the distribution solutions, see page C-8.

DD800308

DD383974

Rear busbars.

Multi-stage busbars.

DD381308

DD800309

Distribloc distribution block

B-54 se.com

Functional Units

System M

Multi 9/Acti 9 ≤ 63 A NG 125 - Modular devices

Selection table

Commercial numbers

Front plate

cut-out

DD800186

Blanking strip

L=1000 mm

Upstream connection Distribution accessories (4)

DD800187

Multiclip 200 A (2) or Distribloc (3)

12 horizontal

cable straps

4 covers

L = 430 mm

3 modules LSX58883A LSX58621A - - 04239 04243 04255




12 trunking

supports

B

4 modules LSX58884A LSX58621A LSX58052A - 04239 04243 04255







04239 04243 04255

5 modules LSX58885A LSX58621A - 04045 04239 04243 04255




04239 04243 04255

Mandatory.

Optional.

Note:

(1) Capacity of modular rail: 48 Multi 9/Acti 9 modules (1 Multi 9/Acti 9 modules = 9 mm).

(2) Add 1 upstream plain plate (LSX58931A) when a modular row with a 200 A Multiclip

distribution block is positioned:

b directly below a non-modular mounting plate (ComPact, Interpact, etc);

b at the top of a switchboard.

Add one vertical module (i.e. 4+1) = 5 M.

(3) When NG125 circuit breaker is incomer.

(4) See page C-60.


B-55

Functional Units

System M

INS 40 / 160 switch disconnectors - Modular devices

Selection table

Commercial numbers

DD383974 DD800289


Circuit breaker

Accessories

LIGHT

No. of

horizontal

modules

per row

Front

connection


No. of

pole

No. of

vertical

modules

(1 module

= 50 mm)

Adjustable device

rail

INS 40/63/80 48 direct by cables 3P 3 LSM58854A

4P 3 LSM58854A

by multiclip 3P 4 LSM58854A

4P 4 LSM58854A

INS 100/125/160 48 direct by cables 3P 4 LSM58854A

by multiclip

by distribloc

4P 4 LSM58854A

3P 5 (2) LSM58854A

4P 5 (2) LSM58854A

DD800039

Distribution solutions

For the distribution solutions, see page C-8.

Rear busbars.

Multi-stage busbars.

DD381308

DD8003081

DD8003091


B-56 se.com

Functional Units

System M

INS 40 / 160 switch disconnectors - Modular devices

Selection table

Commercial numbers

Front plate

cut-out

DD800186

Blanking strip

L=1000 mm

Upstream connection

DD800187

Multiclip 200 A (1) or

Distribloc

Distribution accessories

12 horizontal

cable straps

4 covers

L = 430 mm







5 modules (2) LSX58885A LSX58621A LSX58053A 04045 04239 04243 04255

5 modules (2) LSX58885A LSX58621A LSX58054A 04045 04239 04243 04255

12 trunking

supports

B

Mandatory.

Optional.

Note:

(1) Add 1 upstream plain plate (LSX58931A) when a modular row with a 200 A Multiclip

distribution block is positioned:

b directly below a non-modular mounting plate (ComPact, Interpact, etc);

b at the top of a switchboard.

Add one vertical module (i.e. 4+1) = 5 M.

(2) With Long terminal shield (28958), order with device.


B-57

Functional Units

System M

Industrial and Control Devices - Motor control up to 45 kW*

LV/LV tranformers - Selection table

Commercial numbers

DD383554


Circuit breaker + Contactors up to 45kW

NO. of vertical modules (1 module=50 mm)

NSX 100-MA 8

LC1D115 / LC1E120 8

LC1D95 / LC1E95 5

LC1D40 / LC1E40 3

DD381169

TeSys D / EasyPact TVS contactors

TeSys D / EasyPact TVS contactors ≤ 95A 3

TeSys D contactors ≤ 115A

EasyPact TVS contactors ≤ 120A


4

4

DD381164

TeSys D GV2 / EasyPact TVS Circuit breaker

TeSys D GV2 ≤ 40A (Side by side)

EasyPact TVS GZ1E ≤ 32A (Side by side)


3

DD381165

TeSys D GV2 / EasyPact TVS circuit breaksers + Series D contactors

TeSys D GV2 + LC1D ( ≤ 40A)

EasyPact TVS GZ1E + LC1E ( ≤ 32A)


5

5

DD800221

Soft starter up to 45kW

ATS48D17 ATS48D47 ATS48C11



ATS48D38 ATS48D88


8

8

DD381169

LV/LV transformers


LV/LV transformers 4

8

12

Accessories

For the function unit and front plate accessories, see page B-66.

DD383974

LIGHT

Note:

* Please contact Schneider Electric local representative for more details.

B-58 se.com

Functional Units

System M

Industrial and Control Devices - Motor control up to 45 kW

LV/LV tranformers - Selection table

Commercial numbers

Mounting plate Front plate Optional Comments

LSM58866V

LSX58932A

LSX58902V

LSX58931A

2 x LSM58845A LSX58936A + LSX58932A

LSM58845A

LSM58853A (1)

LSX58934A + LSX58931A

LSX58933A

LSX58751A

Number of device 4x3P or 3x4P

B


LSM58854A

LSX58933A

LSM58845A

LSX58934A

LSM58845A LSX58964T Transparent front plate


LSM58853A (1)

LSX58933A


LSM58854A (1)

LSX58964T

LSX58931A

Transparent front plate

LSM58854A (1)

LSX58934A

LSX58931A

LSX58776A


2 x LSM58845A LSX58931A

LSX58966T

LSX58931A

2 x LSM58845A 2 x LSX58934A LSX58776A


LSM58845A

LSX58934A

2 x LSM58845A 2 x LSX58934A

LSM58846A

2 x LSX58936A

(1)Capacity of modular rail: 48 Multi9 modules (1 Multi 9 module=9 mm).


B-59

Functional Units

Human/Machine device

72 x 72 mm and 96 x 96 mm devices - Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

Presentation

Dedicated front plates are available for 72 x 72 mm and 96 x 96 mm devices.

It is installed in the device zone.

Blanking plate are available to blank off any unused locations.

They have knock-outs to fit lights, push-buttons, etc..

72 x 72 mm and 96 x 96 mm devices can be directly adapted on plain door: cut-out to be

made by the customer.

The degree of protection for installed devices is IP30.

To maintain the IP54 degree of protection, the devices must be installed behind a

transparent door.

DD800222

DD800223

Front plate of 72x72 mm diameter

for 6 devices.

Front plate of 96x96 mm diameter

for 4 devices.

72 x 72 mm measurement

devices

Designation

Metal front plate with cut-outs, 3 modules (for six 72 x 72 mm devices)

Blanking plate (for 72 x 72 mm hole)

Com. no.

LSX58956A

LSX58961A

DD382637

DD381689

The blanking plates have knock-outs:

b 3 holes, 22 mm diameter,

b 1 hole, 45 x 45 mm.

96 x 96 mm measurement

devices

Designation

Metal front plate with cut-outs, 3 modules (for four 96 x 96 mm devices)

Blanking plate (for 96 x 96 mm hole)

Com. no.

LSX58955A

LSX58960A

DD381711

DD382637

The blanking plates have knock-outs:

b 3 holes, 22 mm diameter,

b 1 hole, 45 x 45 mm,

b 1 hole, 72 x 72 mm.

DD800210

Hinge kit

It is possible to equip the human / machine front plates with a front plate hinge kit

(4 hinges + 2 plug + 2 earth braid).

Designation

Front plate hinge kit

Com. no.

LSX58776A

B-60 se.com

Test

Functional Units

The Energy Management with Prisma iPM

Functional units

System M

Commercial numbers

DD435216

FDM121

Mounting

Number of devices per row 4

No. of vertical modules 3

Cut-out front plate

Characteristics

LSX58955A

b Standard door cut-out 96 x 96 mm

b Attached using clips

DD435217

FDM128

Mounting

No. of vertical modules 4 5

Front plate LSX58934A LSX58935A

Characteristics

b The cut-out on the plate has to be made by the customer

B

DD435218

Power meter

Mounting

Number of devices per row 4


Cut-out front plate

Characteristics

LSX58955A

b Standard door cut-out 96 x 96 mm

b Attached using clips

DD435219

IFM

Mounting


Rail

LSM58853A

Modular front plate

LSX58884A

Characteristics

Installation by clip on a DIN rail


B-61

O1

13

POWER

I6

I2

I3

POWER

24VDC

APP

7

POWER

0V AI1 AI2 24V

COM

STATUS

NETWORK

STATUS

R

ETHERNET

Functional Units

The Energy Management with Prisma iPM

Functional units

Commercial numbers

System M

DD435220

I/O application module

+ I1

24VDC


I1 A1

I4

I5

LV434063

O1

O2

O3

Mounting


Rail

LSM58853A

Modular front plate

LSX58884A

Characteristics


IO

O2 O3 A1

14 23 24 33 34 T1 T2

DD435221

IFE

ETH1 ETH2

ETH1 ETH2

Enerlin'X IFE

Modbus-SL

IFE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

Mounting


Rail

LSM58853A

Modular front plate

LSX58884A

Characteristics


LV434002

DD435222

Acti9 Smartlink SI B

1 2 3 4 5 6 8

0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V I1 I2 Q 24V 0V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+24V0V

LK/10-1 0/ACT

COM D1 D0 0V

Mounting


Rail

Characteristics

LSM58853A

b Installation in wall mounted enclosure or cubicle of 24 modules of

18 mm width

b Mounting on DIN rail with A8XMFA04 kit

b Linergy FM 80 A with clips supplied

b Linergy FM 200 A with a mounting kit A8XM2B04

DD435223

Com’X energy server

DANGER



Turn off a l power before working on this equipment.


or serious injury.

EBX200

1 0-230V ~ 0.6A

24V 1.2A

50/60 Hz

Made in GERMANY

1 0-230V

Com’X 200

Mounting


Rail

LSM58853A

Modular front plate

LSX58884A

Characteristics


B-62 se.com

Functional Units

Other Devices - For all type of device

Selection table

Commercial numbers

System M

DD380505

Installation on modular rail

Designation Useful length (mm) Com. no.

Adjustable modular device rail 432 LSM58854A

2 modular device rails (1) 1600 04226

M modular device rail 432 LSM58853A

(1) Can be mounted on universal angle brackets or on cross-members or on cable-tie.

B

Adjustable modular device rail (LSM58854A).

DD800221 DD381185

Modular rail, L=1600 mm (04226).

Installation on slotted plate Slotted mounting plate with 4 side cross-members (1)

Designation


(1 module = 50 mm)

Com. no.

Slotted mounting plate 4 LSM58845A

12 LSM58846A

(1) Not compulsory, slotted mounting plates can be installed without side cross-members on the back

of the frame.

Clip-nuts for slotted mounting plates (for device fixing)

Designation

Com. no.

20 M4 clip-nuts for slotted mounting plate 03180

20 M5 clip-nuts for slotted mounting plate 03181

20 slotted mounting plate clip-nuts M6 03182

DD381312


B-63

Functional Units

System M

Other Devices - For all type of device

Selection table

Commercial numbers

DD800524

Installation on plain backplate Designation No. of vertical modules

(1 module = 50 mm)

Com. no.

Plain backplate 36 LSM58847A

Cut-out front plate for

modular devices

Designation


(1 module = 50 mm)

Com. no.

Front plate for modular devices 3 LSX58883A

4 LSX58884A

5 LSX58885A

DD800161

Blanking Strip

DD380805

Blanking strip (for blanking off unused locations)

Designation

Blanking strip modular device, L = 1000 mm

Com. no.

LSX58621A

B-64 se.com

Functional Units

Reserve Space

Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

DD381583

Plain front plate Designation No. of vertical modules (1 module = 50 mm) Cat. no.

Plain front plate W=400 mm 1 LSM57931A

2 LSM57932A

3 LSM57933A

4 LSM57934A

5 LSM57935A

6 LSM57936A

Plain front plate W=600 mm 1 LSX58931A

2 LSX58932A

3 LSX58933A

4 LSX58934A

5 LSX58935A

6 LSX58936A

Plain front plate W=800 mm 1 LSM58971A

2 LSM58972A

3 LSM58973A

4 LSM58974A

5 LSM58975A

6 LSM58976A

B

Transparent front plate

Designation No. of vertical modules (1 module = 50 mm) Cat. no.

Transparent front plate 4 LSX58964T

6 LSX58966T

DD381582


B-65

Functional Units

Functional Unit Accessories

Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

DD800506

Universal angle bracket

The angle brackets are used for:

b vertical mounting of the earth / neutral bar in the duct,

b mounting of the modular rail L = 1600 mm (com. no. 04226).

Designation

Com. no.

2 universal angle brackets 03581

DD800537

Hexagonal spacers

The hexagonal spacers are used for:

b the raising and the mounting of the modular rail,

b the raising and the mounting of the earth / neutral bar.

Designation

Com. no.

4 M6 hexagonal spacers H = 9 mm 03195

H = 23 mm 03196

H = 55 mm 03197

DD380805

Blanking strip

The blanking strips are used to fill the space on the cut-out front plates.

Designation

Com. no.

Blanking strip modular device, L = 1000 mm

LSX58621A

Blanking strip CVS / NSX250, L = 148 mm

LSX58751A

Blanking strip EZC250, L = 1000 mm

LSX58752A

Ventilated front plate

DD381676

DD381577

Designation

Com. no.

IP30 ventilated front plate 4 modules LSM58944A

B-66 se.com

Functional Units

Functional Unit Accessories

Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

Lead-sealable screws

For restricted access, the front plate can be sealed as visual checking.

Designation

Com. no.

DD383974 DD381715 DD800014

Identification labels

Adhesive label.

LIGHT

4 front plate lead-sealable screws LSX58777A

Designation

Com. no.

12 adhesive label holders, W = 432 mm, H = 24 mm 08903

12 clip-on labels 18 x 35 08913

b The clip-on support is supplied with a paper label and a transparent cover.

b It clips onto the front plate horizontally or vertically and can be screwed to any

support (plain door, plain front plate, etc.).

B

Clip-on label.

Front plate accessory

Designation

Com. no.

20 front plate screws + nuts LSX58030A

DD800210 DD800561

20 front plate screws + nuts

Hinge kit

It is possible to equip the human / machine front plates with a front plate hinge kit

(4 hinges + 2 plug + 2 earth braid).

Designation


Com. no.

LSX58776A


B-67

2

C

Linergy

Evolution

Putting the latest

technological innovation

in your hands


C-1

Linergy Evolution

a breakthrough in busbar systems

Safe, reliable,

flexible, and

flexible with the

highest level of

performance

Schneider Electric’s Prisma iPM is one of the leading

switchboard enclosure systems on the market. Designed

for use with Prisma iPM, the new Linergy Evolution TM

busbar system now includes horizontal busbars, for

greater electrical switchboard enclosure performance,

reliability, and cost-effectiveness.

Manufactured using a revolutionary process, patented

Linergy Evolution busbars are unique on the market, taking

your electrical switchboard installations a giant leap into

the future.

Discover how

Linergy Evolution

can place the

next generation

of low-voltage

switchboards in

your hands.

C-2 se.com

Innovative technology

from an energy expert you can trust

Patented Linergy Evolution is backed by Schneider Electric’s decades of

expertise in electrical distribution systems and is certified IEC61439-2

compliant by ASEFA.

Linergy Evolution’s unique profile

was designed with the ratings you need, a

commitment to performance backed by regular

testing up to 4000 A.

Heat is dissipated by conduction

and radiation for performance only a market

leader like Prisma iPM can bring you.

Linergy Evolution busbars

performances and conductivity are

identical or better than traditional all-copper

busbars.

Unlike tin-plated aluminum

busbars, rugged Linergy Evolution busbars

are resistant to scratching during assembly

to ensure optimal connection quality and

reliability.

C

High Velocity Oxy-Fuel,

unique on the busbar market

Patented Linergy Evolution uses a supersonic

high-temperature coating process for a robust

copper contact surface.


C-3

A revolutionary design

for greater efficiency

The Linergy Evolution line now includes horizontal busbars, helping you

achieve better electrical switchboard performance while optimizing busbar

layout and facilitating assembly.

Schneider Electric TM has drawn upon 30 years

of expertise in electrical distribution systems

and a decade of hands-on experience with the

proven and reliable Linergy line of products.

It brings you a revolutionary design featuring

a high-quality copper contact surface that

delivers even better results than traditional

copper-to-copper connections.

Linergy Evolution busbars offer a number of

benefits to help you enhance performance and

boost your competitiveness.

Lightweight

Linergy is half the weight of equivalent-rated

copper bars for more fuel-efficient transport,

easier handling, and smoother installation.

Higher-capacity

A single Linergy Evolution bar can withstand

ratings up to 4000 A. It would take two or

three copper bars per pole to achieve similar

ratings.

Robust and flexible

Linergy Evolution bars are extruded for a

unique profile that includes both closed and

ribbed sections, improving rigidity, thermal

dissipation, and resistance to short circuits,

with a short-circuit withstand capacity (lcw) of

100 kA/1s.

Attractive

The revolutionary copper contact strips, anodized

aluminum surface, and unique shapes give a

modern appearance and a soft touch.

IEC standards- compliant

The latest standards were factored in from the

early design stages to ensure that temperatures

are kept below the IEC61439-2 standard

requirements, for optimal performance regardless

of the switchboard configuration.

Environmentally-friendly

Instead of increasingly-scarce copper, Linergy

Evolution is made from 70 % recycled raw

materials offering the same performance as

primary raw materials.

Cost-effective

Linergy Evolution helps you achieve cost

savings now and provides protection against

fluctuating copper prices in the future, plus all

the advantages of a raw material that is easy to

purchase and store.

Boost Prisma iPM

capacity

from 3200 A

to 4000 A

Increase short-circuit

withstand capacity

from 85 kA/1s

to 100 kA/1s

Linergy Evolution is

50 % lighter

than copper

Reduce costs

and assembly

times over

copper busbars

C-4 se.com

Linergy accessories are

also evolving!

Linergy Evolution is a full-featured busbar system that includes all the

connections, screws, bolts, isolating supports, and other accessories you

need for drill-free assembly.

C

Panel builders, we’ve thought of

everything to make your life easier!

• Linergy Evolution busbars are lightweight,

making them easy to transport and handle in

the workshop.

• With Linergy Evolution, you can continue to

use the familiar Prisma iPM busbar supports

you already know for flat copper bars.

There’s no new system to learn.

• Linergy Evolution offers single bars for each

rating, making handling during installation

faster and more convenient.

• Linergy Evolution bars are fast and easy to

position without drilling, thanks to a sliding

bolt and track system.

• Linergy screws let you add extra outgoing

connections without drilling new holes or

dismounting previous connections or busbar

supports, saving you time and giving you

greater flexibility in the event of last-minute

changes.

• Linergy Evolution busbars offer a unique

shape with no sharp edges for safer,

smoother handling and installation—the bars

simply slide right in to the busbar supports.

• Existing Linergy vertical busbars are easy to

connect to Linergy Evolution with ready-toinstall

accessories like vertical connectors.

• Linergy materials are easy to recycle

via well-established aluminum recycling

services already in use for materials like

aluminum cans, coffee capsules, door and

window frames, and engine blocks.


C-5

C-6

Distribution

Distribution

Contents

System M

Contents

Overview of distribution solutions C-8

Introduction C-8

Presentation of Linergy Evolution busbars 630 A to 4000 A C-11

Horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars from 2000 to 4000 A C-14

Horizontal busbars C-14

Horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars up to 1600 A

Introduction C-16

Horizontal busbars C-16


Selection table C-18


Introduction C-19

Horizontal flat busbars up to 4000 A C-21

Horizontal busbars up to 4000 A C-22

Lateral Linergy Evolution busbars up to 4000 A C-26

Vertical busbars C-26




Lateral Linergy busbars 630 A to 3200 A C-32



Vertical flat busbars up to 4000 A C-40

Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A C-46

Main distribution C-46

Rear busbars up to 400 A C-47

Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A C-48

Distribloc distribution block C-50

Sub-distribution C-50

Polybloc distribution block C-52

Multiclip distribution block C-53

Multi-stage current distribution blocks C-54

Comb busbars C-55

Distribution blocks C-56

Distribution accessories C-58

Form 1 partitioning C-62

Form C-62

Form 2 partitioning C-63

Form 3/Form 4 partitioning C-65

Partitioning C-66

C


C-7

Distribution

Overview of distribution solutions

System M

Introduction

For main distribution

Horizontal busbar

Vertical Linergy busbar

Busbar layouts

DD800271

Busbar layouts

Vertical flat busbar

Busbar layouts

DD800366

DD800280

DD800364

DD800363

DD800236

DD800227

C-8 se.com

Distribution


System M

Introduction

For main distribution

DD800326

C

Rear busbar

Multi-stage busbar


C-9

Distribution


System M

Introduction

For sub-distribution

DD800310

125 A Distribloc

b Spring terminals for

electrical connections

that stay tight.

b Front designed to

integrate thoroughly

with modular devices.

200 A Multiclip

b Reliable springterminal

connections

requiring no

maintenance.

b Fast installation.

b Easy upgrades

through replacement

or addition of devices.

b Easy balancing of

phases.

80 to 125 A comb busbars

b Fast and direct

connections,

adaptable to all

needs.

b Fast, economical

connections.

C-10 se.com

H

H

G

G

G

F F

F F

F F

C

C

C

Distribution

Presentation of Linergy Evolution busbars

630 A to 4000 A

Introduction

System M

PD800013

Linergy Evolution + Linergy, a comprehensive offering

The Linergy solution, a complete set of horizontal and vertical busbars

operational up to 4000 A:

b 630 A to 4000 A

b Icw of 85 kA/1 s for the 630 A to 1600 A configurations

b Icw of 100 kA/1 s for the 2500 A to 4000 A configurations.

More power in a given switchboard volume.

No longer any need to drill, thanks to the Linergy concept, greater accessibility

for connecting bars, ties and connecting plates.

Winning solution in all the Linergy Evolution options chosen, allows the

panelbuilder to:

b achieve substantial time savings (procurement, handling, mounting,

accessibility, changes, etc.) thanks to the aluminium material and the busbar

design and connection

b supply more efficient, less heavy switchboards without risk of vandalism on

the copper.

Complete compatibility of Linergy Evolution with existing 630 to 1600 A

Linergy vertical busbar.

Replacement of high/low horizontal copper busbar with Linergy Evolution up

to 4000 A.

C

Light Economical

Mounting

compatibility

Simplification

Time saving

H H H

H

Multiple adaptations

Direct connection

Connection

modularity

Unchanged fasteners

Easier access


C-11

Distribution


630 A to 4000 A

Introduction

System M

The Linergy Evolution solution is based on:

b the Linergy y 1600 A busbar concept (approved

technology, trusted by industry specialists)

b the already existing flat busbar mounting

method (th. = 5 mm and 10 mm).

DD384536

Presentation Linergy Evolution profiles

DD384537

DD384538

630 A.

800 A.

1000 A.

DD384539

DD384540

1200 A.

1600 A.

2000 A.

2500 A.

DD384543

DD384544

DD384541

DD384542

3200 A.

4000 A.

C-12 se.com

Distribution


630 A to 4000 A

Introduction

System M

Horizontal busbars from 630 to 4000 A

Installation

The Linergy Evolution busbar can be installed at the

top of a frame.

Size for 630 to 4000 A: 200 mm.

The mounting technique is the same as that for the

copper busbar, sparing the installer any constraints.

Busbar type

b Horizontal busbar:

v Functionalized profiled busbar L = 2000 mm

v for 630 to 2500 A busbars, a single strip is

incorporated over the entire length

v for 3200 to 4000 A busbars, a double strip is

incorporated over the entire length.

Dd384518

C

Vertical busbars from 630 to 4000 A

Flexibility for upgrading existing switchboards

It is possible to mount the Linergy Evolution busbar

vertically for all ratings from 630 to 4000 A.

Busbar type

b Vertical busbar:

functionalized profiled busbar L = 2000 mm to be

re-cut to 1600 mm for connection with horizontal

busbar from 1600 to 2500 A. Installation in duct

W = 200 mm

functionalized profiled busbar L = 2000 mm to be

re-cut to 1600 mm for connection with horizontal

busbar from 3200 to 4000 A.Installation in duct

W = 300 mm

for 2000 to 2500 A busbars, a single strip is

incorporated over the entire height

for 3200 to 4000 A busbars, a double strip is

incorporated over the entire height.

DD384555

NB: this busbar does not allow the use of Prisma iPM

system prefabricated connections.


C-13

Distribution

Horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars from

2000 to 4000 A

Horizontal busbars

System M

Busbar selection

Linergy Evolution busbars, W = 2000 mm

LSM58089A

LSM58086A

DD384543

DD384544

Bar 2000 A.

Cat. No. 04565

Bar 2500 A.

Cat. No. 04566

Bar 3200 A.

Cat. No. 04567

Bar 4000 A.

Cat. No. 04568

Dimensions

Cat. No.

04565

04566

DD384632

100

DD384533

DD384541

DD384542

31

04567

04568

DD384633

150

31

Busbar calculation

The table opposite indicates:

b the catalogue numbers of the bars to be used,

depending on the permissible current

level in the busbars

b the number of supports required, depending on the

rated short-time withstand current (Icw in

kA rms / 1 second).

For more information on busbar

calculations, see page E-6.

Linergy

Evolution

*W= 400

W = 600 mm

W = 600 +

200 mm

W = 800 mm

Cat. No. Rating

(A)

04565 2000

04566 2500

04567 3200

04568 4000

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms / 1 s)

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100

2 3

Note: the permissible current values for the busbars are given for an ambient temperature of

35 °C around the switchboard.

* cubicle with functional unit

4

Linergy

Evolution

W = 300 mm 04565

Cat. No. Rating

(A)

#

W = 400 mm 04566 2500

04567

04568

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms / 1 s)

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100

2000 1 1+1

3200

4000

1 1+1

For frames W = 300 mm and 400 mm, only the first support is fixed.

#

cubicle without functional unit

Dd381226

Dd381225

Busbar supports

Two fixed supports for 600 mm, 600 + 200 mm wide frameworks and one fixed

support for 300 / 400 mm wide frameworks are mandatory. If more supports are

required, use free supports.

Designation

Cat. No.

LSM58086A LSM58089A Fixed support for horizontal bars 2500 A LSM58086A + 04671

3200 A LSM58086A + 04646

Free support (additional) 2500 A LSM58089A + 04671

3200 A LSM58089A + 04646

12 spacers 150 mm 3200 - 4000 A 04646

C-14 se.com

Distribution

Horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars from

2000 to 4000 A

Horizontal busbars

System M

DD384588

Joints Designation Cat. No.

1 joint per bar 3P 2000 - 2500 A 04621 x 3

3200 - 4000 A 04623 x 3

4P 2000 - 2500 A 04621 x 4 +

LSM58670H (1)

3200 - 4000 A 04623 x 4 +

LSM58670H (1)

(1) LSM58670H is mandatory in case of jointed 4P Linergy Evolution busbars installations and

must be installed only at the junction on side-by-side frameworks combination.Note: when

installed,at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned, see page C-62.

C

04623.

HRB5261500D12

LSM58670H

DD384558

Horizontal busbar module size Position of busbars No. of vertical modules required

Top horizontal busbars 4

Bottom horizontal busbars 5

M


C-15

Distribution


Introduction

Horizontal busbars

System M

DD384520

Busbar selection

LSM58089A

LSM58086A

DD384536


Cat. no. selection

See the table below.

Each bar is supplied with a stop for the bottom support.

DD384537

DD384538

Bar 630 A.

Cat. No. 04560

Bar 800 A.

Cat. No. 04561

Bar 1000 A.

Cat. No. 04562

DD384539

DD384540

Bar 1250 A.

Cat. No. 04563

Bar 1600 A.

Cat. No. 04564

Dimensions

Cat. No.

04560

04561

04562

04563

04564

DD384631

60

23

Busbar calculation



depending on the permissible current level

in the

busbars


rated short-time withstand current (Icw in kA

rms / 1

second).

For more information on other ambient

temperatures,

see page E-5.

For more information on busbar

calculations,

see page E-6.

Linergy

Evolution

*W= 400

W = 600 mm

W = 600 +

200 mm

W= 800

Cat. No. Rating

(A)

04560 630/800

04561

04562 1000

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms / 1 s)

04563 1250 2

04564 1600

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100

Note: t he permissible current values for the busbars are given for an ambient temperature of


* cubicle with functional unit

Linergy

Evolution

Cat. No.

Rating

(A)

W = 300 mm

#

W = 400 mm

04560

04561

04562

04563

04564

630/800

1000

1250

1600

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms / 1 s)

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100

3

1 1+1

1 1+1

For frames W = 300 mm and 400 mm, only the first support is fixed.

#

cubicle without functional unit

C-16 se.com

Distribution


Introduction

Horizontal busbars

System M

Busbar supports

HRB5261500D12 DD384535

Dd381226

LSM58086A

04620.

Dd381225

LSM58089A

Two fixed supports for 600 mm, 600 + 200 mm wide frameworks and one fixed

support for 300 / 400 mm wide frameworks are mandatory. If more supports are

required, use free supports.

Fixed support for horizontal bars

Free support (additional)

Cat. No.

LSM58086A

LSM58089A

Designation

Cat. No.

1 joint per bar from 630 to 1600 A 3P 04620 x 3

4P 04620 x 4 +

LSM58670H (1)

(1) LSM58670H is mandatory in case of jointed 4P Linergy evolution busbars installations and

must be installed only at the junction on side-by-side frameworks combination.

Note: when installed,at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned, see page C-61.

C

LSM58670H

DD384534

Horizontal busbar module size Position of busbars No. of vertical modules required

Top horizontal busbars 4

Bottom horizontal busbars 5

M


C-17

Distribution


Selection table

Horizontal busbars

System M

AAV43447-01

Horizontal Linergy Evolution busbar

Frame depth (mm) Pitch of bars (mm) Cat.No. Permissible current (A) at average ambient

35 °C for the switchboard

IP y 31 IP > 31

400 and 600 (2) 75 04560 630 530

04561 800 680

04562 1000 850

04563 1250 1050

04564 1650 1480

04565 2000 1650

04566 2440 2100

04567 3200 2800

04568 3620 3350

DD800533

1 1 + 1

2 2 + 1

x2

x2

Number of supports for Linergy Evolution busbars

Frameworks depth = 400 and 600 (1) mm

Linergy

Evolution

W = 600 mm

W = 600 + 200 mm

Cat.

No.

Rating

(A)

04560 630/800

04561

04562 1000

04563 1250 2

04564 1600

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms / 1 s)

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100

2+1

x2

x2

2+2

+

2+3

+

x2

x3

Linergy

Evolution

Cat.

No.

Rating

(A)

W = 600 mm 04565 2000

W = 600 + 200 mm (2) 04566 2500

04567 3200

04568 4000

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms / 1 s)

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100

2 2+1

2+2

x2

2+4

+

x4

04560 / 04561

04562 / 04563

04564

lcw (kA eff./1s)

15 25 30 40 50 60 65 75 85

W=300 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1+1 1+1 1+1

W=400 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1

04565 / 04566

04567 / 04568

15 25 30 40 50 60 65 75 85 100

W=300 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1

W=400 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1

DD800314

Additional upright

(1) In a 600 mm wide floor standing enclosure, an additional upright is mandatory

(see “Additional upright”, below).

(2) In W=600 mm +200 mm cubicle, use busbar supports in W=600 mm according to the table

above and add an additional free support in W=200 mm duct.

An additional upright is mandatory in 600 mm floor standing enclosure for the

horizontal busbar with a 75 mm pitch.

Designation

Others

2 x 3 modules, D = 400 mm, upright in floor standing enclosure,

D = 600 mm, W = 300, 400, 600 and 800 mm


D = 600 mm, W = 600 + 200 mm

Partitioning

For the partitioning, see page C-60.

Com. no.

LSM58613A

LSM58614A

C-18 se.com

Distribution


Introduction

Horizontal busbars

System M

No. of bars per phase Fixed support (1) Busbar support (1)

1 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1 LSM58086A + 04671 LSM58089A + 04671

1 LSM58086A + 04671 LSM58089A + 04671

1 LSM58086A + 04646 LSM58089A + 04646

1 LSM58086A + 04646 LSM58089A + 04646

(1) 2 fixed supports for 600/800 mm wide frameworks and 1 fixed support for 300/400 mm wide

frameworks mandatory; if more supports required, use free supports.

(2) An additional upright is mandatory (see “Additional upright”, page C-18).

C

Joints

DD382014

DD384588.EPS

Designation

Cat. No.

1 joint per bar 3P 2000 - 2500 A 04621 x 3

3200 - 4000 A 04623 x 3

4P 2000 -2500 A 04621 x 4 + LSM58670H (1)

3200 - 4000 A 04623 x 4 + LSM58670H (1)

(1) LSM58670H is mandatory in case of jointed 4P Linergy Evolution bus bars installations and must

be insta//ed only at the junction on side-by-side frameworks combination.

Note: when installed, at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned, see page C-61.


C-19

Distribution


Layout of horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars

Horizontal busbars

System M

Layout of horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars

DD384600

DD384601

DD384589

DD384590_01

C-20 se.com

Distribution

Horizontal flat busbars up to 4000 A

System M

Horizontal busbars

Presentation

DD800318

Prisma iPM provides electrical switchboards with a complete and

consistent system capable of supplying electrical energy where it is

needed:

b modern, high-performance busbars,

b distribution blocks that blend thoroughly with the devices.

All components are put through rigorous tests with Schneider Electric

devices to secure that the resulting switchboards are dependable and

comply with international standard IEC 61439-1 and 2.

Composition

b Flat, copper bars without holes, 5 mm thick (not supplied).

b Flat, copper bars without holes, 10 mm thick (not supplied).

They can be cut as needed.

A horizontal partition is available to shield against direct contact from the front.

Installation

The horizontal top busbars up to 1600 A and horizontal bottom busbars up to 4000 A, with pitch of

75 mm, will require the same depth of 400 mm when installed in a cubicle of 400/600 mm depth.

C

An additional upright is mandatory in 600

mm depth floor standing enclosure.

The horizontal busbars up to 4000 A, pitch = 115 mm, require a 600 mm deep framework.

DD800290

b 400 mm deep framework: 3 module-height is required for the installation of the horizontal

busbars on the top, while 5 module is required at the bottom

b 600 mm deep framework: 4 module-height is required for the installation of the horizontal

busbars on the top, while 5 module is required at the bottom

Busbar supports

Two fixed supports for 400/600 / 800/ mm wide frameworks and one fixed support for

200/300/400 mm wide frameworks cable alley are mandatory. If more supports are required,

use free supports.

DD381226

DD800448

DD381225

DD800447

DD800453

DD800285

DD800286

DD800463

DD800319

DD800460

400

400

600

600

5M

5M

DD800287

DD800288

3M

3M

4M

4M

Fixed support for 5

and 10 mm thick

bars, pitch = 75 mm,

com. no.

LSM58086A.

Fixed support for 10

mm thick bars, pitch

= 115 mm, com. no.

LSM58087A.

Busbar support for 5

and 10 mm thick

bars, pitch = 75 mm,

com. no.

LSM58089A.

Busbar support 10

mm thick bars, pitch

= 115 mm,

com. no.

LSM58090A.


C-21

Distribution

Horizontal busbars up to 4000 A

Selection table : Horizontal busbars on top

Horizontal busbars

System M

Horizontal busbar

Thickness (mm) Frame depth (mm) Pitch of bars (mm)

DD800211

5 400 and 600 (2) 75

10 400 75

600 (2) 75

600 115

DD800533

1 1 + 1

2 2 + 1

x2

x2

2+2

Number of supports for flat bars 5 mm thick


Pitch

(mm)

Frameworks

width (mm)

Size of bars

(mm)

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms/1 s.)

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50

75 800 1 bar, 60 x 5

2 2+1 2+2

1 bar, 80 x 5 2+3

600 1 bar, 60 x 5

2 2+1

1 bar, 80 x 5 2+2

400 All sizes 1 1+1

300 All sizes 1 2

x2

x2

x2

+

2+3

+

2+4

+

x2

x3

x4



Pitch

(mm)

Frameworks

width (mm)

Size of bars

(mm)

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms/1 s.)

y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85

75 800 1 bar, 50 x 10

1 bar, 60 x 10 2 2+1 2+2 2+3

2+4

1 bar, 80 x 10

600 1 bar, 50 x 10

1 bar, 60 x 10 2

2+1 2+2

2+3

1 bar, 80 x 10

400 All sizes 1 1+1

300 All sizes 1 2

Frameworks depth = 600 mm

Pitch

(mm)

Frameworks

width (mm)

Size of bars

(mm)

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms/1 s.)

y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85

115 600/800 1 bar, 50 x 10

1 bar, 60 x 10 2 2+1

1 bar, 80 x 10 2+2

2 bars, 50 x 10

2+2

2 bars, 60 x 10

2 2+1

2 bars, 80 x 10

2 bars, 100 x 10

2 bars, 120 x 10

800 (2) 2 bars, 120 x 10 2 2+2 (2)

400 All sizes 1 1+1

300 All sizes 1 1+1

(1) In a 600 mm wide floor standing enclosure, an additional upright is mandatory

(see “Additional upright”, in the next page).

(2) For width 800 mm frame with ACB- MTZ2/NW40 as incomer.

C-22 se.com

Distribution



Horizontal busbars

System M

Permissible current (A) at average ambient 35 °C for the No. of bars per phase Fixed support (1) Busbar support (1)

switchboard

IP y 42 IP > 42 quantity size of bars (mm)

800 750 1 60 x 5 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1000 900 1 80 x 5 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58087A LSM58090A

1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58087A LSM58090A

1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58087A LSM58090A

2050 1850 2 50 x 10 LSM58087A LSM58090A

2300 2000 2 60 x10 LSM58087A LSM58090A

2820 2500 2 80 x 10 LSM58087A LSM58090A

3300 2900 2 100 x 10 LSM58087A + 04671 LSM58090A + 04671

3760 3340 2 120 x 10 LSM58087A+ 04671 LSM58090A + 04671

(1) 2 fixed supports for 600 / 800 mm wide frameworks and 1 fixed support for 300 / 400 mm wide


(2) An additional upright is mandatory.

(3) LSM58089A and LSM58090A are for 4P but can also be adapted for 3P.

C

DD800314

Additional upright

An additional upright is mandatory in 600 mm floor standing enclosure for the horizontal busbar

with a 75 mm pitch.

Designation

Others 2 x 3 modules, D = 400 mm, upright in floor standing enclosure,

D = 600 mm, W = 300, 400, 600 and 800 mm


D = 600 mm, W = 600 + 200 mm

Com. no.

LSM58613A

LSM58614A

Dimensions

DD381876

5/10

50/60/80/

100/120

Layout of horizontal flat busbars

DD800510

75

75

75

400

DD800509

75

75

75

DD800458

115

115

115

DD382014

Partitioning



C-23

Distribution


Selection table : Horizontal busbars at bottom

Horizontal busbars

System M

Horizontal busbar

Thickness (mm) Frame depth (mm) Pitch of busbar (mm)

DD800293

5 400/600 75

10 400/600 75

DD800533

1 1 + 1

2 2 + 1

x2

x2

2+2

x2 +

2+3

x2 +

2+4

x2 +

x2

x3

x4


Frameworks depth = 400 and 600 mm

Pitch

(mm)

Frameworks

width (mm)

Size of bars

(mm)

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50

75 800 1 bar, 60 x 5

2 2+1 2+2

1 bar, 80 x 5 2+3

600 1 bar, 60 x 5

2 2+1

1 bar, 80 x 5 2+2

400 All sizes 1 1+1

300 All sizes 1 1+1



Pitch

(mm)

Frameworks

width (mm)

Size of bars

(mm)

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)

y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85

75 800 1 bar, 50 x 10

1 bar, 60 x 10 2 2+1 2+2 2+3

1 bar, 80 x 10

2+4

2 bar, 50 x 10

2 bar, 60 x 10

2 bar, 80 x 10

2 bar, 100 x 10

2 2+1 2+2

600 1 bar, 50 x 10

1 bar, 60 x 10

2 2+1 2+2

1 bar, 80 x 10

2+3

2 bar, 50 x 10

2 bar, 60 x 10 2+1

2

2 bar, 80 x 10

2 bar, 100 x 10

400 All sizes 1 1+1

300 All sizes 1 1+1

C-24 se.com

Distribution


Selection table : Horizontal busbars at bottom

Horizontal busbars

System M

Permissible current (A) at average ambient 35 °C for the No. of bars per phase

switchboard

IP y 42 IP > 42 quantity size of busbar (mm) Fixed support (1) Busbar support

800 750 1 60 x 5 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1000 900 1 80 x 5 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

2050 1850 2 50 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

2300 2000 2 60 x10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

2820 2500 2 80 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A

3300 2900 2 100 x 10 LSM58086A + 04671 LSM58089A + 04671

(1) 2 fixed supports for 600 / 800 mm wide frameworks and 1 fixed support for 300 / 400 mm wide


(2) An Additional upright is mandatory (see Additional upright section on page C-18)

(3) LSM58089A is for 4P but can also be adapted for 3P.

C

Dimensions

Layout of horizontal flat busbars

DD381876

50/60/

80/100

5/10

DD800510

75

75

75

400

DD800509

75

75

75

Partitioning


DD800292

Joints

Installation Up to 1600 A Up to 4000 A

1 bar per

phase

2 bars per

phase

1 bar 2 bars per phase

per

phase

Size of bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 80 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10

DD381227-LIN

DD381231-LIN

DD385358.eps

DD800294

DD800312

LSM58670H (1)

04640 04641 04643

Catalogue 04640 04641 04640 04641 04641 04640 04640 04641 04641 04643

numbers

(1 joint per phase)

Note

when installed at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned.

(1) LSM58670H is mandatory in case of jointed 4P bottom HBB installations and must be installed only

at the junction on side-by-side frameworks combination.

Note: when installed, at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned, see page C-62.


C-25

Distribution

Lateral Linergy Evolution busbars up to 4000 A

Introduction

3200-4000 A in 300 mm with framework

Vertical busbars

System M

DD384607

Busbar selection


Cat. no. selection



DD384550

DD384551

DD384552

DD384553

Bar 2000 A.

Cat. no. 04565

Bar 2500 A.

Cat. no. 04566

Bar 3200 A.

Cat. no. 04567

Bar 4000 A.

Cat. no. 04568

DD384545

DD384546

DD384547

DD384548

DD384549

Bar 630 A.

Cat. no. 04560

Bar 800 A.

Cat. no. 04561

Bar 1000 A.

Cat. no. 04562

Bar 1250 A.

Cat. no. 04563

Bar 1600 A.

Cat. no. 04564

Linergy Evolution busbars are supplied in W = 2000 mm. For a lateral installation, the

recommended bar length is 1600 mm.

Dimensions

Busbars up to 4000 A.

The bottom support also maintains the bars in position.

Note: for mounting with the Linergy Evolution horizontal

busbar, it is recommended to re-cut the Linergy Evolution

vertical busbar as indicated below:

Cat. No.

04560

04561

04562

04563

04564

04565

04566

DD435227

DD435229

60

100

23

31

Rating horizontal busbars Rating re-cuts

630 to 1600 A 1600 mm

2000 to 2500 A 1600 mm

3200 to 4000 A 1600 mm

04567

04568

DD435228

150

31

Busbar calculation



depending on the permissible current level in the

busbars

b the number of supports required, depending on

the rated short-time withstand current

(Icw in kA rms / 1 second).


temperatures,

see page E-7.

Linergy

Evolution

busbar

W=200 mm

or W=300

mm

Cat. No. Rating

(A)

04560

04561

630/800

04562 1000

04563 1250

04564 1600

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms / 1 s)

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100

04565 2000 3 3+2

04566 2500

W=300 mm 04567 3200

04568 4000

Note: the permissible current values for the busbars are given for an ambient temperature of


Note: the heights of 2000 and 2500 A Linergy evolution channelled busbars are 100 mm and

those of 3200 and 4000 A 150 mm. Their installation in 300 mm widht duct is recommended.

3+4

3+6

C-26 se.com

Distribution


Introduction

3200-4000 A in 300 mm with framework

System M

Vertical busbars

Busbar supports

Three fixedsupports are required to maintain the busbars. If more than three supports are

required, use additional free supports.

Designation Cubicle depth Ratings Cat. no.

Fixed support for lateral bars D400 y 1600 A LSM58088A

D600 y 1600 A LSM58091A

2000 - 2500 A LSM58091A + 3 x 04671

3200 - 4000 A LSM58091A + LSM58093A + 04646

Free support (additional) D400/D600 y 1600 A LSM58089A

2000 - 2500 A LSM58089A + 04671

3200 - 4000 A LSM58089A + 04646

C

AAV70895-01

04658 for Linergy Evolution y 1600 A busbar

mounted on support.

Busbars chocks

The bottom support maintains the bars in position.It is not considered a busbar support.

Designation

Cat. no.

12 spacers for 150 mm busbar 04646

12 stops for 630-1600 A busbar 04658

12 stops for 2000-4000 A busbar 04659

Support mounting hardware for bars > 80 mm 04671

DD384579

AAV70895-02

04659 for Linergy Evolution >1600 A busbar

mounted on support.

12 spacers 04646.

Busbar connections

DD384559

These connections are used to connect Linergy Evolution horizontal busbars up to 4000 A

to lateral Linergy Evolution busbars.

Supplied with mounting hardware.

Designation

Cat. No.

Short horizontal/vertical connection up to 2500 A 04604

Horizontal/vertical connection up to 4000 A 04607

Short connection 04604 for 2500 A.


C-27

Distribution


Selection table

Vertical busbars

System M

Lateral Linergy Evolution busbars

Cat.No. Rating (A) Length (mm)

DD800226 DD380736

AAV70895-03

Accessories

Partitioning

04560 630 1600

04561 800 1600

04562 1000 1600

04563 1250 1600

04564 1600 1600

04565 2000 1600

04566 2500 1600

04567 (1) 3200 1600

04568 (1) 4000 1600

Number of supports

Linergy Cat. No. Rating

Evolution (A)

busbar

W=200mm

or

W=300mm

04560

04561

630/800

04562 1000

04563 1250

04564 1600

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms / 1 s)

For the distribution accessories, see page C-57.

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100

04565 2000 3 3+2

04566 2500

W=300mm 04567 3200

04568 4000


3+4

3+6

C-28 se.com

Distribution


Selection table

Vertical busbars

System M

Fixed support, pitch = 75 mm Busbar support 12 stops for busbars

Frame depth 400mm

Frame depth 600mm

LSM58088A LSM58091A LSM58089A 04658

LSM58088A LSM58091A LSM58089A 04658

LSM58088A LSM58091A LSM58089A 04658

LSM58088A LSM58091A LSM58089A 04658

LSM58088A LSM58091A LSM58089A 04658

LSM58088A + 3 x 04671 LSM58091A + 3 x 04671 LSM58089A + 04671 04659

LSM58088A + 3 x 04671 LSM58091A + 3 x 04671 LSM58089A + 04671 04659

LSM58091A + LSM58093A + 04646 LSM58089A + 04646 04659

LSM58091A + LSM58093A + 04646 LSM58089A + 04646 04659

Mandatory.

C

(1) For 04567 and 04568 installation, W300 frame is mandatory.

Connection between horizontal

and vertical busbar

Designation

Cat. NO.

1600A connection plate for Linergy Evolution 04602

Short horizontal/vertical connec ion up to 2500A 04604

Horizontal/vertical connection up to 4000A 04607


C-29

Distribution


Busbar selection

Vertical busbars

System M

Linergy Evolution busbars

630 A - 1600 A 2000 A - 2500 A 3200 A - 4000 A

60

100

150

DD384597

23

2000

DD384598

31

2000

DD384599

31

2000

DD384550

DD384545

DD384551

DD384546

DD384552 DD384547

DD384553

DD384548

DD384549

C-30 se.com

Distribution


Layout of vertical Linergy Evolution busbars

Vertical busbars

System M

Layout of vertical Linergy Evolution busbars

DD384591_02

630 A - 4000 A

DD384592_01

DD384593_01

DD384594_01

C

73

105.5

105.5

105.5

105.5

2000 A - 2500 A

DD384595_02

DD800563

105.5

105.5

73

3200 A

DD800564

DD800565

194.5

300

104.5

194.5

300

73

104.5

4000 A

DD800565

194.5

300

73

104.5


C-31

Distribution

Lateral Linergy busbars 630 A to 3200 A

Introduction

Vertical busbars

System M

PB800029

Linergy busbars are installed in a busbar zone to the left or right of the device zone.

The busbars are secured to the framework by supports that maintain the distances

between busbars. All connection points are directly accessible from the front of the

switchboard.

The bars are channelled and the devices, installed on either side, can be connected

at any height, without drilling.

Linergy busbars up to 1600 A

Sliding bolts enable connections at any height,

without drilling.

All connection points are directly accessible

from the front of the switchboard.

PB800024

PD800025

PD800018

PB800019

Prefabricated connections supply the devices

mounted to the left or right of the busbars.

The bottom support maintains the bars in

position.

C-32 se.com

Distribution


Introduction

Vertical busbars

System M

PB800042

Channelled busbars

Linergy channelled busbars implement advanced technology and

are made of aluminium, a material widely used for electrical

conduction.

Ductile and malleable, aluminium can be used to create complex

shapes that improve electrical conduction, rigidity, ventilation and

appearance.

Ergonomic shape

The low density of aluminium and its malleability make it possible to produce

hightech sections offering both exceptional rigidity and minimum weight.

Twice as light as copper for the same current ratings, the busbars can held easily in

one. What is more, their shape is ideal for handling and installation.

Maximum power in less space

The manufacturing process allows great flexibility in terms of the shape, notably for

the creation of internal partitions that increase the current-flow perimeter. In this way,

busbar efficiency is optimised and external dimensions reduced.

As a result, up to 1600 A, these channelled busbars can be installed in

compartments just 150 mm wide and 400 mm deep.

Very rigid shapes

The ease and flexibility of the extrusion process makes it possible to create closed

and ribbed sections offering exceptional rigidity.

Two supports spaced over the bars and one at the bottom are sufficient to cover

most installation needs (Icw y 40 kA rms / 1 s).

Always at the right temperature

The increased heat exchange surface enhances the natural convection of the bars.

The bars are anodised to enhance emission and radiation, and thus the evacuation

of heat.

Whatever the switchboard configuration, the bars maintain their performance level.

C

PD800026

PD800013

A new generation of busbars.

Designed to resist ageing and creep, the busbar supports, made of a heat-setting,

insulating material, offer a particularly high level of performance, notably their withstand to

high temperatures.

Their remarkable mechanical withstand means fewer are required, thus

freeing maximum space along the busbars for the connection of

devices.

Multi-function busbar supports

The same support is used for all busbars up to 1600 A and can also be used as the bottom

support.

As a result, ordering is easy and stocking costs are reduced.

Electrical connections without drilling

Tested in special test stations, copper connections are used to interconnect two sets of

busbars.

Connections are fast with 10 mm thick horizontal busbars.

Drilling is not required; the connections are made by clamping the busbars.

PB800027

An aluminium bar with a high-quality copper contact surface

A copper powder is thermally projected at high speed along the entire length of the bar. It

forms a rough, exceptionally hard surface. The quality of the electrical connection is

enhanced by the many contact points. The result is convincing and even better than a

traditional copper/copper connection.

Modern busbars

Linergy busbars are produced in a number of different shapes offering both a high level of

performance and good appearance. The anodisation process protects against ageing

and provides an attractive finish. The copper-coloured bands along the entire length

reflect the modern design and high technology of these busbars.


C-33

Distribution


Introduction

Vertical busbars

System M

Presentation of Linergy busbars

Linergy busbars up to 1600 A

Type of busbar

Very rigid profile to improve withstand to

electrodynamic forces.

Connection points accessible from the front and

adjustable from top to bottom.

Compatible with all Prisma iPM prefabricated

connections.

Installation

Can be installed independently on either the left or

right-hand side of an 800 mm wide framework (600 +

200 mm) for distribution on either side.

For an Icw y 40 kA rms / 1 s, two supports in the

“device” zone are sufficient to maintain the bars. A third

support is required as the bottom support for the bars.

Dd382326

Linergy busbars up to 1600 A.

C-34 se.com

Distribution


Introduction

Vertical busbars

System M

DD381232

Busbar selection

Linergy busbars, W = 1670 mm

Cat. no. selection



DD381233

DD381234

DD381235

C

Bar 630 A.

Cat. no. 04502

Bar 800 A.

Cat. no. 04503

Bar 1000 A.

Cat. no. 04504

DD381236

DD381237

Bar 1250 A.

Cat. no. 04505

Bar 1600 A.

Cat. no. 04506

Busbars up to 1600 A.


Busbar calculation



depending on the permissible current level

in the busbars


rated short-time withstand current (Icw in kA

rms / 1 second).

Above 1600 A, the busbars must be doubled

and installed in two busbar sections, side by

side. In this case, they must be

interconnected by three equipotential links.


temperatures, see page E-7.

Rating

(A)

Com. no.

Pennissible current

at 35˚C (A)

630 04502 680 590

800 04503 840 760

1000 04504 1040 950

No.of supports

for switchboard Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)

IP y 31 IP > 31 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85

1250 04505 1290 1170 3

5 6

1600 04506 1650 1480

Note: The permissible current values for the busbars are given for an ambient temperature of



Each catalogue number represents one bar.


C-35

Distribution


Introduction

Vertical busbars

System M

Busbar supports

DD381509

Supports are used to install busbars to the left or right of the device zone.

They are supplied with 8.8 class mounting hardware.

Designation

Cat. no.

Busbar supports

LSM58092A

12 chocks for Linergy busbars 01109

DD380741

DD380742

Double busbars up to 3200 A.

Install three equipotential links between the busbars. Busbar supports. Chocks for Linergy busbars.

Horizontal Linergy Evolution busbar

connections

These connections are used to connect Linergy Evolution horizontal busbars to

lateral Linergy busbars up to 1600 A.

Supplied with mounting hardware.

DD800562

Cat. No.

1600 A connection plate for Linergy Evolution 04602

Connection 04602 for Linergy or copper busbars.

C-36 se.com

Distribution


Linergy accessories, Mounting hardware, Markers

Vertical busbars

System M

DD381218

DD381221

Linergy hardware

DD381220

Presentation

b For secure connections, without drilling:

b Linergy bolts clip into the channel of the busbar

b they can slide along the entire length of the busbar

b they cannot fall to the bottom of the switchboard because they are held in place by

the ball in the head, thus facilitating connections

b a mark at the end of the bolt indicates whether the bolt is correctly positioned

b 8.8 class hardware guarantees withstand to tightening torques and to premature

ageing of the electrical contact.

Composition of sets:

b set of hardware including 20 bolts + 20 nuts + 20 contact washers.

Cat. no. selection

Designation

Cat. no.

Set of 20 M8 Linergy bolts, W = 25 mm (for cable lugs and flexible bars) 04766 (1)

Set of 20 M8 Linergy bolts, W = 39 mm (for copper bars) 04767 (2)

Set of 12 screwplates for Linergy Evolution 2500A 04768


C

(1) Cable lug connected to Linergy busbar using bolt (04766) (compatible with Linergy Evolution

and Linergy).

(2) Copper bar connected to Linergy busbar using bolt (04767) (compatible with Linergy only).

DD381219

04766. 04767.

Flat washers

Presentation

These washers, sold separately, are required for connection of flexible bars to

Linergy busbars.

They spread the tightening forces and avoid creep of the copper.

Composition of sets:

b set of 20 flat washers for M8 bolts.

Cat. no. selection

Designation

Cat. no.

Set of 20 M8 flat washers, 20 mm external diameter 04772

Set of 20 M8 flat washers, 28 mm external diameter 04774

Conducting washers

DD800329

DD383122

DD381222

Connection cross-section

Markers

Determining connections using cables

see page E-40.

Determining connections using flexible bars

see page E-42.

Designation

Cat. no.

Set of 12 phase markers

04794

(12 clip-in supports + N, L1, L2, L3, PE, PEN labels)

Linergy Evolution connection screwplate kit 01130


C-37

Distribution


Selection table

Vertical busbars

System M

Linergy busbars

Rating (A) Frame depth (mm) Length (mm)

DD800226 DD380736

DD380742

DD380741

DD800213

Busbar support

Chocks for linergy busbars

Accessories

Partitioning

630 400 / 600 1670

800 400 / 600 1670

1000 400 / 600 1670

1250 400 / 600 1670

1600 400 / 600 1670

Number of supports

Rating

(A)

Busbar supports

Supports are used to install busbars to the left or right of the device zone.

They are supplied with 8.8 class mounting hardware.

Designation

Com. no.

Pennissible current

at 35˚C (A)

630 04502 680 590

800 04503 840 760

1000 04504 1040 950

No.of supports

for switchboard Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)

IP y 31 IP > 31 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85

1250 04505 1290 1170 3

5 6

1600 04506 1650 1480

(1) Must be installed in 2 busbar sections, side-by-side. The busbars must be interconnected by 3

equipotential links, supplied by the customer.


Cat no.

Linergy busbar support pitch=75mm

LSM58092A

12 chocks for Linergy busbars 01109


C-38 se.com

Distribution


Selection table

Vertical busbars

System M

Linergy bar (1) 12 stoppers for busbar Fixed support, pitch = 75 mm Set of 20 M8 Linergy bolts 12 Linergy markers

(sold by one) L = 39 mm L = 25 mm

04502 01109 LSM58092A 04767 04766 04794

04503 01109 LSM58092A 04767 04766 04794

04504 01109 LSM58092A 04767 04766 04794

04505 01109 LSM58092A 04767 04766 04794

04506 01109 LSM58092A 04767 04766 04794

C

Mandatory.

Optional.

Note: For the busbar installation above 1600 A, please contact us.

Dimensions

DD381855

DD381856

DD381857

DD381858

DD381859

630 A. 800 A. 1000 A. 1250 A. 1600 A.

Layout of Linergy busbars

DD800457

77.5

77.5


C-39

Distribution

Vertical flat busbars up to 4000 A

Introduction

Vertical busbars

System M

DD800452

Presentation

Composition

b Flat, copper bars with holes, length = 1675 mm, 5 mm thick.

b Flat, copper bars with holes, length = 1675 mm, 10 mm thick.

Two 10 mm holes every 25 mm along the entire length of the busbar

A vertical partition is available to shield against direct contact.

Dimensions

DD381505

Installation

The vertical busbars up to 1600 A can be installed independently on either the left or

right-hand side of an 800 mm wide framework (600+200 mm) for distribution on

either side.

The vertical busbars from 1600 A to 3200 A can be installed independently an 300

mm wide duct for distribution.

Three fixed supports are mandatory. When more than three supports are required

(see the tables for busbar calculations on page C-35), use free supports.

Busbars are positioned on the bottom support require the same amount of space.

Busbar supports

Three fixed supports are required to maintain the busbars. If more than three

supports are required, use additional free supports.

Lateral busbar.

DD800444

DD800445

DD381225

Set of 3 fixed supports for

400 mm deep frameworks,

com. no. LSM58088A.

Set of 3 fixed supports for

600 mm deep frameworks,

com. no. LSM58091A.

Busbar support for 5 and

10 mm thick bars,

pitch = 75 mm,

com. no. LSM58089A.

C-40 se.com

Distribution


Introduction

Vertical busbars

System M

Horizontal-busbar connection

Connection between the 5 or 10 mm thick horizontal busbars and the lateral flat

busbars is direct, once the horizontal bars have been drilled.

DD380725

DD380525

C

DD380526

Note: For busbar with 75 mm between centers, the bars must fully overlap.

To satisfy minimum safety clearances, the assembly points on adjacent bars must be staggered

as shown below.

DD800291

DD800592

10

Ø16

50/60/80/100

50/60

80

100

50 60

80

100

50 60

80

100

50/60

x2

50

x2

80 x3

_

60

x2

_

100

x4

_

_

80

x3

_

_

100

x4

_ _ _

Note: Horizontal busbars can be connected to vertical busbars with a screw and

socket assembly LVS04645 designed for assembly on bubars that have already been

mounted:

This bolted solution requires:

b holes drilled in the bars (Ø 16mm) for diagonal mounting of the sockets and screws

b conformity with the following mounting rules:

v respect the overlap length (2.5 to 5 times the bar thickness)

v tighten to a torque of 50 Nm

v Fit the recommended number of screws, depending on the bar width as explained

above.


C-41

Distribution


Selection table

Vertical busbars

System M

Vertical busbar

Thickness (mm) Frame depth (mm) Length (mm)

5 400 1675

DD800367

10 400 1675

600 1675

Rear Vertical busbar

Thickness (mm) Frame depth (mm) Length (mm)

10 600 1675

DD800367

C-42 se.com

Distribution


Selection table

Vertical busbars

System M

Permissible current (A) at average ambient 35

°C for the switchboard

IP y 42 IP > 42 Quantity Size of bars (mm)

No. of bars per phase 3 fixed supports + bottom, pitch = 75 mm (1) Free support

800 750 1 60 x 5 LSM58088A LSM58089A

1000 900 1 80 x 5 LSM58088A LSM58089A

1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58088A LSM58089A

1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58088A LSM58089A

1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58088A LSM58089A

1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58091A LSM58089A

1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58091A LSM58089A

1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58091A LSM58089A

2150 1900 1 100 x 10 (2) LSM58091A + LSM58093A +3 x 04671 LSM58089A + 04671

2820 2500 2 80 x 10 LSM58091A LSM58089A

3200 2900 2 100 x 10 (2) LSM58091A + LSM58093A + 3 x 04671 LSM58089A + 04671

C

3760 3340 2 120 x 10 (2)(3) LSM58091A + LSM58093A + 3 x 04671 LSM58089A + 04671

Permissible current (A) at average ambient 35

°C for the switchboard


No. of bars per phase 3 fixed supports + bottom, pitch = 75 mm (1) Free support

1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58091A LSM58089A

1400 1250 2 50 x 10 LSM58091A LSM58089A

1800 1600 2 50 x 10 LSM58091A LSM58089A

2000 1900 2 50 x 10 LSM58091A LSM58089A

(1) Three fixed supports are required to maintain the busbars. If more than three supports

are required, use additional free supports. For the number of supports required, see the

table “number and size of copper bars”.

(2) To install in framework W300.

(3) For 4000 A Coupling and ACB Incoming Feeders.


C-43

Distribution


Selection table

Vertical busbars

System M



DD800534

1

Pitch

(mm)

Frameworks

width (mm)

Size of bars

(mm)

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms/1 s.)

y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50

1+4

x3

75 300/600/800 1 bar, 60 x 5

1 bar, 80 x 5


1 1+2 1+4


x3

+

1+2

x4

Pitch

(mm)

Frameworks

width (mm)

Size of bars

(mm)

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms/1 s.)

y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85

x3

x3

+

1+6

+

x2

x6

75 300/600/800 1 bar, 50 x 10

1 bar, 60 x 10 1+6

1 bar, 80 x 10

1bar, 100 x10

2 bars, 50 x 10

2 bars, 60 x 10

1 1+2 1+4

2 bars, 80 x 10

2bars, 100 x10

1+6

2bars, 120 x10

Partitioning


DD800226

C-44 se.com

Distribution


Selection table

Vertical busbars

System M

Dimensions

DD381866

C

Layout of lateral flat busbars

DD800459

DD800456

DD381867

Thickness

5 mm 10 mm

A 145 145.5


C-45

Distribution

Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A

Introduction

Main distribution

System M

Presentation

Available in one length, 1400 mm, they can be cut as needed.

b Multi-stage busbar

v All connection points are easily accessible from the front. The inclination of the

bars facilitates connections and improves cable running.

v They are valid for three and four-pole versions with ratings from 160 to 630 A.

Composition

Flat, copper bars with threaded M6 holes every 25 mm for connection along the

entire length of the busbars.

The multi-stage busbar has 8.2 mm diameter holes at each end for supply.

Optional barrier are available to shield against direct contact (IPxxB degree of

protection).

The insulating supports can receive a fifth bar, 15 x 5 mm or 20 x 5 mm, to create an

earth bar.

Installation

The busbars are mounted on longitudinal cross-members (LSM58430A) on the rear

of the framework. Two side cross-members are also needed. Two sizes are

available, one for 400 mm deep framework (LSM58440A) and an other one for

600 mm deep framework (LSM58441A).

Busbar supports

b Multi-stage busbar

v The staggered supports are made of an insulating material.

Connection

b 16 mm² to 50 mm² flexible cables, with crimped lugs.

b Insulated flexible bars (see page C-56).


b Rated peak withstand current Ipk (kÂ)

v 30 kÂ for 160 A busbars,


v 55 kÂ for 400 A busbars.


b Rated insulation level Ui = 1000 V.

DD381344

DD383647

DD800026

DD383648

C-46 se.com

Distribution

Rear busbars up to 400 A

Introduction

Main distribution

System M

DD800295

Presentation

Available in one length, 1400 mm, they can be cut as needed.

Rear busbar

b They are valid for three and four-pole versions with ratings from 160 to 400 A.

b The connection with a ComPact or Interpact incoming device occupies two vertical

modules (50 mm each).

Composition

Flat, copper bars with threaded M6 holes every 25 mm for connection along the entire

length of the busbars.

The multi-stage busbar has 8.2 mm diameter holes at each end for supply.

Optional barrier are available to protect against direct contact (IPxxB degree of

protection).

The insulating supports can receive a fifth bar, 15 x 5 mm or 20 x 5 mm, to create an

earth bar.

Installation

The busbars are mounted on longitudinal cross-members (LSM58430A) on the rear

of the framework. Two side cross-members are also needed. Two sizes are available,

one for 400 mm deep framework (LSM58440A) and an other one for

600 mm deep framework (LSM58441A).

Busbar supports

b Rear busbar

v The insulating supports can receive a fifth bar, 15 x 5 mm or 20 x 5 mm, to create

an earth bar.The connection with a ComPact or Interpact incoming device occupies

two vertical modules (50 mm each).

C

Rear busbar.

DD381389

Rear busbar support.

Connection

b 16 mm² to 50 mm² flexible cables, with crimped lugs.

b Insulated flexible bars (see page C-55).


b Rated peak withstand current Ipk (kÂ)






DD381344

DD383647

DD800026

DD383648


C-47

Distribution


Rear busbars up to 400A - Selection table

Main distribution

System M

Vertical multi-stage busbar up to 630 A

Rating (A) Length (mm) Size of bars (mm) Set of 4 drilled bars

with threaded holes

DD800309

160 1400 15 x 5 04171

250 1400 20 x 5 04172

400 1400 32 x 5 04173

630 1400 32 x 8 04174

Rear busbar up to 400 A

Rating (A) Length (mm) Size of bars (mm) Set of 4 drilled bars

with threaded holes

160 1400 15 x 5 04171

250 1400 20 x 5 04172

400 1400 32 x 5 04173

Busbar calculation

Accessories

The table below indicates:

b the size of the bars to be used, depending on the permissible current level in the

busbars,

b the distance between supports, depending on the rated short-time withstand

current (Icw).

Rating (A) Size of a Distance between support centres (mm)

bars (mm)

Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)

160 15 x 5

250 20 x 5 450


10 13 15 20 25

400 32 x 5 300 225 (1) /300 (2)

630 (1) 32 x 8 300 (2)

(1) For rear busbar.

(2) For multi-stage busbar.

DD381398

DD800308

C-48 se.com

Distribution


Rear busbars up to 400A - Selection table

Main distribution

System M

Busbar support (1)

2 longitudinal

cross-members

LSX58082A LSM58430A LSM58440A

2 side cross-members Barrier Mounting hardware

D = 400 mm D = 600 mm (2) 40 M6 x 16 screws + 40 washers for threaded bars

LSM58440A or

LSM58441A

LSX58082A LSM58430A LSM58440A LSM58440A or

LSM58441A


LSM58441A

LSX58082A LSM58430A LSM58440A or

LSM58441A

04197 04195

04197 04195

04197 04195

04197 04195

C

Busbar support

2 longitudinal

cross-members

LSX58080A LSM58430A LSM58440A

2 side cross-members Barrier Mounting hardware

D = 400 mm D = 600 mm (2) 40 M6 x 16 screws + 40 washers for threaded bars

LSM58440A or

LSM58441A


LSM58441A


LSM58441A

LSX58081A 04195

LSX58081A 04195

LSX58081A 04195

Mandatory.

Optional.

(1) The number of supports depends on the rated short-time withstand current (Icw),

see the table in “Busbar calculation” opposite.

(2) LSM58440A for D=400 mm cubicle, LSM58441A for D=600 mm cubicle.

Dimensions

DD800368


C-49

Distribution


System M

Sub-distribution

DD800311


presentation

Dimensions

The Distribloc distribution block is particularly suited to small and medium-sized

enclosures. It gives lots of flexibility when there are few feeders. It provides value

and makes maintenance easy.

It has been optimised for enclosures containing mainly modular devices. It can be

used equally as a main or sub-distribution block, or for industrial control applications.

It is easily installed by simply clipping it onto the modular rail. It can also be fixed to

the backplate for industrial control applications.

The Distribloc distribution block provides you with:

b protection

v IPxxB protection of live conductors,

v tightening quality assured by spring terminals,

v electrical performance levels adapted to your needs,

b simplicity

v easy installation and wiring,

v simple choice depending on device rating,

b flexibility

v selection of combinations,

v possibility of adding and changing feeders.

DD381608

Composition

The four-pole distribution block is made up of:

b a fully insulated, one-piece distribution block complying with the degree of

protection IPxxB (protection against direct contacts),

b a modular cover.

The design of the front (45 mm nose) blends thoroughly into a row comprising

modular devices.


b Rated insulation level: Ui = 750 V.

b Rated operational current Ie (40°C):

v 125 A for the 125 A Distribloc,

b Short-circuit withstand current: the reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading

in circuit-breaker combinations is maintained. The worst-case situations have

been tested.

b Complies with the low-voltage device standard IEC 60947.7.1 and/or IEC 61439.1

b Impulse withstand voltage Uimp = 8 kV.

Supply

b Tunnel terminal on 125 A Distribloc 125 for 6 to 35 mm 2 flexible cables (10 to

35mm 2 rigid cables).

Distribution

b Spring terminals:

v 2 outgoers from 1 to 10 mm 2 , flexible or rigid,

v 3 outgoers from 1 to 6 mm 2 , flexible or rigid,

v 7 outgoers from 1 to 4 mm 2 , flexible or rigid.

b Tunnel terminals:

v 1 outgoer from 4 to 16 mm 2 , flexible (4 to 25 mm 2 rigid).

Supply

b An identification label.

b Adhesive labels for phase identification.

Installation

b Clipped onto a modular rail.

b Width occupied is 12 modules (9 mm each).

b Screwed to plain or slotted backplate. Distances between centres = 100 x 75 mm.

Distribloc distribution block supplying the modular devices.

C-50 se.com

Distribution


System M

Sub-distribution

DD381399

The spring terminals

Downstream circuits are connected from the front, to spring terminals.

Contact pressure automatically adapts to the size of the conductor. It does not

depend on the operator.

Contacts are insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations.

Only one cable (flexible or rigid, without a metal ferrule) can be inserted in a spring

terminal.

Degree of protection: IPxxB.

Advantages

b A dependable electrical connection, no maintenance required (tightness assured

over time).

b Very fast connection.

b Easy phase balancing.

b Rewiring is very easy if the switchboard is expanded or modified.

C


C-51

Distribution

Polybloc distribution block

System M

Sub-distribution

DD383564 DD800508

Polybloc distribution block

presentation

Vertically mounted Polybloc on a modular

rail (LSM58853A) in a cubicle.

Three 160 A Polybloc distribution blocks in the

vertical position on a modular rail,supplied by an

NG125.

The Polybloc distribution block is particularly suited to small and medium-sized

enclosures. It gives lots of flexibility when there are few feeders. It provides value

and makes maintenance easy.

It has been optimised for enclosures containing mainly modular devices. It can be

used equally as a main or sub-distribution block.

The Polybloc is available in two versions :

b the 250 A Polybloc distribution block is designed for installation directly

downstream of ComPact circuit breakers and Interpact switch-disconnectors

devices up to 250 A. It can be rapidly mounted in the vertical position. Electrical

connections are made directly to the device terminals. The connection terminals are

slanted to facilitate cable entry and not exceed the bending radius of the flexible and

rigid cables,

b the 160 A Polybloc is made up of individual elements that can be used alone or

with others to make two-pole, three-pole or four-pole distribution blocks.

Mounting is very fast. It clips onto a modular rail and is supplied by cables via a tunnel

terminal. The connection spring terminals are slanted to facilitate cable entry and

bending of the flexible and rigid cables. It is supplied with a cover that also guides the

cables.




in circuit-breaker combinations is maintained. The worst-case situations were tested.


Supply

b 250 A Polybloc distribution block:

v directly to the terminals of the ComPact NSX and Interpact INS devices up to

250 A.


v direct to a tunnel terminal, for cables up to 70 mm².

Distribution


v via cables, up to six 10 mm² cables and three 16 mm² cables per phase.


v via cables, up to six 16 mm² cables.

Installation


b It is mounted downstream of vertically mounted ComPact NS100/250 and

NSX100/250 and Interpact INS250 devices in the enclosures. The Polybloc is

mounted on the modular device rail (LSL58801A).


v the blocks clip onto a modular rail.

Dimensions

DD381406

DD381394

70

95

38

250 A Polybloc distribution block 160 A Polybloc distribution block

DD381399


Downstream circuits are connected from the front, to spring terminals.

Contact pressure automatically adapts to the size of the conductor. It does not

depend on the operator.

Contacts are insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations.

Only one cable (flexible or rigid, without a metal ferrule) can be inserted in a spring

terminal.

Degree of protection: IPxxB.

Advantages

b A dependable electrical connection, no maintenance required (tightness assured over time).

b Very fast connection.

b Easy phase balancing.

b Rewiring is very easy if the switchboard is expanded or modified.

C-52 se.com

Distribution

Multiclip distribution block

System M

Sub-distribution

DD800449

200 A Multiclip distribution block

presentation

The 200A Multiclip distribution block has been optimized to feed rows of modular

devices. It is easily installed by simply clipping it onto the modular rail, either above

or below the row of devices. Its flexibility means it can be fitted before or after the

devices have been mounted.

Its dimensions have been kept to a minimum to secure the optimal possible

integration into the switchboard.

To secure compatibility with all installation types, we recommend you connect the

supply to the distribution block at its centre.

The 200A Multiclip distribution block provides you with:

b flexibility

v compatibility with all types of switchgear,

v possibility of mixing all types of modular devices,

v distribution blocks with different numbers of available poles,

b protection

v insulation of upstream terminal pads,

v flawless connection reliability thanks to its spring terminals,

v full protection (IPxxB) against direct contact,

v a protective cover on the busbar secure IPxxB from the front,

b easy modifications

v increased connection capacity (number of points and cross-section),

v possibility of adding or changing feeders, whatever type of device is to be added,

v continuity of service.

C

DD800048

2P 24

3P 44

4P 52


Application

Distribution over full rows of modular devices.

The distribution block is generally supplied by busbars in enclosures.





in circuit-breaker combinations is maintained. The worst-case situations have been

tested.

b 200 A Multiclip distribution blocks:

v 10 mm² cable outgoer: Imax = 50 A,

v two 10 mm² cables: Imax = 63 A.

Supply

b Direct to terminals:

v 50 mm² cables with crimped lugs,

v 20 x 3 mm flexible bars.

b From busbars in the rear of a wall-mount enclosure (04029).

Busbar connection

The Multiclip distribution block is supplied by the rear busbar through a connection

(04029).

Distribution

b 200 A Multiclip, 2P and 3P (LSX58052A and LSX58053A):

v 12 connection points for phase and neutral.

b 200 A Multiclip, 4P (LSX58054A):

v 12 connection points for each phase,

v 18 connection points for the neutral.

Each connection point can receive a single 10 mm² cable, either flexible or rigid.

Installation

b Clipped onto the rear of modular rail.

b Screwed to plain or slotted backplate.

Supplied with:

b 100 mm long, bared 10 mm² copper connections:

v 200 A Multiclip, 2P, 3P and 4P (LSX58052A, LSX58053A and LSX58054A): 2 sets

of 12 connections.

b Protection covers for the supply terminals (IPxxB).

b The hardware required for the supply terminals.

No. of poles

H (mm)

See previous page.


C-53

Distribution

Multi-stage current distribution blocks

System M

Sub-distribution

DD382813

Multi-stage distribution blocks

presentation

The multi-stage current distribution block is easy to install and can be either clipped

onto the modular rail or fixed to a solid or perforated mounting plate.


b Rated operating current: Ie (40 °C) = 125 A.


b Rated short-time withstand current Icw = 3.5 kA rms/1 s.

b Peak withstand current Ipk = 20 kÂ.


Supply

b Connected with flexible or rigid cable with or without crimped lugs.

Installation

b Clipped onto the modular rail.

b Screwed to plain or slotted backplate.

Supplied with:

b transparent, insulating cover,

b mounting hardware.

Dimensions

E19453

C-54 se.com

NG125

NG125

Distribution

Comb busbars

System M

E40638

E40637

Sub-distribution

Comb busbars presentation

The insulated connectors are firmly clipped onto insulated

parts of comb busbars.

Picture N°1.

The tooth-caps may be fitted to insulate unused teeth of the

comb busbar for the C60 devices (picture n°1) or the

NG125 devices (picture n°2).

E40639

MERLIN GERIN

Picture N°2.

I . ON

MERLIN GERIN

I . ON

The comb busbars are used for the distribution over full rows of modular devices.

They may be supplied by either the incoming device fitted on the row or via

connectors.

They can be cut to length. The cutting locations are marked on the copper bar and on

the insulation.

They are fully insulated.

Markers can be fitted for circuit identification.

The tooth-caps secure the IPxxB protection. The unused teeth may be insulated by

fitting tooth-caps.

Comb busbars for C60 devices

Description

b Range of comb busbars for 18 mm spacing.


b Rated insulation level Ui:

v 250 V for 1P + N and 3P + N comb busbars,

v 500 V for 1P, 2P, 3P and 4P comb busbars.

b Rated operational current Ie (40°C) :

v 80 A with 1 central supply point for 1P, 2P, 3P and 4P comb busbars only,

v 100 A with 1 central supply point for 1P + N and 3P + N comb busbars and

2 central points for 1P, 2P, 3P and 4P comb busbars,

v 125 A with 2 supply points for 1P + N and 3P + N comb busbars only.

b short circuit withstand capacity compatible with the breaking capacities of

Schneider Electric modular circuit breakers.

Connection

b Can be supplied by the rear busbar through insulated connectors.

b Direct connection to a device terminals.

Supplied with:

b two IP2 end caps.

C

Comb busbars for NG125 devices

Description

b Range of 1P, 2P, 3P and 4P comb busbars for 27 mm terminal spacing.

b Length:

v 432 mm (16 X 27 mm) for 1P, 2P and 4P comb busbars,

v 405 mm (15 x 27 mm) for 3P comb busbar.


b Rated insulation level Ui: 690 V.

b Rated operating current Ie (40°C) = 125 A.

b Maximum rated current per outgoing circuit = 63 A.

b Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp = 8 kV.

b short circuit withstand capacity compatible with the breaking capacities of

Schneider Electric modular circuit breakers.

Connection

b Supply by cables with a maximum cross-section of 50 mm 2 , directly in the tunnel

terminals of the device.

b To supply the comb busbar from a busbar set located at the rear of the enclosure,

use a 100 A connection.

Supplied with:

b 8 tooth-caps + 2 end-caps for 2P comb busbar.

b 4 tooth-caps + 2 end-caps for 3P and 4P comb busbars.


C-55

Distribution

Distribution blocks

Selection table

Sub-distribution

System M

Designation

No. of

poles

Rating

Rated insulation

voltage Ui

Rated impulse

withstand voltage

Uimp

Rated operational

current Ie (40°C)

Rated short-time

withstand current Icw

Distriblock distribution block - 125 A 750 V 8 kV 125 A depending on

connected device

DD381660

Polybloc distribution block 1P 160 A 750 V 8 kV 160 A depending on

connected device

DD381671 DD381670

DD381672

DD382813 DD382981

3P 250 A 750 V 8 kV 250 A depending on

connected device


connected device

Multi-stage current distribution block 2P 125 A 500 V 8 kV 125 A 3.5 kA rms / 1 s.

4P 125 A 500 V 8 kV 125 A 3.5 kA rms / 1 s.

200 A Multiclip distribution block 2P 200 A 750 V 8 kV 200 A depending on

connected device


connected device


connected device

C-56 se.com

Distribution

Distribution blocks

Selection table

Sub-distribution

System M

Rated peak Connection capacity Com. no. Installation / comments

withstand current Ipk upstream

downstream

depending on

connected device

tunnel terminals for 6 to 35 mm 2

flexible cables (10 to 35 mm 2 rigid

cables)

b spring terminals

v 2 outgoers from: 1 to 10 mm 2 , flexible or

rigid


rigid


rigid

b tunnel terminals

v 1 outgoer from: 4 to 16 mm 2 , flexible or

rigid (4 to 25 mm 2 rigid)

04045

b modular rail

b plain or slotted backplate

C

depending on

connected device

tunnel terminal, for cables up to via cables, up to six 16 mm 2 cables. 04031

70 mm 2

b modular rail

b plain or slotted backplate

depending on

connected device

depending on

connected device

directly to the incoming device:

EasyPact CVS 100 / 250 and

ComPact NSX 100 / 250, Interpact

INS250

directly to the incoming device:

ComPact NS 100 / 250 and NSX

100 / 250, Interpact INS250

20 kÂ via flexible or rigid cable with or

without crimped lugs

20 kÂ via flexible or rigid cable with or

without crimped lugs

depending on

connected device

b via connection from rear busbar

b 50 mm 2 cables with crimped lugs

b 20 x 3 mm flexible bars

b spring terminals

v 6 x 10 mm 2 + 3 x 16 mm 2 , flexible or rigid

b spring terminals

v 6 x 10 mm 2 + 3 x 16 mm 2 , flexible or rigid

via flexible or rigid cable with or without

crimped lugs

via flexible or rigid cable with or without

crimped lugs

04033

04034

See

Schneider

corresp.

See

Schneider

corresp.

See

Schneider

corresp.

b supplied flexible cables:

b 10 mm 2 LSX58052A

b directly downstream of the

incoming device:

v EasyPact CVS 100/250 and

ComPact NSX 100/250, Interpact

INS250

b modular rail

b directly downstream of the

incoming device:

v ComPact NS 100/250 and

NSX 100 / 250, Interpact INS250

b modular rail

b 2 x13 holes:

1 x 8.5 mm 2 + 2 x 7 mm 2 + 5 x 5.5 mm 2

+ 5 x 4.4 mm 2

b clipped onto modular rail

b screwed to plain or slotted

backplate

b 4 x13 holes:

1 x 8.5 mm 2 + 2 x 7 mm 2 + 5 x 5.5 mm 2

+ 5 x 4.4 mm 2



backplate

b 4 x17 holes:

1 x 8.5 mm 2 + 2 x 7 mm 2 + 7 x 5.5 mm 2

+ 7 x 4.4 mm 2



backplate

b clipped onto rear of modular rail


backplate

depending on

connected device





b 10 mm 2 LSX58053A



backplate

depending on

connected device





b 10 mm 2 LSX58054A



backplate


C-57

Distribution


Selection table

Sub-distribution

System M

DD31659

Insulated flexible bars

The insulated flexible bars are tested in a type-tested switchboard environment.

Their design takes into account the switchboard architecture where they are often in

close proximity to a protection device (circuit breaker or fuse) with significant heat

losses.

In-depth knowledge of switchboard architecture and the connected devices led to the

establishment of a selection table based on the type of device.

Flexible bars are 1800 mm long and made of copper with an insulating sheath.

Rated insulation level Ui = 1000 V.

The sizes for the flexible bars indicated below take into account the heat losses of

Schneider devices in a Prisma iPM switchboard.

Connection between device and busbars

The flexible bars are determined taking into account the connected device, whatever

the internal temperature of the switchboard.

The bar sizes indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.

Device Size (mm) Com. no.

NSX100 20 x 2 04742

NSX160 / 250 20 x 3 04743

NSX400 32 x 5 04751

NSX630 32 x 8 04753

CVS100 20 x 2 04742

CVS160 / 250 20 x 3 04743

CVS400 32 x 5 04751

CVS630 32 x 8 04753

EZC160 / 250 20 x 3 04743

EZC400 32 x 5 04751

INS125 / 160 20 x 2 04742

INS250 20 x 3 04743

INS400 32 x 5 04751

INS630 32 x 8 04753

200 A Multiclip 20 x 3 04743

Connection between busbars

Flexible bars are designed for connections between busbars taking into account the

following characteristics:

b a maximum temperature of 60°C inside the switchboard. This corresponds to the

average temperature inside a switchboard for an ambient temperature of 35°C,

b the maximum withstand temperature for the insulating material is 125°C.

Ie max. (A) Size (mm) Com. no.

200 20 x 2 04742

250 20 x 3 04743

520 32 x 5 04751

660 32 x 8 04753

DD382008

C-58 se.com

Distribution


Selection table

Sub-distribution

System M

DD381398 DD435226

DD380737

DD381398

DD380736

DD383120

DD381219

Voltage tap-offs

Mounting hardware

M6 screw.

M8 bolts.

b set of 20 flat washers for M8 bolts.

These washers, sold separately, are required for

Waher for M8 bolts.

Accessories

DD381221

DD800329

Designation

Com. no.

20 M10 voltage tap-offs for two 6.35 mm tab connectors 04229

Note: For small lugs (on low-current cables or measurement tap-offs), insert a conducting washer

between the busbar and the lug.

For threaded flat bars

Designation

Com. no.

Set of 40 M6 x 16 screws (40 screws + 40 contact washers) 04195

For drilled bars and flexible bars

b Set of 20 bolts + 20 nuts + 40 contact washers.

Designation

Com. no.

20 bolts for bars, M8 x 20 mm 04782




For Linergy bars

b Set of hardware including 20 bolts + 20 nuts + 20 contact washers.

Designation

Com. no.

Set of 20 M8 Linergy bolts, L = 25 mm (for cable lugs and flexible bars) 04766

Set of 20 M8 Linergy bolts, L = 39 mm (for copper bar) 04767



Bolt for bar connection to Linergy busbars.

Cable lug connected to Linergy busbar using bolt (04766).

Copper bar connected to Linergy busbar using bolt (04767).

connection of flexible bars to Linergy busbars. They spread the tightening forces and

avoid creep of the copper.

Designation

Com. no.

Set of 20 M8 flat washers 20 mm external diameter 04772


28 mm external diameter 04774

Special mounting hardware for the connection of flat lateral busbars to horizontal

busbars.

Assembly of 10 mm thick bars for configurations with 2 bars/phase (1850 A to 3200 A).

DD381220

C

Designation

Cat. no.

20 screws for connection of two 10 mm thick horizontal/vertical busbars 04645


C-59

Distribution


Selection table

Sub-distribution

System M

DD381618 DD381222 DD800020

Earth / neutral bar

Markers

Horizontal cable straps

DD800328

The earth bar (450 mm long) is equipped with 40 clamps with captive screws.

It is supplied with 1 connector for rigid or semi-rigid cable 35 mm 2 , 2 insulating

spacers for use on a neutral bar and mounting hardware.

It is directly installed in horizontal position on functional uprights.

The neutral bar is created by inserting 2 insulating spacers (supplied) behind the

earth bar.

Designation

Com. no.

Cu earth / neutral bar, 24 modules

03581 03581

LSX58070A

2 universal angle brackets 03581

Neutral bar.

Designation

Earth bar.

Set of 12 phase markers

(12 clip-in supports + N, L1, L2, L3, PE, PEN labels)

Designation

DD800327

Com. no.

04794

Com. no.

12 cable straps for horizontal cables 04239

Horizontal cable straps have the same capacity as 60 x 30 mm trunking.

DD381619

Cover for horizontal cable

straps

Designation

Com. no.

4 covers for horizontal cable straps L = 430 mm 04243

DD381621

DD381622

C-60 se.com

25

Distribution


Selection table

Sub-distribution

System M

Horizontal trunking support

DD381626

Designation

Com. no.

12 horizontal trunking supports 04255

DD800514

C

PE conductor

Designation

Drilled bar, 25 x 5 mm, length = 1675 mm -

Com. no.

Dimensions

550

550

25 x 66 = 1650

12.5 25

12.5

5

Ø10 ± 0.3

(1675)


C-61

Distribution

Form 1 partitioning

System M

Form

Decisions concerning the Form of separation and the degree of

protection are the subject of an agreement between the

manufacturer and the user.

Presentation

In most installations, Prisma iPM cubicles do not require partitioning. In this case, the

switchboard is a Form 1.

Value being one of its foremost goals, Schneider Electric offers options and features

that go well beyond the recommendations of the standard.

The protection of life and property is a standard feature due to:

b front plates that require a tool to be removed,

b keylocks on doors, some of which provide access to live parts,

b the systematic installation of terminal shields on EasyPact CVS and ComPact

NSX circuit breakers and Interpact INS and INV switch-disconnectors,

b covering of the upstream and downstream terminals on the incoming device so

that operators are thoroughly value at all points in the switchboard when the

incoming device is off (open).

What is more, Prisma iPM offers different levels of partitioning to create separations

inside the cubicles and thus create Form 2 and 3 electrical switchboards.

Electrical switchboards must meet the degree of protection IP2X to comply with

standard IEC 61439-1 and 2.

C-62 se.com

Distribution

Form 2 partitioning

System M

Form

DD384526 DD800233

Presentation

Partitioning of the connection

between devices(MTZ2/NW/MVS,

MTNT, NS) with busbar(horizontal

busbar, vertical busbar).

DD381679

Separation of busbars from the functional units:

b protection against contact with live parts upstream of the outgoing circuits,

b protection against penetration of foreign solid bodies.

DD381678

The two types of Form 2 separation as defined by IEC 61439-1 and 2.

Form 2a. Form 2b.

b Form 2a

Terminals for external conductors not separated from busbars.

The functional units are separated from the busbars, but not the terminals.

b Form 2b

Terminals for external conductors separated from busbars.

b The functional units and the terminals are separated from the busbars.

Configuration: separation of busbars from the functional units

Form 2 partitioning is essential to secure excellent protection for the installation and

operators working in the switchboard.

When added to standard protection features (terminal shields, connections, etc.), it

reduces the risk of direct contacts with live parts.

Prisma iPM offers Form 2b.

Form 2b provides much better value than Form 2a, notably during connection,

because the terminals are separated from the busbars.

The protection of life and property is secure by:

b Partition of the connection between devices(MTZ2/NW/MVS, MTZ1/NT, NS)

upstream with horizontal busbar(Flat busbar and linergy evolution).

b Partition of the connection between devices(MTZ2/NW/MVS, MTZ1/NT, NS)

upstream with lateral busbar(Flat busbar, linergy and linergy evolution). There is an

insulate plate (six modules high = 300 mm) that can be cut as required, supplied with

supports and the necessary hardware.

C


C-63

Distribution

Form 2 partitioning

System M

Form

DD382014

DD800292

Partitioning of horizontal

busbars

Set of two barriers (front and rear), plus a slotted rear panel for efficient natural

convection in the switchboard. The set can be used to partition horizontal busbars

installed at the top of the cubicle.

The space required for the busbars is not increased.

Configuration for Flat busbars and linergy evolution on top

Depth:

Linergy

Evolution

Flat

busbars

Cat. no.

Cubicle

width

(mm)

Cubicle depth 400 mm Cubicle depth 600 mm

75mm pitch 75 mm pitch 115 mm pitch

Horizontal Required Horizontal Required Horizontal

busbar modules busbar modules busbar

LSM58653H 300 b 4M b 4M

LSM58654H 400 b 4M b 4M

LSM58656H 600 b 4M b 4M

LSM58657H 600+200 b 4M b 4M

LSM58658H 800 b 4M b 4M

Required

modules

LSM58643H 300 b 3M b 4M

LSM58644H 400 b 3M b 4M

LSM58646H 600 b 3M b 4M

LSM58647H 600+200 b 3M b 4M

LSM58648H 800 b 3M b 4M

LSM58663H 300 b 4M

LSM58664H 400 b 4M

LSM58666H 600 b 4M

LSM58667H 600+200 b 4M

LSM58668H 800 b 4M

Configuration for Flat busbars linergy evolution at bottom

Depth:

Flat

busbars

Cat. no. Cubicle Cubicle depth 400 mm Cubicle depth 600 mm

width

75 mm pitch 75mm pitch

(mm) Horizontal busbar Required

modules

Horizontal

busbar

Required

modules

LSM58743H 300 b 5M b 5M

LSM58744H 400 b 5M b 5M

LSM58746H 600 b 5M b 5M

LSM58747H 600+200 b 5M b 5M

LSM58748H 800 b 5M b 5M

Partitioning of lateral vertical

busbars

Lateral partitioning

When, in the adjoining cubicle, there are no devices connected to the busbars, lateral

vertical partitioning is used to protect the busbars.

Metal partition made up of 2 H = 850 mm panels used to separate 2 cubicles joined

side-by-side. Ready-to-cut openings are provided at the top and bottom for the passage

of horizontal busbars. The partition is fitted to cable tie bars in the Prisma iPM floor

standing system. The frameworks must be equipped with functional uprights.

Front and rear partitioning

Front barrier is mandatory if HMI devices are mounted on the door.

A barrier is required at the rear of the busbar compartment when depth = 600 mm, as

the vertical busbar is installed in depth = 400 mm.

LSM58674V

LSM58672V

LSM58672V

LSM58674V

LSM58674V

DD800233

Inter-cubicle partitioning

LSM58672V

LSM58672V

Metal partition, used to separate two adjacent cubicles.

It is made up of two panels, each 850 mm high.

The top and bottom ends have knock-outs for busbars, PE/PEN conductors or

auxiliary wiring.

Supplied with the necessary supports and hardware, the partition is mounted on the

framework and does not hinder installation of the functional mounting plates.

C-64 se.com

Distribution

Form 3/Form 4 partitioning

System M

Form

DD800317

Definition of Form 3

DD381680

The Form 3 partitioning is a metal barrier which secure:

b separation of busbars from the functional units and separation of all functional

units from one another,

b separation of the terminals for external conductors from the functional units, but

not from each other:

v protection against contact with live parts,

v reduction in the risk of errrors between the functional units (propagation of

electrical arcs, etc.).

The two types of Form 3 separation as defined by IEC 61439 -1 and 2.

DD381681

C

Form 3a

Form 3b

b Form 3a

Terminals for external conductors not separated from busbars.

The functional units are separated from each other and from the busbars, but not the

terminals.

b Form 3b

Terminals for external conductors separated from busbars.

The functional units are separated from each other and from the busbars.

The terminals are separated from the busbars, but not from each other.

Configuration

b Horizontal partition

Prisma iPM offers Form 3b separation. In addition to Form 2 partitioning, add

horizontal barriers. In-duct connection assemblies, they can be used to separate the

downstream terminals of the device from the functional unit

b Vertical partition

If Form 3 partition is needed, use Form 2 partition for vertical busbars.

Definition of Form 4

b separation of busbars from the functional units and separation of all functional

units from one another, including the terminals for external conductors which are an

integral part of the functional unit

b protection against contacts with live parts and reduction in the risk of faults

between the functional units (propagation of electrical arcs, etc.).

The two types of Form 4 separation as defined by IEC 61439-1 and 2

DD382369

DD382370

Form 4a

Form 4b

b Form 4a. Form 4b.

Terminals for external conductors in the same compartment as the associated

b functional unit.

Terminals for external conductors not in the same compartment as the associated

functional unit, but in individual, separate, enclosed protected spaces or

compartments.


C-65

Distribution

Partitioning

Selection table

Form

System M

DD800229 DD800571

DD800230

Metering box

Form 2 partition

LSM58647H

For framework, W = 600 + 200 mm.

Metering box

The box is compulsory behind door with measurement devices in it.

Partition used in 600mm width and 800mm width cubicles.

2 sets of box can be extended to become one bigger box.

For further information about the partition selection, please refer to page C-60.

Designation Cubicle width(mm) Number of modules Com. no.

Metering box 400 4M LSM57711A



For futher information about the partitioning selection, see page C-61.

Horizontal partitioning on top

Horizontal

busbar

system

Cat. no.

Cubicle

width

(mm)

Cubicle depth 400 mm


75mm pitch 75mm pitch 115mm pitch

Horizontal

busbar

Required

modules

Horizontal

busbar

Required

modules

Linergy LSM58653H 300 b 4M b 4M

Evolution LSM58654H 400 b 4M b 4M

busbars

LSM58656H 600 b 4M b 4M

Flat

busbars

LSM58657H 600+200 b 4M b 4M

LSM58658H 800 b 4M b 4M

LSM58643H 300 b 3M b 4M

LSM58644H 400 b 3M b 4M

LSM58646H 600 b 3M b 4M

LSM58647H 600+200 b 3M b 4M

LSM58648H 800 b 3M b 4M

Horizontal

busbar

Required

modules

LSM58663H 300 b 4M

LSM58664H 400 b 4M

LSM58666H 600 b 4M

LSM58667H 600+200 b 4M

LSM58668H 800 b 4M

DD800232 DD800233

LSM58643H

For framework, W = 300 mm.

Horizontal partitioning at bottom

Horizontal

busbar

system

Flat

busbars

Inter-cubicle partitioning in framework, D = 400 mm

Designation

Cat. no.

Cubicle

width

(mm)

Lateral barrier for vertical busbar, D = 400 mm


Horizontal busbar

75mm pitch

Required

modules


Horizontal

busbar

75mm pitch

Com. no.

LSM58674V

Partitioning extension in framework, D = 600 mm

In a 600 mm deep framework, add the extension lateral barrier to the partitioning,

D = 400 mm (Com. no. LSM58674V).

Designation

Com. no.

Extension lateral barrier for vertical busbar, D = 400 mm + 200 mm LSM58674V +

LSM58676V

Required

modules

LSM58743H 300 b 5M b 5M

LSM58744H 400 b 5M b 5M

LSM58746H 600 b 5M b 5M

LSM58747H 600+200 b 5M b 5M

LSM58748H 800 b 5M b 5M

Note: when the busbars are at the bottom of the cubicle, gland plates are mandatory, see page

D-10.

Note: to protect horizontal busbars installed at the bottom of the cubicle, add a free support

LSM58089.

C-66 se.com

K

J

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

Distribution

Partitioning

Selection table

Form

System M

DD800555

Form 2 partition (continue)

Partitioning between vertical busbars and devices (1) in framework, D

= 400 mm

Designation

Com. no.

1 to 6 modules divisible vertical barrier, D = 400 mm LSM58675V

Note: For a complete cubicle height order 6 pieces.

(1) module cased circuit breakers.

C

DD800234

Front and rear partitioning

Front barrier is mandatory if HMI devices are mounted on the door.

A barrier is required at the rear of the busbar compartment when depth = 600 mm, as

the vertical busbar is installed in depth = 400 mm.

Designation

Com. no.

Front barrier for vertical busbar, W = 200 mm

Front barrier vertical busbar W300

Front barrier vertical busbar W400

LSM58672V

LSM58673V

LSM58774A

Rear VBB partition

Partitioning at reserve space to prevent access to rear VBB.

Designation

Com. no.

1 to 3 modules divisible vertical barrier for rear VBB, D= 200 mm LSM57948A

Rear VBB Horizontal partitioning on top

Partitioning at top to prevent access to HBB.

Designation

Kit for Rear VBB

Com. no.

LSM58879V


C-67

Distribution

Partitioning

Selection table

System M

Form

DD800198


Form 2 partition between upstream terminals and busbars

for 2 MTZ2/NW/MVS

2 MasterPact MTZ2/NW/2 EasyPact Solution

Device

Fixed device

2MTZ2/2 NW/

08/32

Drawout device

2MTZ2/2 NW/

08/32

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

Upper device

Lower device

600 mm 3P LSM58721A LSM58721A + LSM58655H +

LSM58659H

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58722A LSM58722A + Customized

solution*

600 mm 3P LSM58723A LSM58723A + LSM58655H +

LSM58659H

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58724A LSM58724A+ Customized

solution*

* Customized solution, please refer to NHA3879602 + NHA3632102 for detail drawing.

DD800195

DD800196

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact Coupling Solution

Device

Fixed device

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

Upper terminal to

horizontal busbar

MTZ2/NW/ 08/32 600 mm 3P LSM58717A LSM58726A

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58719A LSM58727A

MTZ2/NW/ 40 800 mm 3P/4P ** **

Drawout device

MTZ2/NW/ 08/32 600 mm 3P LSM58718A LSM58726A

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58720A LSM58727A

MTZ2/NW/ 40 800 mm 3P/4P LSM58725A LSM58731A

Lower terminal to vertical busbar

Form 2 partition for upper terminal to horizontal busbar

and lower terminal to vertical busbar

DD800197

Form 2 partition between upstream terminals and

horizontal busbars

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact Dedicated Solution

Device

Fixed device

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

MTZ2/NW/ 08/32 600 mm 3P LSM58717A

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58719A

NW/ 40 800 mm 3P/4P **

Drawout device

MTZ2/NW/ 08/32 600 mm 3P LSM58718A

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58720A

MTZ2/NW/ 40 800 mm 3P/4P LSM58725A

**Please contact with Schneider Electric.

Upper terminal to horizontal busbar

C-68 se.com

Distribution

Partitioning

Selection table

Form

System M

DD800599


MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS 40 Solution with bottom HBB

Device

Fixed device

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

Lateral partion to vertical busbar

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40 600 mm 3P LSM58677V + 2 x LSM58673V

800 mm 4P

C

MasterPact MTZ1/NT

Decice

Fixed device

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

MTZ1/NT 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P Upper terminals to

horizontal busbar

Busbar connection Pitch (mm) Form 2 partation

Upper terminals to

vertical busbar

Lower terminals to

vertical busbar

MTZ1/NT 06/16 400 mm 3P Upper terminals to

horizontal busbar

Drawout device

Upper terminals to

vertical busbar

Lower terminals to

vertical busbar

MTZ1/NT 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P Upper terminals to

horizontal busbar

Upper terminals to

vertical busbar

Lower terminals to

vertical busbar

MTZ1/NT 06/16 400 mm 3P Upper terminals to

horizontal busbar

75 LSM58715A

115 LSM58715A + LSM58659H

- LSM58715A + LSM58655H

- LSM58716A + LSM58655H

75 LSM57715A

115 LSM57715A +LSM57659H

- LSM57715A+ LSM57655H

- LSM57716A+ LSM57655H

75 LSM58715A

115 LSM58715A + LSM58659H

- LSM58715A + LSM58655H

- LSM58716A + LSM58655H

75 LSM57715A

115 LSM57715A + LSM57659H

Upper terminals to

vertical busbar

- LSM57715A+ LSM57655H

Lower terminals to

vertical busbar

- LSM57716A+ LSM57655H

ComPact NS

Decice

Width of

enclosure

Fixed device

NS 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P Upper terminals to

horizontal busbar

Drawout device

Poles Busbar connection Pitch (mm) Form 2 partation

Upper terminals to

vertical busbar

Lower terminals to

vertical busbar

NS 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P Upper terminals to

horizontal busbar

Upper terminals to

vertical busbar

Lower terminals to

vertical busbar

75 LSM58713A

115 LSM58713A + LSM58659H

- LSM58713A + LSM58655H

- LSM58714A + LSM58655H

75 LSM58715A

115 LSM58715A + LSM58659H

- LSM58715A + LSM58655H

- LSM58716A + LSM58655H


C-69

K

J

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

DD800555 DD800584

DD800317

Distribution

Partitioning

Selection table

Form

Form 3 partition

Standard VBB

Rear VBB

System M

Horizontal partitioning

Horizontal barriers separate functional units from one another

In in-duct connection assemblies, they can be used to separate the downstream

terminals from the functional unit.

In a 600mm depth framework, add the extension horizontal partition plate

D200(Commercial reference LSM58659H).


Designation

Com. no.

Form 3 horizontal partition D=400 mm

LSM58655H

Form 3 horizontal partition D=600 mm (400 mm+200 mm) LSM58655H +

LSM58659H

F3 MTZ1/NT 06-16 3P Hz. partition W400, D=400 mm

LSM57655H

F3 MTZ1/NT 06-16 3P Hz. partition W400, D=600 mm LSM57655H +

LSM57659H

Rear Vertical busbar

Designation

Form 3 horizontal partition D=200 (Rear VBB)

Note: Applicable to MCCBs’ :

• NSX 100/630.

• CVS 100/630

• NSXm 160

• EZC 100/630

Com. no.

LSM58880V

Vertical partitioning

If Form 3 partition is needed, use Form 2 partition for vertical busbars.


Designation

Com. no.

1 to 6 modules divisible vertical barrier, D = 400 mm LSM58675V

C-70 se.com

Distribution

System M

Partitioning

Selection table

Form

Form 4 partition

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS

DD800199

Device

Fixed device

Front

connection

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32 600 mm 3P LSM58726A

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58727A

Customer connection to lower terminals

Rear

connection

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40 800 mm 3P/4P *


800 mm 3P/4P LSM58729A

C

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40 800 mm 3P/4P *

Drawout device

Front

connection


800 mm 3P/4P LSM58727A

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40 800 mm 3P/4P LSM58731A

Form 4 partition for MasterPact MTZ2/NW

customer connection to lower terminals

Rear

connection


800 mm 3P/4P LSM58729A

MTZ2/NW/MVS 40 800 mm 3P/4P LSM58730A

DD800220

Upper device

* Please contact with Schneider Electric local office.

2 MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS

Device

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

Customer connection to lower terminals

Fixed device

Rear

connection

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32 Upper device 600 mm 3P LSM58728A

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58729A

Lower device

Lower device 600 mm 3P LSM58728A

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58729A

Drawout device

Rear

connection

MTZ2/NW/MVS 08/32 Upper device 600 mm 3P LSM58728A

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58729A

Lower device 600 mm 3P LSM58728A

Form 4 partition for 2xMasterPact MTZ2/NW

800 mm 3P/4P LSM58729A

DD800224

MasterPact MTZ1/NT

Device

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

Customer connection

to upper terminals

Customer connection to lower

terminals

Fixed device

Front

connection

MTZ1/NT 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58734A -

600 mm - LSM58735A

MTZ1/NT 06-16 400 mm 3P LSM57734A -

400 mm - LSM57735A

Rear

connection

MTZ1/NT 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58736A -

600 mm - LSM58737A

MTZ1/NT 06-16 400 mm 3P LSM57736A -

400 mm - LSM57737A

Form 4 partition for MasterPact NT/MTZ1

customer connection

to upper terminals

Drawout device

Front

connection

MTZ1/NT 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58734A -

600 mm - LSM58735A

MTZ1/NT 06-16 400 mm 3P LSM57734A -

400 mm - LSM57735A

Rear

connection

MTZ1/NT 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58736A -

600 mm - LSM58737A

MTZ1/NT 06-16 400 mm 3P LSM57736A -

400 mm - LSM57737A


C-71

Distribution

Partitioning

Selection table

Form

System M

Form 4 partition

DD800235

MasterPact MTZ1/NT

Device

Fixed device

Front

connection

Rear

connection

Drawout device

Front

connection

Rear

connection

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

Customer connection

to upper terminals

MTZ1/NT 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58734A -

Customer connection

to lower terminals

600 mm - LSM58735A

MTZ1/ NT 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58736A -

600 mm - LSM58737A

MTz1/NT 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58734A -

600 mm - LSM58735A

MTZ1/ NT 06/16 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58736A -

600 mm - LSM58737A

Form 4 partition for ComPact NS customer connection

to lower terminals

ComPact NS

Device

Fixed device

Front

connection

Rear

connection

Drawout device

Front

connection

Rear

connection

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

Customer connection

to upper terminals

NS 630b/1600 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58732A -

Customer connection

to lower terminals

600 mm - LSM58732A

NS 630b/1600 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58733A -

600 mm - LSM58733A

NS 630b/1600 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58734A -

600 mm - LSM58735A

NS 630b/1600 600 mm 3P/4P LSM58736A -

600 mm - LSM58737A

C-72 se.com

DD800273

Distribution

Partitioning

Selection table

Form

Standard VBB

ComPact NSX 100 to 630, EasyPact CVS100 to 630,

EasyPact EZC100 to 400, Interpact INS250 to 630

Device


Front

connection

Rear

connection

NSX 100-250, CVS 100-250,

NSXM 160

NO. of vertical

modules (1)

3M~5M

Customer connection

LSM58738A

NSX 400-630, CVS 400-630 7M LSM58882V

NSX 100/630, CVS 100/630,

EZC 100/630, INS 250/630

3M~7M

LSM58881V

(1) Vertical modules of partitioning is consistent with the vertical modules of devices.

System M

C

Form 4 partition for module cased circuit breakers front connection

DD800068

DD800069

DD800059

DD800067

141(3M)

191(4M)

241(5M)

141(3M)

191(4M)

241(5M)

321

200

321

150

Form 4 MCCB side connection, width=200 mm

Form 4 MCCB Side connection, width=150 mm

140(3M)

190(4M)

240(5M)

419

140(3M)

190(4M)

240(5M)

419

272.5

222.5

Form 4 MCCB rear connection, depth=272.5 mm

Form 4 MCCB rear connection, depth=222.5 mm

Note: For Rear VBB refer next page


C-73

295

Distribution

Partitioning

Selection table

Form

Rear VBB

ComPact NSX 100 to 630, EasyPact CVS100 to 630,

ComPact NSXm 160, EasyPact EZC100 to 630

Device


Front

connection

Rear

connection

NSX 100/630, CVS 100/630,

NSXm 160, EZC 100/630

NSX 100/630, CVS 100/630,

NSXm 160, EZC 100/630

NO. of vertical

modules (1)

3M-5M

7M

3M-5M

Customer connection

LSM58738A

LSM58882V

LSM58881V

(1) Vertical modules of partitioning is consistent with the vertical modules of devices.

System M

Form 4 partition for module cased circuit breakers front

connection

195

DD800059

DD800069

346

325

402.5

231

Form 4 MCCB side connection

Form 4 MCCB rear connection

C-74 se.com

Distribution

System M

C


C-75

Enclosures

Description D-2

In-door cubicles up to 4000 A D-2

Commercial numbers D-5

IP30 / 31 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A for front access (1.5 mm) D-5

IP30 / 31 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A for rear access (1.5 mm) D-6



IP30 / 31 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A for front access (2 mm) D-9

IP30 / 31 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A for rear access (2 mm) D-10

IP42 / 54 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A for front access (2 mm) D-11

IP42 / 54 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A for rear access (2 mm) D-12

L shape combination and corner kit D-13

IP30 / 31 / 42 / 54 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A D-14

IP30 / 31 / 42 / 54 cubicles accessories D-16

Dimensions D-18

Enclosures

Contents

System M

Contents

In-door cubicles up to 4000 A D-2

Description D-2

IP30/31 floor standing cubicles with 1.5 mm doors and panels up to 4000 A for front access

- Selection table D-5

Commercial numbers D-5

IP30/31 floor standing cubicles with 1.5 mm doors and panels up to 4000 A for rear access-

Selection table D-6

IP42/54 floor standing cubicles with 1.5 mm doors and panels up to 4000 A for front access


IP30/31 floor standing cubicles with 2 mm doors and panels up to 4000 A for front access-

Selection table D-9

IP42/54 floor standing cubicles with 2 mm doors and panels up to 4000 A for front access


L shape combination and corner kit D-14

IP30/31/42/54 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A D-15

IP30/31/42/54 cubicles accessories D-17

IP30/31/42/54 floor standing cubicles D-19

D


D-1

Enclosures

In-door cubicles up to 4000 A

General

Description

System M

Floor standing enclosures

DD800370

Sites

IP

commercial and industrial builidings

IP30/31/42/54

In up to 1600 A up to 4000 A in dedicated cubicle

IK

07(with front plate), 08(IP30 with door), 10(IP42/54 with door)

Functional height

(1 module = 50 mm)

DD800336

36 modules


Overall depth (mm) 400 600

Enclosure color RAL 7047

Front plates color RAL 9022

Association

Side-by-side

Functional Unit 400/400+200/600/600+200/800

Bar duct

(width = 200 mm)

Cable duct

always associated to 600 mm wide enclosure

300 or 400 or 600 or 800 mm wide enclosures

DD800339

DD800369

Connection points

totally accessible from the front

IEC 61439-1 and 2

D-2 se.com

Enclosures


General

Description

System M


DD800557

DD800558

D

Sites

IP

commercial and industrial builidings

IP30/31/42/54

In up to 1600 A up to 4000 A in dedicated cubicle

IK

07 (with front plate), 08 (IP30 with door), 10 (IP42/54 with door)

Functional height

(1 module = 50 mm)

DD800336

36 modules


Overall depth (mm) 800 1000

Enclosure color RAL 7047

Front plates color RAL 9022

Association

Side-by-side

Functional Unit 400/400+200/600/600+200/800

Bar duct

Cable duct

200 mm wide always associated to 600 mm wide enclosure or with a single 300 mm wide

enclosure.

300 or 400 or 600 or 800 mm wide enclosures

DD800559

Connection points

totally accessible from the front

IEC 61439-1 and 2


D-3

Enclosures


General

Description

System M

DD800330 DD800515

Enclosure description

Framework combination

1 The framework

The framework is used as support of:

b functional units (device mounting plate, front plate, …),

b panels and door,

b busbars,

b fixing on the floor,

b combination.

It is the same for all IP.

Uprights have holes every 25 mm.

It has been designed to be resistant enough to support all the mechanical

constraints, as well as handling and transport.

2 Doors

b 400 mm, 600 mm and 800 mm wide doors:

v both plain and transparent doors are reversible and designed for quick and easy

left or right-hand mounting by a single person (no transparent door for W400

enclosures),

v the hinges are made for easy mounting and dismantling,

v all fixing points are located on the front of the uprights and do not take up any

useful space for devices,

v a range of locks are available for the “push and pull” handle.

v the 12-module height front door for dedicated cubicle (MTZ2/NW/MVS/MT) is

locked by 1 flat screwdriver lock.

b 200 mm, 300 mm and 400 mm wide doors:

v plain doors are reversible and easy left or right-hand mounting by a single person,

v they are locked by 1 flat screwdriver lock.

The doors are avaialble in 1.5 or 2 mm thick sheet metal.

3 Rear panels

The IP30 panels are made up of vents at the top and bottom to secure natural

ventilation of the switchboard.

For the IP31 degree of protection and capacitor banks, it is necessary to hide

partially the holes with a cover.

For IP42 degree of protection the rear panels has to be made of ventilated drooping

louvers.

For the IP54 degree of protection, a dedicated panel is available.

The rear panels are avaialble in 1.5 or 2 mm thick sheet metal.

4 Side panels

Mounting is guided at the top by hooking onto special studs.

They are easy to handle.

The side panels are rapidly assembled by screws.

The side panels are avaialble in 1.5 or 2 mm thick sheet metal.

5 The roof

The roof panel is delivered with the framework. For IP42 panels the roof is replaced

by ventilated hood for functional unit cubicle. It is flat for passage under all doorways

and includes four holes for the lifting rings.

The lifting rings can be installed and removed without removing the roof.

6 Gland plates

In two parts to facilitate cable entry, gland plates can be easily installed to allow the

mounting of cable glands for effective sealing.

Side-by-side

The 600 and 800 mm wide frameworks are supplied with a combination kit.

To maintain the IP54 degree of protection, an optional gasket must be installed

between the combined floor standing enclosures.

D-4 se.com

Enclosures

System M

IP30/31 floor standing cubicles with 1.5 mm doors and

panels up to 4000 A for front access - Selection table

Commercial numbers

b Composition of framework commercial number:

v depth = 400 mm: two frames (with two additional uprights for W = 400 + 200, 600 +

200 mm cubicles for the mounting plates and to separate the busbar compartment),

v depth = 600 mm: two frames (three for W = 400 + 200, 600 + 200 mm cubicles),

equipped with intermediate uprights for the mounting plates,

v 4 cross-pieces,

v mounting hardware.

b For the 400 + 200, 600 + 200 mm width, the busbar compartment (W = 200 mm)

can be on the left or right.

b Cubicles can be combined side-by-side.

b They can be equipped with IP30 cover panels.

b Framework enclosure accessories, see page D-15.

D

400 mm deep framework

IP30/31 IP30 IP31

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD800241

DD800615

DD800214

DD800239

DD800616

DD800557

Width

(mm)

Framework

with roof

Door (1) 2 side panels (2) Front plate

support

plain or transparent

Rear panels Rear panels Gasket

300 LSM57403A LSM58423A - - - LSM58413A LSM58413A LSM58490A

400 LSM57404A LSM58634A - LSM58474A - LSM58414A LSM57414A LSM58490A

400 +

200

LSM57442A

LSM58634A

+ LSM58422A

- LSM58474A - LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A

600 LSM57406A LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58474A LSM58700A LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A

600 +

200

LSM57462A

LSM58426A

+ LSM58422A

LSM58466T LSM58474A LSM58700A LSM58418A LSM57418A LSM58490A

+ LSM58422A

800 LSM57408A LSM58428A LSM58468T LSM58474A - LSM58418A LSM57418A LSM58490A

(1) The door is available for both front and rear side of framework.

(2) The lateral panel is available for both left and right side of the combination or a single cubicle.


IP30/31 IP30 IP31

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD800241

DD800615

DD800239

DD800616

DD800557

DD800217

Width

(mm)

Framework

with roof


support


Rear panels Rear panels Gasket



400 +

200

LSM57642A

LSM58634A

+LSM58422A

- LSM58476A - LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A

600 LSM57606A LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58476A LSM58700A LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A

600

(3)

LSM57606A+

600 +

200

LSM58879V

LSM57662A

LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58476A LSM58700A LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A

LSM58426A

+LSM58422A

LSM58466T

+ LSM58422A

LSM58476A LSM58700A LSM58418A LSM57418A LSM58490A

Standard Frame

Enclosure weight

Rear VBB Frame




(3) Only for Rear VBB

Empty weight

Framework

width (mm)

Weight (kg)

Enclosure D = 400 mm Enclosure D = 600

mm

With door With door With door (Rear VBB)

300 45.62 54.52 -

400 78.14 93.26 -

600 90.26 109.87 119.87

600 + 200 109.43 133.28

800 105.96 120.77 -


D-5

Enclosures


panels up to 4000 A for rear access- Selection table

Commercial numbers


IP30/31 IP30 IP31

DD800561 DD800560


Width

(mm)

Framework with

roof

300 2 X

LSM57403A

400 2 X

LSM57404A

400 +

200

2X

LSM57442A

600 2 X

LSM57406A

600 +

200


support


Rear

panels

Rear

panels

System M


v depth=800 mm: back to back association of two frames of depth 400 mm, the rear

frame is dedicated for rear access architecture and thus not equipped with

intermediate uprights for the mounting plates.

v depth=1000 mm: back to back association of one frame of depth 600 mm plus one

dedicated frame of depth 400 mm, the rear frame is dedicated for rear access

architecture and thus not equipped with intermediate uprights for the mounting plates.

b For the 400 + 200, 600 + 200 mm width, the busbar compartment (W = 200 mm)

can be on the left or right.




DD800215

2 X

LSM57462A

800 2 X

LSM57408A

DD800238

DD800216

Gasket

LSM58423A - - - LSM58413A LSM58413A LSM58490A X 2

LSM58634A - 2 X

LSM58474A

- LSM58414A LSM57414A LSM58490A X 2

LSM58634A - 2 X LSM58474A - LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A X2

+LSM58422A

LSM58426A LSM58466T 2 X

LSM58474A

LSM58426A LSM58466T 2 X

+ LSM58422A + LSM58422A LSM58474A

LSM58428A LSM58468T 2 X

LSM58474A

LSM58700A LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A X 2

LSM58700A LSM58418A LSM57418A LSM58490A X 2

- LSM58418A LSM57418A LSM58490A X 2



IP30/31 IP30 IP31

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD800241

DD800241

DD800615

DD800615

DD800239

DD800239

DD800616

DD800616

DD800557

DD800557

Enclosure weight

Width Framework

(mm) with roof

300 LSM57603A

+LSM57403A

400 LSM57604A

+LSM57404A

400

+200

LSM57642A

+LSM57442A

600 LSM57606A

+LSM57406A

600 (3) LSM57606A +

LSM58879V

+LSM57406A

600

+ 200

LSM57662A

+LSM57462A

800 LSM57608A

+LSM57408A



(3) Applicable only for Rear VBB.

Empty weight

Framework

width (mm)



support

Weight (kg)

Enclosure D = 800 mm



300 66.72 75.62 -

400 123.32 138.44 -

600 153.58 158.20 168.20

600 + 200 168.74 192.60

800 161.37 171.17 -

Rear

panels

Rear

panels

Gasket

LSM58423A - - - LSM58413A LSM58413A LSM58490A x 2

LSM58634A - LSM58476A

+LSM58474A

LSM58634A - LSM58476A

+LSM58422A

+LSM58474A

LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58476A

+LSM58474A


+ LSM58422A +LSM58422A +LSM58474A


+LSM58474A

- LSM58414A LSM57414A LSM58490A x 2

- LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A x 2

LSM58700A LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A x 2


- LSM58418A LSM57418A LSM58490A X 2

D-6 se.com

DD435227

Enclosures



Commercial numbers


DD800214

System M

Composition of framework commercial number:

v depth = 400 mm: two frames (with two additional uprights for W = 400 + 200, 600 + 200 mm

cubicles for the mounting plates and to separate the busbar compartment),

v depth = 600 mm: two frames (three for W = 400 + 200, 600 + 200 mm cubicles), equipped

with intermediate uprights for the mounting plates,

v 4 cross-pieces,


b For the 400 + 200, 600 + 200 mm width, the busbar compartment (W = 200 mm) can be on

the left or right.




To secure compliance with the degree of protection IP54, the addition of a gasket is needed (see

page D-14).

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

DD435227

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD435229

DD800516

DD800241

DD800615

DD800557

D

IP42

IP54


Width Framework

(mm) with Top Hood

Framework

with roof

Door (1)


Rear panels Rear panels 2 side

panels (2)

Front plate

support



* For Framework with Top Hood, contact Schneider Electric.

Gasket

IP42/54

300 LSM57403A LSM57403A LSM57424A - LSM58413A LSM58413A - - LSM58489A

400 LSM57434A LSM57404A LSM57635A - LSM57624R LSM58415A LSM57475A - LSM58489A

400 +

200

* LSM57442A LSM57427A - LSM53176A LSM58417A LSM57475A - LSM58489A

600 LSM57436A LSM57406A LSM57427A LSM57467T LSM53176A LSM58417A LSM57475A LSM58700A LSM58489A

600 +

200

LSM57464A LSM57462A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM53178A LSM58419A LSM57475A LSM58700A LSM58489A

800 LSM57438A LSM57408A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM53178A LSM58419A LSM57475A - LSM58489A

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

DD435228

DD800217

DD435228

DD800218

DD800238

DD800216

DD435229

DD800516

DD800241

DD800615

DD800557

Width Framework Framework

(mm) with Top with roof

Hood

Door (1)

plain

or transparent

Rear panels Rear

panels

2 side

panels (2)

Front plate

support

Gasket

IP42/54

300 LSM57603A LSM57603A LSM57424A - LSM58413A LSM58413A - - LSM58489A

400 LSM57614A LSM57604A LSM57635A - LSM57624R LSM58415A LSM57477A - LSM58489A

400 +

200

* LSM57642A LSM57427A - LSM58417A LSM58477A - LSM58489A

600 LSM57616A LSM57606A

600 (3) LSM57616A +

LSM58879V

LSM57606A + LSM57427A LSM57467T LSM53176A LSM58417A LSM57477A LSM58700A LSM58489A

LSM58879V

Standard Frame

Enclosure weight

Rear VBB Frame

600 +

200





Empty weight

Framework

width (mm)

LSM57626A LSM57662A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM53178A LSM58419A LSM57477A LSM58700A LSM58489A

800 LSM57618A LSM57608A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM53178A LSM58419A LSM57477A - LSM58489A

Weight (kg)



With door With door With Rear VBB

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

300 45.62 45.62 54.52 54.52

400 87.32 82.06 103.75 95.09

600 109.14 101.91 124.57 114.45 134.57 124.45

600 + 200 125.61 115.86 150.41 137.64

800 121.7 111.95 137.45 124.68


D-7

Enclosures


panels up to 4000 A for rear access - Selection table

Commercial numbers


System M


v depth=800 mm: back to back association of two frames of depth 400 mm, the rear frame is

dedicated for rear access architecture and thus not equipped with intermediate mounting plates.



architecture and thus not equipped with intermediate mounting plates.

b For the 400 + 200, 600 + 200 mm width, the busbar compartment (W = 200 mm) can be on

the left or right.




To secure compliance with the degree of protection IP42/54, the addition of a gasket is needed

(see page D-14).

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

DD435230

DD800560

DD435230

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD435229

DD800516

DD800241

DD800615

DD800557

IP42

IP54


DD435231

DD800561

IP42

IP54

Enclosure weight

Width Framework

(mm) with Top

Hood

300 LSM57403A

x 2

400 LSM57434A

+LSM57404A

400 +

200

Framework

with roof

LSM57403A

x 2

LSM57404A

x 2

* LSM57442A

x 2

600 LSM57436A

+LSM57406A

600 +

200

LSM57464A

+LSM57462A

800 LSM57438A

+LSM57408A

LSM57406A

x 2

LSM57462A

x 2

LSM57408A

x 2

Door (1)

Rear


panels

Rear

panels

2 side panels

Empty weight

Framework width

(mm)

Weight (kg)

Enclosure D = 800 mm Enclosure D = 1000 mm

With door With door With door Rear VBB

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

300 66.72 66.72 75.62 75.62

400 133.98 128.72 150.41 141.75

600 163.93 156.7 179.36 169.24 189.36 179.24

600 + 200 186.39 176.64 211.19 198.42

800 178.57 168.82 194.32 181.55

(2)

Front plate

support

Gasket

IP42/54

LSM57424A - LSM58413A LSM58413A - - LSM58489A x

2

LSM57635A - LSM57624R LSM58415A LSM57475A x 2 - LSM58489A x 2

LSM57427A - LSM53176A LSM58417A LSM57475A x 2 - LSM58489A x 2

LSM57427A LSM57467T LSM53176A LSM58417A LSM57475A x 2 LSM58700A LSM58489A x 2

LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM53178A LSM58419A LSM57475A x 2 LSM58700A LSM58489A x 2

LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM53178A LSM58419A LSM57475A x 2 - LSM58489A x 2




Width

(mm)

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

Framework with

Top Hood

300 LSM57603A

+LSM57403A

400 LSM57614A

+LSM57404A

400 +

200

Framework

with roof

LSM57603A

+LSM57403A

LSM57604A

+LSM57404A

* LSM57642A

+LSM57442A

600 LSM57616A

+LSM57406A

600 (3) LSM57616A +

LSM58879V+

LSM57406A

600 +

200

DD435231

LSM57626A

+LSM57462A

800 LSM57618A

+LSM57408A

DD800218

LSM57606A

+LSM57406A

LSM57616A+

LSM58879V+

LSM57406A

LSM57662A

+LSM57462A

LSM57608A

+LSM57408A

Door (1)

DD800238


Rear panels Rear panels 2 side

panels (2)

Gasket

IP42/54

LSM57424A - LSM58413A LSM58413A - - LSM58489A

x 2

LSM57635A - LSM57624R LSM58415A LSM57475A - LSM58489A

+LSM57477A x 2

LSM57427A - LSM53176A LSM58417A LSM58475A - LSM58489A

x 2

LSM57427A LSM57467T LSM53176A LSM58417A LSM57475A

+LSM57477A


+LSM57477A

LSM58700A

LSM58489A

x 2

LSM58700A LSM58489A

x 2


+LSM57477A - LSM58489A

x 2



(3) Applicable only for Rear VBB. * For Framework with Top Hood, contact Schneider Electric.

DD800216

DD435229

DD800516

DD800241

DD800615

DD800557

D-8 se.com

Enclosures

System M

IP30/31 floor standing cubicles with 2 mm doors and

panels up to 4000 A for front access- Selection table

Commercial numbers


v depth = 400 mm: two frames (with two additional uprights for W = 600 + 200 mm

cubicles for the mounting plates and to separate the busbar compartment),

v depth = 600 mm: two frames (three for W = 600 + 200 mm cubicles), equipped

with intermediate uprights for the mounting plates,

v 4 cross-pieces,


b For the 600 + 200 mm width, the busbar compartment (W = 200 mm) can be on

the left or right.




D


IP30/31 IP30 IP31

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD800241

DD800615

DD800239

DD800616

DD800557

Width

(mm)

Framework with

roof

Door (1) 2 mm 2 side panels (2) 2 Front plate

mm

support


Rear panels

2 mm

Rear panels

2 mm

Gasket




600 +

200

LSM57462A

LSM57426A

+LSM57422A

LSM57466T

+LSM57422A




IP30/31 IP30 IP31

DD800217

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD800241

DD800615

DD800239

DD800616

DD800557

DD800214



Standard Frame

Enclosure weight

Rear VBB Frame

Width

(mm)

Framework

with roof

Empty weight

Framework

width (mm)


mm

support


Weight (kg)




300 61 76 -

400 73 95 -

600 89 103 113

600 + 200 99 110

Rear panels

2 mm

800 108 115 -

Rear panels

2 mm

Gasket



600 LSM57606A

600 (3) LSM57606A +

LSM58879V

600 +

200

LSM57662A

LSM57426A LSM57466T LSM57476A LSM58700A LSM57446A LSM57456A LSM58490A

LSM57426A LSM57466T

+LSM57422A +LSM57422A







D-9

Enclosures


panels up to 4000 A for rear access- Selection table

Commercial numbers


IP30/31 IP30 IP31

System M


v depth=800 mm: back to back association of two frames of depth 400 mm, the rear

frame is dedicated for rear access architecture and thus not equipped with

intermediate uprights for the mounting plates.



architecture and thus not equipped with intermediate uprights for the mounting plates.

b For the 600 + 200 mm width, the busbar compartment (W = 200 mm) can be on

the left or right.




Width

(mm)

Framework with

roof

300 2 X

LSM57403A

400 2 X

LSM57404A

600 2 X

LSM57406A

600 +

200

2 X

LSM57462A

800 2 X

LSM57408A


mm

support


Rear panels

2 mm

Rear panels

2 mm

Gasket

LSM57423A - - - LSM57413A LSM57413A LSM58490A

X 2

LSM57634A - 2 X LSM57474A - LSM57444A LSM57454A LSM58490A

X 2

LSM57426A LSM57466T 2 X LSM57474A LSM58700A LSM57446A LSM57456A LSM58490A

X 2

LSM57426A

+LSM57422A

LSM57466T

+LSM57422A

2 X LSM57474A LSM58700A LSM57448A LSM57458A LSM58490A

X 2

LSM57428A LSM57468T 2 X LSM57474A - LSM57448A LSM57458A LSM58490A

X 2




IP30/31 IP30 IP31

DD800561

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD800241

DD800615

DD800239

DD800616

DD800557

DD800560

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD800241

DD800615

DD800239

DD800616

DD800557

Width Framework

(mm) with roof

300 LSM57603A

+LSM57403A

400 LSM57604A

+LSM57404A

600 LSM57606A

+LSM57406A

600 (3) LSM57606A +

LSM58879V

+LSM57406A

600 +

200

LSM57662A

+LSM57462A

800 LSM57608A

+LSM57408A

Door (1) 2 mm


2 side panels

(2)

2 mm

Front plate

support

Rear panels

2 mm

Rear panels

2 mm

Gasket

LSM57423A - - - LSM57413A LSM57413A LSM58490A x 2

LSM57634A - LSM57474A

+ LSM57476A

LSM57426A

LSM57466T

LSM57426A LSM57466T

+LSM57422A +LSM57422A

LSM57474A

+ LSM57476A

LSM57474A

+ LSM57476A


+ LSM57476A

- LSM57444A LSM57454A LSM58490A x 2



- LSM57448A LSM57458A LSM58490A x 2

Enclosure weight




Empty weight

Framework

width (mm)

Weight (kg)




300 118 120 -

400 116 135 -

600 168 181 191

600 + 200 190 219

800 208 210 -

D-10 se.com

Enclosures

System M



Commercial numbers

Composition of framework commercial number:

v depth = 400 mm: two frames (with two additional uprights for W = 600 + 200 mm cubicles for

the mounting plates and to separate the busbar compartment),

v depth = 600 mm: two frames (three for W = 600 + 200 mm cubicles), equipped with

intermediate uprights for the mounting plates,

v 4 cross-pieces,


b For the 600 + 200 mm width, the busbar compartment (W = 200 mm) can be on the left or

right.




D


DD435227

DD800214

To secure compliance with the degree of protection IP54, the addition of a gasket is needed (see page

D-14).

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

DD435227

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD435229

DD800516

DD800241

DD800615

DD800557

Width Framework with

(mm) Top Hood

Framework with

roof

Door (1) 2 mm Rear panels Rear panels 2 side panels (2) 2

mm


Front plate

support

Gasket

IP42/54

300 LSM57403A LSM57403A LSM57483A - LSM57413A LSM57413A LSM57450A - LSM58489A


600 LSM57436A LSM57406A LSM57486A LSM57489A LSM57411A LSM57417A LSM57450A LSM58700A LSM58489A

600 +

200

LSM57464A LSM57462A LSM57488A LSM57490A LSM57412A LSM57419A LSM57450A LSM58700A LSM58489A

800 LSM57438A LSM57408A LSM57488A LSM57490A LSM57412A LSM57419A LSM57450A - LSM58489A

IP42

IP54




IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

DD435228

DD800217

DD435228

DD800218

DD800238

DD800216

DD435229

DD800516

DD800241

DD800615

DD800557

Width

(mm) Framework Framework

with Top with roof

Hood

Door (1) 2

mm


Rear panels Rear

panels

2 side panels

(2)

2 mm

Front plate

support

Gasket

IP42/54

Standard Frame

Rear VBB Frame



600 LSM57616A LSM57606A

600 (3) LSM57616A +

LSM58879V

600 +

200

LSM57606A+

LSM58879V

LSM57486A LSM57489A LSM57411A LSM57417A LSM57451A LSM58700A LSM58489A

LSM57626A LSM57662A LSM57488A LSM57490A LSM57412A LSM57419A LSM57451A LSM58700A LSM58489A

800 LSM57618A LSM57608A LSM57488A LSM57490A LSM57412A LSM57419A LSM57451A - LSM58489A




Enclosure weight

Empty weight

Framework

width (mm)

Weight (kg)




300 59 71 -

400 80 97 -

600 84 97 107

600 + 200 94 123

800 106 108 -


D-11

Enclosures


panels up to 4000 A for rear access - Selection table

Commercial numbers


System M


v depth=800 mm: back to back association of two frames of depth 400 mm, the rear frame is

dedicated for rear access architecture and thus not equipped with intermediate mounting

plates.

v depth=1000 mm: back to back association of one frame of depth 600 mm plus one dedicated

frame of depth 400 mm, the rear frame is dedicated for rear access architecture and thus not

equipped with intermediate mounting plates.

b For the 600 + 200 mm width, the busbar compartment (W = 200 mm) can be on the left or

right.




To secure compliance with the degree of protection IP54, the addition of a gasket is needed (see

page D-14).

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

DD435232

DD800560

DD435232

DD800215

DD800238

DD800216

DD435229

DD800516

DD800241

DD800615

DD800557

IP42

IP54


DD435233

DD800561

Width Framework

(mm) with Top

Hood

Framework

with roof

Door (1) 2 mm


Rear

panels

Rear

panels

2 side panels (2) 2

mm

Front plate

support

Gasket

IP42/54

300 LSM57403A x LSM57403A LSM57483A - LSM57413A LSM57413A 2 X LSM57450A - LSM58489A

2

x 2

x 2

400 LSM57434A

+ LSM57404A

LSM57404A

x 2

LSM57484A - LSM57410A LSM57415A 2 X LSM57450A - LSM58489A

x 2

600 LSM57436A

+ LSM57406A

LSM57406A

x 2

LSM57486A LSM57489A LSM57411A LSM57417A 2 X LSM57450A LSM58700A LSM58489A

x2

600 +

200

LSM57464A

+ LSM57462A

LSM57462A

x 2

LSM57488A LSM57490A LSM57412A LSM57419A 2 X LSM57450A LSM58700A LSM58489A

x 2

800 LSM57438A

+ LSM57408A

LSM57408A

x 2

LSM57488A LSM57490A LSM57412A LSM57419A 2 X LSM57450A - LSM58489A

x 2



IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

DD435233

DD800218

DD800238

DD800216

DD435229

DD800516

DD800241

DD800615

DD800557

IP42

Enclosure weight

IP54

Width Framework

(mm) with Top

Hood

Empty weight

Framework

width (mm)

Framework

with roof

Weight (kg)

Door (1)

Rear

plain or

panels

transparent




300 118 120 -

400 131 147 -

600 168 181 191

600 + 200 190 219

Rear

panels

2 side panels (2) 2

mm

300 LSM57603A LSM57603A LSM57483A - LSM57413A LSM57413A LSM57450A

+ LSM57403A + LSM57403A

+LSM57451A

400 LSM57614A

+LSM57404A

600 LSM57616A

+LSM57406A

600 (3) LSM57616A +

LSM58879V

+LSM57406A

600 +

200

LSM57626A

+LSM57462A

800 LSM57618A

+LSM57408A

LSM57604A

+LSM57404A

LSM57606A

+LSM57406A

LSM57606A+

LSM58879V+

LSM57406A

LSM57662A

+LSM57462A

LSM57608A

+LSM57408A

LSM57484A -

LSM57410A LSM57415A LSM57450A

+ LSM57451A


+ LSM57451A


+ LSM57451A


+ LSM57451A

800 208 210 -

Front plate

support

Gasket

IP42/54

- LSM58489A

x 2

- LSM58489A

x 2

LSM58700A

LSM58700A




LSM58489A

x 2

LSM58489A

x 2

- LSM58489A

x 2

D-12 se.com

Enclosures


System M

Ventilation solutions


DD382806

2

DD800568

3

No. Designation IP30/31 IP54 Com. no. (1) Quantity

1 Grill with filter (maximum b b NSYCAG291LPF32 1

throughput=350m 3 /h)

2 IP31 ventilated roof for b LSM58710A 1

4000A column

3 Top hood with top fan IP54 b NSYCVF575M230MF 1

Ventilation partitioning b LSM58669H 1

horizontal busbar 4000A

(1) To ensure the cooling condition, the ventilation solution components(NSYCAG291LPF32,

NSYCVF575M230MF, LSM58710A) are mandatory for the cubicle adjacent to the MasterPact

NW40 cubicle.

D

1

1

DD800578

600/800

IP30

IP54

1866

291/292

291/292

261.5

Options

Designation

M frontplate MasterPact NW fixed 3P/4P W800 (1)

Com. no.

LSM58926F

(1) NW/MVS40 fixed version busbar drawings not available now.

Warnings

In order to keep good condition of the heavy cubicle configuration, we

recommend to:


b Transport single column instead of assocation with other cubicles.


D-13

Enclosures

L shape combination and corner kit

System M

Commercial numbers

DD800572

Lateral panel for L shape

combination

Left or right combinations of two cubicles with different depths (800 + 400 or 1000 + 600

or 1200 + 600).


LSM58478A

LSM53175A

Description

Lateral panel D=400mm for L shape combination

Lateral panel D=600mm for L shape combination

b These panels simply replace the standard side panels.

b Equipped with a factory-mounted polyurethane (PUR) gasket.

IP30 right-angle kit

Metal duct

Used to create and protect the connection of horizontal busbars between two cubicles

installed at right angles.

DD800193

Designation

Corner cubicle kit D=400 mm

Corner cubicle kit D=600 mm


LSM58636A

LSM58637A

Note: Gasket for IP42/54 is LSM58489A.

DD800194

D-14 se.com

Enclosures

IP30/31/42/54 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A

Gasket/Base frame/Gland plates

System M

DD800261

Commercial numbers

Base frame

The baseframe is made up of two commercial numbers:

b one commercial number comprising four corner posts + two cross-pieces (front

and rear), that can be used in side-by-side combinations or stacked to form a

plinth 200 mm high (maximum)

b one commercial number comprising two side plates (400 or 600 mm).

Each commercial number is supplied with the necessary hardware.

Designation

Com. no.

4 corner posts and 2 crosspieces W = 300 mm LSM53433A

W = 400 mm

W = 600 mm

W = 800 mm

LSM53434A

LSM53436A

LSM53438A

2 side plates D = 400 mm LSM53444A

D = 600 mm

LSM53446A

D

DD800262

Gland plates

Designation Non-Sesimic Sesimic

Gland plate, D = 400 mm W = 300 mm LSM58483A LSM58483A

W = 400 mm LSM58484A LSM58484A

W = 400 + 200 mm LSM58486A LSM58486A

W = 600 mm LSM58486A LSM58486A

W = 800 mm or 600 + 200 mm LSM58488A LSM58488A

Gland plate, D = 600 mm W = 300 mm LSM58683A LSM53683A

W = 400 mm LSM58684A LSM53684A

W = 400 + 200 mm LSM58686A LSM53482A

W = 600 mm (Rear VBB) LSM58487A LSM58487A

W = 600 mm LSM58686A LSM53686A

W = 800 mm or 600 + 200 mm LSM58688A LSM53688A

Gland plate, D = 800 mm W = 300 mm 2 x LSM58483A 2 x LSM58483A

W = 400 mm 2 x LSM58484A 2 x LSM58484A

W = 400 + 200 mm 2 x LSM58486A 2 x LSM58486A

W = 600 mm 2 x LSM58486A 2 x LSM58486A

W = 800 mm or 600 + 200 mm 2 x LSM53488A 2 x LSM58488A

Gland plate, D = 1000 mm W = 300 mm LSM58683A +

LSM58483A

W = 400 mm LSM58684A +

LSM58484A

W = 400 + 200 mm LSM58686A +

LSM58486A

W = 600 mm LSM58686A +

LSM58486A

W = 600 mm (Rear VBB)

LSM58487A+

LSM58486A

W = 800 mm or 600 + 200 mm LSM58688A +

LSM58488A

LSM53683A +

LSM58483A

LSM53684A +

LSM58484A

LSM53482A +

LSM58486A

LSM53686A +

LSM58486A

LSM58487A+

LSM58486A

LSM53688A +

LSM58488A


D-15

Enclosures

IP30/31/42/54 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A


Commercial numbers

System M

Dimensions

Depth 400 mm

DD800264

DD800265

DD800276

225/325

300/400

Depth 600 mm

DD800266

DD800267

DD800268

DD800263

225/325

300/400

DD800260

Gasket (IP31 / 54)

The addition of a gasket over a floor standing enclosure equipped with a door secure

compliance with the degree of protection IP31 / 54.

Designation

Com. no.

IP31 gasket

IP54 gasket

LSM58490A

LSM58489A

D-16 se.com

Enclosures

IP30/31/42/54 cubicles accessories

Selection table

System M

DD800269

Commercial numbers

Cable tie supports

For cable class 2, the cable tie supports should be located as close as possible to the

connection points. For the recommended distances between the cable tie supports.

Designation

Com. no.

4 floor standing cable tie supports W = 200 mm LSM58492A

W = 300 mm

W = 400 mm

W = 600 mm

D = 400 mm

D = 600 mm

LSM58493A

LSM58495A

LSM58496A

LSM58494A

LSM58696A

D

DD381327

Mounting hardware

Designation

Com. no.

100 screws + nuts for framework LSM58470A

DD800536

Lifting rings

Set of four lifting rings screwed to the framework. Use a set of lifting rings for each

framework (W = 600 and 800 mm) containing devices.

When two cubicles with devices have been combined, use a lifting beam.

Designation

Com. no.

4 lifting rings LSM57471A

b can be installed and removed without removing the roof

b even if they are left attached, the switchboard conserves its original degree of

protection.

300/

400

DD381542

300/

400

DD800373

400/600 400/600 400/600 400/600

300/

400

300/

400

300/

400

300/

400

400

400

400

400

400/600

400/600

400/600

400/600

300/

400

300/

400

300/

400

300/

400

300/

400

300/

400

Positions of the lifting rings for two combined cubicles

containing devices. In this case, a lifting beam must be used.

DD381208

Drawing holder

Designation

Com. no.

Adhesive drawing holder, colour RAL 9001 08963


D-17

Enclosures

IP30/31/42/54 cubicles accessories

Selection table

System M

Commercial numbers

DD800122

Barrel lock and insert

DD385869.eps

DB430801.eps

DB430802.eps

For 400 mm, 600 mm and 800 mm wide doors

Designation

Com. no.

1 Key no. 405 07940

DIN double bar insert 07945

Screwdriver slot insert 07946

For 200 mm and 300 mm wide door

Designation

DIN double bar assembled lock

Slot assembled lock

Ronis key no.405 assembled lock

Com. no.

Female square insert 6 mm 08955

Male square insert 6 mm

7 mm

8 mm

Male triangle insert 6.5 mm

7 mm

8 mm

9 mm

LSM58498A

LSM58499A

LSM58500A

08951

08952

08953

08947

08948

08949

08950

b 200mm and 300mm wide door are equipped with slot assembled lock (LSM58499A) by

default.

b According to customer requirement,another two different locks can be selected.

Fan

Designation

Top hood with top fan IP54

Com. no.

NSYCVF575M230MF

DD800576

Dimensions

DD800577

240mm

220mm

190mm

220mm

Ø7mm

D-18 se.com

Enclosures

IP30/31/42/54 floor standing cubicles

System M

Dimensions

Frameworks, D = 400 mm

DD800242

DD800243

DD800244

D

400

Frameworks, D = 600 mm

DD800248

DD800245

DD800246

DD800247

400

DD800249

Cubicle with cover panels, depth = 400 and 600 mm

DD800250

Depth

Door in front and panel in rear

465/

665

DD800252

Door in front and rear

DD800254

Fixing to floor

Without plinth

280/

480

12.5

A B

300 225

400 325

600 525

600+200 527+166

800 725

DD800371

Width

DD800372

DD800255

With base frame

30

12.5

30

A B

600 300/400

600+200 300/400

800 300/400

A B

300 259

400 359

600 559

800 759

DD800256

Door

DD800257

DD800258

DD800259

Available space behind door

W = 200/300/400 mm

49.5

49.5 64.5

64.5

63

63

63

394/594/794

25

25 40

40

63

63

63


D-19

Characteristics

2

Characteristics

Contents

System M

Description B-2

Functional Units up to 4000 A B-2

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS 08 to 40 B-4


Commercial numbers B-4

Dedicated coupling cubicle B-6

2 MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS 08 to 32 B-12









Dedicated cubicle - MCCB Incomer B-24








Modular devices - Selection table B-32

Dedicated cubicle - MCCB Incomer B-34





EasyPact EZC from 100 to 630 A B-40




Transfer Switch Equipment B-46


Capacitor bank B-48


Widths of modular devices B-52

Multi 9/Acti 9 ≤ 63 A NG 125 - Modular devices B-54


INS 40 / 160 switch disconnectors - Modular devices B-56


Industrial and Control Devices - Motor control up to 45 kW* B-58

LV/LV tranformers - Selection table B-58

Human/Machine device B-60

72 x 72 mm and 96 x 96 mm devices - Selection table B-60

The Energy Management with Prisma iPM B-61

Functional units B-61

Other Devices - For all type of device B-63


Reserve Space B-65


Functional Unit Accessories B-66


E


E-1

Characteristics

Spare parts

System M

Spare parts

Door accessories


Com. no.

Door spare parts for system M

LSM58032A

Framework spare parts for system M

LSM58033A

Prisma iPM Spare handle_NEW

LSX58041A

Prisma iPM System M Logo Plate LSM58472A (1)

DD800058

DD800559

DD435234

DD435235

System M

Door spare parts for

system M

Framework spare parts

for system M

Prisma iPM Spare

handle_NEW

Prisma iPM

System M Logo Plate

(1) Minimum order quantity is 10 nos.

DD384574

Linergy busbar accessories (IP30)

12 Linergy LGY busbar stops 01109

DD384609

1

2

3

Linergy Evolution busbar accessories

Linergy Evolution connection screwplate kit 01130

1 4 flat plates

2 4 flat plates

3 4 flat plates

4 24 conical contact washer Ø8

5 24 torque nut M8

6 24 flat washers Ø22

4 5 6

Linergy Evolution busbar accessories



DD800210 DD800561

Front plate accessory

20 front plate screws + nuts

Hinge kit

Designation

Com. no.

20 front plate screws + nuts LSX58030A

It is possible to equip the human / machine front plates with a front plate hinge kit (4

hinges + 2 plug + 2 earth braid).

Designation

Com. no.


LSX58776A

E-2 se.com

Characteristics

Overview of Rear Access

Architectures in Prisma iPM


System M

Configuration

PD800084

E

Configuration for out going functional units

PD800084


E-3

Characteristics

Overview of Rear Access

Architectures in Prisma iPM


System M

Configuration for incoming functional units

PD800063

2 bars of 80x10 per

phase for 35 degrees

ambient with MTZ2/

NW/MVS20 for

In=2000A.

The design of the

upstream busbar is the

same for front or rear

access.

E-4 se.com

Characteristics

Designing Horizontal Flat busbars up to 4000 A

System M


Permissible current and selection of horizontal busbars

The goal is to optimise busbar size according to the installation and operating criteria.

Up to 1600 A

Flat busbars, 5 mm thick

No. of bars / phase



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

Size per phase IP y 42 IP > 42 IP y 42 IP > 42 IP y 42 IP > 42 IP y 42 IP > 42 IP y 42 IP > 42 IP y 42 IP > 42

1 bar, 60 x 5 mm 890 840 850 790 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 b

1 bar, 80 x 5 mm 1130 1050 1080 990 1000 900 970 870 910 810 860 b

2 bars, 60 x 5 mm 1580 1420 1500 1350 1400 1250 1350 1180 1260 1090 1180 b

2 bars, 80 x 5 mm 2010 1820 1920 1720 1800 1600 1720 1510 1610 1390 1510 b

E

Up to 4000 A

Top Horizontal BusBar




25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


1 bar, 60 x 10 mm 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b

1 bar, 80 x 10 mm 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b

2 bars, 50 x 10 mm 2270 2090 2160 1980 2050 1850 1930 1740 1810 1610 1690 b

2 bars, 60 x 10 mm 2550 2270 2420 2140 2300 2000 2170 1870 2030 1720 1900 b

2 bars, 80 x 10 mm 3110 2820 2970 2660 2820 2500 2660 2330 2500 2160 2330 b

2 bars, 100 x 10 mm 3650 3280 3490 3100 3300 2900 3130 2720 2950 2510 2750 b

2 bars, 120 x 10 mm 4160 3760 3960 3550 3760 3340 3560 3100 3340 2880 3120 b

Bottom Horizontal BusBar




25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


1 bar, 60 x 10 mm 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b

1 bar, 80 x 10 mm 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b

2 bars, 50 x 10 mm 2270 2090 2160 1980 2050 1850 1930 1740 1810 1610 1690 b

2 bars, 60 x 10 mm 2550 2270 2420 2140 2300 2000 2170 1870 2030 1720 1900 b

2 bars, 80 x 10 mm 3110 2820 2970 2660 2820 2500 2660 2330 2500 2160 2330 b

2 bars, 100 x 10 mm 3650 3280 3490 3100 3300 2900 3130 2720 2950 2510 2750 b

b connection impossible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices

installed in the switchboard.

Example

Two 50 x 10 mm bars can be used for a 2050 A current with an IP y 42 and an ambient

temperature of 35°C around the switchboard.

Where possible, use of 10 mm bars is worthwhile in terms of the In/Isc:

b gain in time during switchboard mounting given, where applicable, the lesser

number of bars installed

b for short-circuits, the rigidity of the bars means fewer busbar supports.

Recommendation

Use 5 mm bars for In y 1600 A and low Icw values (40 kA rms).

Use 10 mm bars for In > 1600 A and medium to high Icw values (> 40 kA rms).


E-5

Characteristics

Designing Vertical Flat busbars up to 4000 A

Lateral busbars

System M


Permissible current and selection of vertical busbars


Up to 1600 A




25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


1 bar, 80 x 5 mm 1130 1050 1080 990 1000 900 970 870 910 810 860 b

Up to 4000 A


Type of bars



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


1 bar, 50 x 10 mm* 1330 1220 1260 1160 1200 1080 1130 1010 1060 940 990 b

1 bar, 60 x 10 mm 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b

1 bar, 80 x 10 mm 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b

1 bar, 100 x 10 mm 2370 2150 2260 2030 2150 1900 2030 1780 1900 1650 1780 b

2 bars, 50 x 10 mm* 2270 2090 2160 1980 2050 1850 1930 1740 1810 1610 1690 b

2 bars, 60 x 10 mm 2550 2270 2420 2140 2300 2000 2170 1870 2030 1720 1900 b

2 bars, 80 x 10 mm 3110 2820 2970 2660 2820 2500 2660 2330 2500 2160 2330 b

2 bars, 100 x 10 mm 3650 3280 3490 3100 3300 2900 3130 2720 2950 2510 2750 b

2 bars, 120 x 10 mm 4160 3760 3960 3550 3760 3340 3560 3100 3340 2880 3120 b

*Note - For REAR VBB use only 50 x 10 busbar size.

DD381461

b connection impossible due to the operating temperature limits of the devices

installed in the switchboard.

Example

Two 50 x 10 mm bars can be used for a 2050 A current with an IP y 42 and an

ambient temperature of 35°C around the switchboard.

E-6 se.com

Characteristics

Designing Linergy busbars up to 1600 A

System M


Permissible current and selection of Linergy busbars


Lateral Linergy busbars

Linergy bar

Type of bars



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

IP y 42 IP > 42 IP y 42 IP > 42 IP y 42 IP > 42 IP y 42 IP > 42 IP y 42 IP > 42 IP y 42 IP > 42

Linergy 800 A 920 840 880 800 840 760 800 720 760 680 720 b

Linergy 1000 A 1140 1040 1090 990 1040 950 990 900 950 850 900 b

Linergy 1250 A 1410 1290 1350 1230 1290 1170 1230 1100 1170 1050 1100 b

Linergy 1600 A 1800 1650 1720 1580 1650 1480 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 b

E

b Connection impossible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices installed in the

switchboard.

Example

A Linergy channelled bar can be used for a 1650 A current with an IP y 42 and an

ambient temperature around the switchboard of 35°C.

DD381233

DD381234

DD381235

Bar 630 A.

Cat. no. 04502.

Bar 800 A.

Cat. no. 04503.

Bar 1000 A.

Cat. no. 04504.

DD381236

DD381237

Bar 1250 A.

Cat. no. 04505.

Bar 1600 A.

Cat. no. 04506.


E-7

Characteristics

Designing connections u 630 A

between a device and busbars

MasterPact/EasyPact circuit breakers

Fixed MTZ2/NW/MVS08 to MTZ2/NW/MVS40


System M

MasterPact/EasyPact

MTZ2/NW/MVS08 to MTZ2/NW/

MVS40

DD381792

Fixed

1 Connection.

2 Horizontal link.

Using the data below, it is possible to determine the

size of the copper bars and the maximum permissible

currents when making the connections to busbars for a

vertical, fixed MasterPact MTZ2/NW08 / 40 (Easypact

MVS08/40) and MT08 / MT40, taking into account the

ambient temperature around the switchboard and the

IP value.

E-8 se.com

Characteristics

Designing Connections u 630 A





System M

Connection

Flat bars, 5 mm thick

Device

MTZ2/NW/

MVS08

MTZ2/NW/

MVS10

MTZ2/NW/

MVS12

MTZ2/NW/

MVS16



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Size per phase 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 b

I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

Size per phase 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 b

I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250


I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470

b connection not possible.

E


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


MTZ2/NW/ Size per phase 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 b

MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250


MVS16 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470


MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950

MTZ2/ Size per phase 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 b

NW25 I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460

MVS25 Size per phase 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 b

I (A) 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2360 2400 2280 2400 2200 2360

MTZ2/NW/


MVS32 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820


Device

MTZ2/NW/ Size per

MVS40 phase

3b 120 x 10




25 °C 30 °C 35 °C

IP y 31 IP = 42 IP > 42 IP y 31 IP = 42 IP > 42 IP y 31 IP = 42 IP > 42

Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan

I (A) 3680 3400 3680 3600 3300 A 3600 3520 3200 3520


Device

40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


MTZ2/NW/ Size per Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan

MVS40 phase

3b 120 x 10

I (A) 3440 3120 3440 3340 3000 3340 3120 2900 b

b connection not possible


E-9

Characteristics






System M

Horizontal link


Device

MTZ2/ NW/

MVS08

MTZ2/NW/

MVS10

MTZ2/NW/

MVS12

MTZ2/NW/

MVS16



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250


I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470



Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250


MVS16 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470


MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950


NW25 I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460


I (A) 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2360 2400 2280 2400 2200 2360


MVS32 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820


Device

MTZ2/NW/

MVS40




25 °C 30 °C 35 °C


Size per Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan

phase

3b 120 x 10

I (A) 3680 3400 3680 3600 3300 A 3600 3520 3200 3520


Device

MTZ2/NW/

MVS40

40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Size per Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan

phase

3b 120 x 10

I (A) 3440 3120 3440 3340 3000 3340 3120 2900 b

E-10 se.com

Characteristics




Drawout MTZ2/NW/MVS08 to MTZ2 /NW/MVS40


System M

MasterPact/EasyPact

MTZ2/NW/MVS08 to MTZ2/NW/

MVS40

Drawout

1 Connection.

2 Horizontal link.


size of the copper bars and the maximum

permissible currents when making the connections

to busbars for a vertical, drawout MasterPact MTZ2/

NW08 / 40 (Easypact MVS08/40) and MT08/MT40,

taking into account the ambient temperature around

the switchboard and the IP value.

DD381469

E

Connection


Device

MTZ2/ NW/

MVS08

MTZ2/NW/

MVS10

MTZ2NW/

MVS12

MTZ2/NW/

MVS16



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200


I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


Device




25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140


MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830


NW25 I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140


I (A) 2370 2180 2310 2110 2250 2040 2180 1970 2110 1900 2040


MVS32 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530



E-11

Characteristics




Drawout MTZ2/NW/MVS08 to MTZ2/NW/MVS40


Horizontal link


Device

MTZ2/NW/

MVS08

MTZ2/NW/

MVS10

MTZ2/NW/

MVS12

MTZ2/NW/

MVS16



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200


I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


Device




25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140


MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830


NW25 I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140


I (A) 2370 2180 2310 2110 2250 2040 2180 1970 2110 1900 2040


MVS32 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530

Connection and Horizontal link


Device

MTZ2/NW/ Size per

MVS40 phase

3b 120 x 10




System M

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C


Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan

I (A) 3680 3400 3680 3600 3300 A 3600 3520 3200 3520


Device

40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


MTZ2/NW/ Size per Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan Vent. roof Top Hood Fan

MVS40 phase

3b 120 x 10

I (A) 3440 3120 3440 3340 3000 3340 3120 2900 b

b connection not possible

Note: The values indicated above have been validated for Prisma iPM switchboards

E-12 se.com

Characteristics



MasterPact circuit breakers

Fixed MTZ1/NT06 to MTZ1/NT16


System M

MasterPact MTZ1/NT06 to MTZ1/

NT16

Fixed

1 Connection.

2 Horizontal link.




vertical, fixed MasterPact MTZ1/NT06 / NT16 and

MT06 / MT16, taking into account the ambient

temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.

DD381467

E

Connection


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


MTZ1/NT06 Size per phase 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 b

I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250

MTZ1/NT16 (1) Size per phase 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 b

I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420


Device


(1) Make the neutral connection with two bars, 50 x 5 mm.



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230


NT16 (1) I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420


(1) Make the neutral connection with 2 bars, 50 x 5 mm.


E-13

Characteristics




Fixed MTZ1/NT06 to MTZ1/NT16


System M

Horizontal link


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250


I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420


Device




25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

MNT10 Size per phase 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 b

I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230


I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420

E-14 se.com

Characteristics




Drawout MTZ1/NT06 to MTZ1/NT16


System M


NT16

Drawout

1 Connection.

2 Horizontal link.




vertical, drawout MasterPact MTZ1/NT06 /MTZ1NT16

and MT06 / MT16, taking into account the ambient


DD381465

E

Connection


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180


NT16 (1) I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


Device




25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

Size per phase 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160

MTZ1/

b

NT16 (1) I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330




E-15

Characteristics




Drawout MTZ1/NT06 to MTZ1/NT16


System M

Horizontal link


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180


I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


Device




25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

MTZ1/NT10 Size per phase 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x10 b

I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160

MTZ1/NT16 Size per phase 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10

I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


b

E-16 se.com

Characteristics



ComPact circuit breakers

Fixed NS1600b to NS3200


System M

ComPact NS1600b to NS3200

Fixed

1 Connection.

2 Horizontal link.


size of the copper bars and the maximum

permissible currents when making the connections

to busbars for a vertical, fixed ComPact

NS1600b / NS3200, taking into account the ambient

temperature around the switchboard and the IP

value.

DD383539

E

Connection


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


NS1600b Size per phase 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 b

I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330

NS2000 Size per phase 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 b

I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830


I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140


I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430


Horizontal link


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830


I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140


I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430



E-17

Characteristics






System M

ComPact NS630 to NS1600

Fixed

1 Connection.

2 Horizontal link.

DD383544




vertical, fixed ComPact NS630b / NS1600, taking into

account the ambient temperature around the

switchboard and the IP value.

Connection


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200

NS1600 (1) Size per phase 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 b

I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400


Device





25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180


I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400



E-18 se.com

Characteristics






System M

Horizontal link


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200


I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400


E


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180


I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400



E-19

Characteristics






System M

ComPact NS630 to NS1600

Withdrawable

1 Connection.

2 Horizontal link.

DD381465




vertical, withdrawable ComPact NS630b / NS1600,

taking into account the ambient temperature around the


Connection


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180


I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


Device





25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160


I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330



E-20 se.com

Characteristics






System M

Horizontal link


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180


I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


E


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160


I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330



E-21

Characteristics

Designing connections 400 to 630 A between a device and

busbars

Fixed ComPact NSX/CVS400 to NSX/CVS630, Front/Rear connection


System M

ComPact NSX/CVS400 to NSX/CVS630




vertical, withdrawable ComPact NSX/CVS400b / NSX/

CVS630, taking into account the ambient temperature

around the switchboard and the IP value.

Distribution_global_incomer_NSX 1.eps

Customer connection


Devices

NSX/

CVS400

NSX/

CVS630

NSX/

CVS630



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C


Size per phase 1b 30x10 1b 30x10 1b 30x10 1b 30x10 1b 30x10 1b 30x10 1b 30x10 1b 30x10 1b 30x10 1b 30x10 1b 30x10 b

I (A) 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400


I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 615

Size per phase 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 b

I (A) 625 630 610 630 590 630 575 630 555 630 535

b Connection not possible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices installed in the switchboard.

E-22 se.com

Characteristics

Designing customer connections

Fixed or drawout MasterPact MTZ1/NT06 to MTZ1/NT16

Top or bottom connection

System M



NT16

Fixed or drawout, top or bottom

connection

Vertically mounted


permissible current for a prefabricated connection

between a vertical MasterPact MTZ1/NT06 /MTZ1/

NT16 and MT06 / 16, fixed or drawout, and Linergy

busbars depending on the ambient temperature around


DD382461

E

Fixed

Prefabricated connections

Device and

com. no.



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


MTZ1/NT06 3P com. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b

4P com. no. 33643

MTZ1/NT08 3P com. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

4P com. no. 33643

MTZ1/NT10 3P com. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

4P com. no. 33643

MTZ1/NT12 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200

4P com. no. 33643 + 33645

MTZ1/NT16 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420

4P com. no. 33643 + 33645

b

b

b

b

Drawout


Device and

com. no.



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


MTZ1/NT06 3P com. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b

4P com. no. 33643

MTZ1/NT08 3P com. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

4P com. no. 33643

MTZ1/NT10 3P com. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

4P com. no. 33643

MTZNT12 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200

b

b

b


E-23

Characteristics


Fixed ComPact NS1600b to NS3200

Front connection


System M


Fixed, top or bottom connection




vertical, fixed MasterPact NS1600b / 3200, taking into

account the ambient temperature around the


Connection to be made according to the busbar

drawing supplied.

DD383542

Customer connection


Device and

com. no.



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830


I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140


I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430


E-24 se.com

Characteristics


Fixed or drawout ComPact NS630b to NS1600


System M



Fixed or drawout, top or bottom

connection

Vertically mounted


permissible current for a prefabricated connection

between a vertical ComPact NS630b / NS1600, fixed or

drawout, and Linergy busbars depending on the


IP value.

DD383540

E

Fixed


Device and

com. no.



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


NS630b 3P com. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b

4P com. no. 33643

NS800 3P com. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b

4P com. no. 33643

NS1000 3P com. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b

4P com. no. 33643

NS1250 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b

4P com. no. 33643 + 33645

NS1600 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400 b

4P com. no. 33643 + 33645

Drawout


Device and

com. no.



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


NS630b 3P com. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b

4P com. no. 33643

NS800 3P com. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b

4P com. no. 33643

NS1000 3P com. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b

4P com. no. 33643

NS1250 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b

4P com. no. 33643 + 33645

NS1600 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 b

4P com. no. 33643 + 33645



E-25

Characteristics

System M


Fixed MasterPact MTZ2/NW08 to NW16 / EasyPact MVS08 to MVS16



MasterPact MTZ2/NW08 to MTZ2/

NW16 / EasyPact MVS08 to MVS16



size of the copper bars and

the maximum permissible currents when making a front

or rear customer connection

for a vertical, fixed MTZ2/NW08/NW40/MVS08 to

MVS40, taking into account the ambient temperature

around the switchboard and the IP value.

Dd383674.eps

Customer connection


Device

MTZ2/NW08/

MVS08

MTZ2/NW10/

MVS10

MTZ2/NW12/

MVS12

MTZ2/NW16/

MVS16



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250


I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470

b Connection not possible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices installed in the

switchboard.

E-26 se.com

Characteristics


Fixed MasterPact MTZ2/NW08 to NW40 / EasyPact MVS08 to MVS40

Front or rear connection





System M

Dd383675.eps

E

Customer connection


Device

MTZ2/NW/

MVS08

MTZ2/NW/

MVS10

MTZ2/NW/

MVS12

MTZ2/NW/

MVS16

MTZ2/NW/

MVS20

MTZ2/

NW25



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Size per phase 1b 60x 10 1b 60x10 1b 60x 10 1b 60x10 1b 60x 10 1b 60x10 1b 60x 10 1b 60x10 1b 60x 10 1b 60x10 1b 60x 10 b

I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250

Size per phase 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 b

I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470

Size per phase 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 b

I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950

Size per phase 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 b

I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460

MVS25 Size per phase 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 b

MTZ2/NW/

MVS32

I (A) 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2360 2400 2280 2400 2200 2360

Size per phase 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 b

I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820


Device

MTZ2/

NW/

MVS40

Size

per

phase



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

IP y 31 IP = 42 IP > 42 IP y 31 IP = 42 IP > 42 IP y 31 IP = 42 IP > 42 IP y 31 IP = 42 IP > 42 IP y 31 IP = 42 IP > 42 IP y 31 IP = 42 IP > 42

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

3b120

x10

b

Vent.

roof

Top

Hood

Fan

Vent.

roof

Top

Hood

Fan

Vent.

roof

Top

Hood

Fan

Vent.

roof

Top

Hood

Fan

Vent.

roof

Top

Hood

Fan

Vent.

roof

Top

Hood

Fan

I (A) (1) 3680 3400 3680 3600 3300 3600 3520 3200 3520 3440 3120 3440 3340 3000 3340 3120 2900


(1) For NW40/MVS40 IP >31, performances realized with forced ventilation.


E-27

Characteristics


Drawout MasterPact MTZ2/NW08 to MTZ2/NW40 / EasyPact

MVS08 to MVS40 - Front or rear connection


System M



Drawout, top or bottom connection



currents when making a front or rear customer

connection for a vertical, drawout MTZ2/NW08/NW40/

EasyPact MVS08 to MVS40, taking into account the


IP value.

Dd383676.eps

Customer connection


Device

MTZ2/NW/

MVS08

MTZ2/NW/

MVS10

MTZ2/NW/

MVS12

MTZ2/NW/

MVS16



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200


I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


E-28 se.com

Characteristics


Drawout MasterPact MTZ2/NW08 to MTZ2/NW32 /

EasyPact MVS08 to MVS40 - Front or rear connection


System M



Drawout, top or bottom

connection

Dd383677.eps

4

Customer

connection 4

3

Customer

connection 3

E

Customer connection 3


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140


MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830

MTZ2/NW25 Size per phase 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 b

I (A) 2370 2180 2310 2110 2250 2040 2180 1970 2110 1900 2040

MVS25 Size per phase 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 b

I (A) 2270 2080 2210 2010 2150 1940 2080 1870 2010 1800 1940

MTZ2/NW/ Size per phase 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 b

MVS32 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530


Customer connection 4


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140


MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830

MTZ2/NW25 Size per phase 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 b

I (A) 2370 2180 2310 2110 2250 2040 2180 1970 2110 1900 2040


I (A) 2270 2080 2210 2010 2150 1940 2080 1870 2010 1800 1940


MVS32 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530



E-29

Characteristics


Fixed MasterPact MTZ1/NT06 to MTZ1/NT16

Rear connection


System M

MasterPact MTZ1/NT06 to

MTZ1/NT16

Fixed



currents when making a customer connection for a

vertical, fixed MasterPact MTZ1/NT06/>MTZ1/NT16,

taking into account the ambient temperature around the


DD383678.eps

Customer connection


Devices



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


MTZ1/NT06 Size per phase 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 b

I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250


I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420


E-30 se.com

Characteristics


Fixed MasterPact MTZ1/NT06 to MTZ1/NT16

Rear connection

System M


Customer connection


Devices

MTZ1/NT06

Size per

phase



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C


1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 b

I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630

MTZ1/NT08 Size per 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 b

phase

I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

MTZ1/NT10 Size per 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 b

phase

I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

MTZ1/NT12 Size per 1b 80 x10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80x10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 b

phase

I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230

MTZ1/NT16 Size per 1b100 1b100 1b100x10 1b100 x10 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 b

phase x10 x10

10 10

I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420

E



E-31

Characteristics


Drawout MasterPact MTZ1/NT06 to MTZ1/NT16

Rear connection


System M


NT16 Drawout




vertical, drawout MasterPact MTZ1/NT06/MTZ1/NT16,

taking into account the ambient temperature around


Dd383679.eps

Customer connection


Device



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180


I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


E-32 se.com

Characteristics


Drawout MasterPact MTZ1/NT06 to MTZ1/NT16

Rear connection

System M


Customer connection


Devices

MTZ1/NT06

MTZ1/NT08

MTZ1/NT10

MTZ1/NT12

MTZ1/NT16

Size per

phase



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C


1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 b

I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630

Size per 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 b

phase

I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


phase

I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


phase

I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160

Size per 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 b

phase

I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330

E



E-33

Characteristics



Front or rear connection


System M

ComPact NS1600b/3200




currents when making a front or rear customer

connection for a vertical, fixed ComPact

NS1600b/3200, taking into account the ambient


Dd383542

Customer connection


Devices



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830

NS2500 Size per phase 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 b

I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140

NS3200 Size per phase 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 b

I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430


E-34 se.com

Characteristics



Rear connection

System M



Fixed

Determining the size of the copper bars and the

maximum permissible currents when making a

customer connection for a vertical, fixed ComPact

NS630b/NS1600, taking into account the ambient


Dd383543

E

Customer connection


Devices



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C


NS630b Size per phase 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 b

I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630

NS800 Size per phase 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 b

I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200


I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400



Devices



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180

NS1600 Size per phase 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 b

I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400



E-35

Characteristics


Withdrawable ComPact NS630b

to NS1600, Rear connection


System M


Withdrawable



the maximum permissible currents when making a rear

customer connection for

a vertical, withdrawable ComPact NS630b/NS1600,

taking into account the ambient


DD383807.eps

Customer connection


Devices



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C


NS630b Size per phase 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 b

I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180


I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


Customer connection


Devices



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630


I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800


I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000


I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160

NS1600 Size per phase 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 b

I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330


E-36 se.com

Characteristics


Fixed ComPact NSX/CVS400 to NSX/CVS630, Front/Rear connection


System M

ComPact NSX/CVS400 to NSX/

CVS630 Fixed



the maximum permissible currents when making a rear

customer connection for

a vertical, withdrawable ComPact NSX400 /NSX630/

CVS400/CVS630, taking into account the ambient


Distribution_global_incomer_NSX 2.eps

E

Customer connection


Devices

NSX/

CVS400

NSX/

CVS630

NSX/

CVS630



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C



I (A) 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400


I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 615

Size per phase 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 1b 40 x10 b

I (A) 625 630 610 630 590 630 575 630 555 630 535



E-37

Characteristics

Designing connections y 630 A

Device connections


System M

Insulated flexible copper bars

Switchboards that comply with standard IEC 61439-1 and 2

It is imperative to use the values indicated below that have been validated for the

installation of devices in Prisma iPM switchboards.

The parameters determining the size of flexible bars are:

b the environment in which the devices are installed:

v position in the enclosure,

v dimensions of other conductors in the circuit,

v ambient temperature around the switchboard,

b the characteristics of the connected devices:

v device heat losses,

v the type of installation (horizontal or vertical),

v the type of device (fixed or withdrawable).

Only the equipment manufacturer with in-depth knowledge on:

b the characteristics of the installed devices

the configuration of the installation in the enclosure can provide the correct sizes of

flexible bars for a given permissible current. Insulated, flexible bars make for easy,

fast and flexible implementation up to 630 A, but higher ratings require sizes that

cancel these advantages.

For high Isc values, it is advised to use rigid bars which require fewer supports.

Insulated flexible bars are better than cables, they offer:

b flexible copper bars with an insulating sheath,

b better insulation temperature withstand (125°C for bars, 105°C for cables) and a

larger exchange surface for an equivalent size, i.e. a smaller size for a given current,

b greater rigidity offering better electrodynamic characteristics for short-circuit

currents,

b no intermediate parts (lugs) for a direct connection between the device and the

busbars therefore less temperature rise and less risk of error,

b fast implementation of prefabricated connections already cut to length, formed and

drilled.

Technical characteristics

b thickness of the insulation: variable depending on the bar size, 2 mm on average,

b rated insulation level Ui = 1000 V,

b impulse withstand voltage Uimp = 12 kV,

b maximum withstand temperature of insulating material = 125°C.

Connection

In all cubicles with IP y 54

b the switchboard internal temperature is 60°C,

b the withstand temperature of the insulating material is 125°C.

If the withstand temperature of the insulation is only 105°C, use the next largest

flexible bar.

b The bar sizes indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.

Connection of devices and distribution blocks to busbars

INS500 (1) NS100 (1) NS160 (1)

Device INS125 (1) INS160 (1) INS250 (1) INS320 (1)

INS400 (1) INS630 (1)

S (mm) 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 3 32 x 5 32 x 8 20 x 2 20 x 3

Device NS250 (1) NS400 (1) NS630 (1) NSX100 (1) NSX160 (1) NSX250 (1) NSX400 (1)

S (mm) 20 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 8 20 x 2 20 x 3 20 x 5 32 x 5

Device NSX630 (1) EZC100 (1) EZC160 (1) EZC250 (1) EZC400 (1)

S (mm) 32 x 8 20 x 2 20 x 3 20 x 3 32 x 5

(1) The values for circuit breakers apply to contactors with the same ratings.

Device

Multiclip distribution

block (200 A)

S (mm) 20 x 3

Disconnectors, terminal blocks, connections, busbars to

busbars

I max. (60 °C) 200 A 250 A 400 A 400 A 480 A 520 A 580 A

S (mm) 20 x 2 20 x 3 24 x 5 24 x 5 24 X 6 32 X 5 32 X 8

E-38 se.com

Characteristics


ComPact circuit breakers NSX100 to NSX630


System M

ComPact NSX100 to NSX630

Insulated flexible copper bars

Devices

Device

IP y 55

NSX100

NSX160

NSX250

NSX400

NSX630

Type Protection Vigi Size per

phase



25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

Fixed TMD No 20 X 2 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 85

Fixed TMD Yes 20 X 2 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 85

Withdrawable TMD No 20 X 2 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 85

Withdrawable TMD Yes 20 X 2 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 85

Fixed Micrologic 2.2/5.2/6.2 No 20 X 2 100 100 100 100 100 100

Fixed Micrologic 2.2/5.2/6.2 Yes 20 X 2 100 100 100 100 100 100

Withdrawable Micrologic 2.2/5.2/6.2 No 20 X 2 100 100 100 100 100 100

Withdrawable Micrologic 2.2/5.2/6.2 Yes 20 X 2 100 100 100 100 100 100

Fixed Micrologic 4.2/7.2 No 20 X 2 100 100 100 100 100 100

Withdrawable Micrologic 4.2/7.2 No 20 X 2 100 100 100 100 100 100

Fixed TMD No 20 X 3 160 156 152 147 144 140

Fixed TMD Yes 20 X 3 160 156 152 147 144 140

Withdrawable TMD No 20 X 3 160 156 152 147 144 140

Withdrawable TMD Yes 20 X 3 145 140 135 132 129 126







Fixed TMD No 20 X 3 250 244 238 231 225 198

Fixed TMD Yes 20 X 3 250 244 238 231 225 198


Withdrawable TMD Yes 20 X 3 225 219.6 214.2 207.9 202.5 178.2

Fixed Micrologic 2.2/5.2/6.2 No 20 X 3 250 250 237.5 237.5 225 225

Fixed Micrologic 2.2/5.2/6.2 Yes 20 X 3 250 250 237.5 237.5 225 225

Withdrawable Micrologic 2.2/5.2/6.2 No 20 X 3 250 250 237.5 237.5 225 225


Fixed Micrologic 4.2/7.2 No 20 X 3 245 245 237.5 230 225 220





Withdrawable Micrologic 2.3/5.3/6.3 Yes 32 X 5 388 378.3 368.6 358.9 349.2 339.5






Withdrawable Micrologic 2.3/5.3/6.3 Yes 32 X 8 513 495 481.5 468 454.5 441



E


E-39

Characteristics


Device connections


System M

Solid copper bars

Switchboards that comply with standard IEC 61439-1 and 2

It is imperative to use the values indicated below that have been validated for the

installation of devices in Prisma iPM switchboards.

The parameters determining the size of solid bars are:

b the environment in which the devices are installed:

v position in the enclosure,

v dimensions of other conductors in the circuit,

v ambient temperature around the switchboard,

b the characteristics of the connected devices:

v device heat losses,

v the type of installation (horizontal or vertical),

v the type of device (fixed or withdrawable).

Only the equipment manufacturer with in-depth knowledge on:

b the characteristics of the installed devices

the configuration of the installation in the enclosure can provide the correct sizes of

solid bars for a given permissible current. Insulated, solid bars make for easy, fast

and flexible implementation up to 630 A.

For high Isc values, it is advised to use rigid bars which require fewer supports.

Solid bars are better than cables, they offer:

b better insulation temperature withstand (125°C for bars, 105°C for cables) and a

larger exchange surface for an equivalent size, i.e. a smaller size for a given current,

b greater rigidity offering better electrodynamic characteristics for short-circuit

currents,

b no intermediate parts (lugs) for a direct connection between the device and the

busbars therefore less temperature rise and less risk of error,

b fast implementation of prefabricated connections already cut to length, formed and

drilled.

Connection

In all cubicles with IP y 54

b the switchboard internal temperature is 60°C,

b the withstand temperature of 125°C.

Device

Multiclip distribution

block (200 A)

S (mm) 20 x 5

Disconnectors, terminal blocks, connections, busbars to

busbars

I max. (60 °C) 200 A 250 A 400 A 480 A 520 A 580 A

S (mm) 20 x 5 25 x 5 30 x 8 2 X 30 X 5 2 X 30 X 5 2 X 30 X 5

Busbar Support Insulator

Material : Polyester FV/FG

Torsion moment : 46 N.m

Tensile strength : 13.0 N

Flexion strength : 9.000 N

Maximum utilisation temperature : 120°C

Fire resistance UL 94 : V0

E-40 se.com

Characteristics


ComPact circuit breakers NSX100 to NSX630 and EZC100 to EZC400


ComPact NSX100 to NSX630 and EZC100 to EZC400

System M

Solid copper bars

Devices

Device

IP y 55

NSX100/

EZC100

NSX160/

EZC160

NSX250/

EZC250

NSX400/

EZC400

NSX630


Type Protection Vigi Size per phase Average ambient temperature around the switchboard

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

Fixed* TMD No 20 X 5 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 85

Fixed TMD Yes 20 X 5 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 85

Withdrawable TMD No 20 X 5 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 85

Withdrawable TMD Yes 20 X 5 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 85







Fixed* TMD No 20 X 5 160 156 152 147 144 140

Fixed TMD Yes 20 X 5 160 156 152 147 144 140


Withdrawable TMD Yes 20 X 5 145 140 135 132 129 126







Fixed* TMD No 25 X 5 250 244 238 231 225 198

Fixed TMD Yes 25 X 5 250 244 238 231 225 198


Withdrawable TMD Yes 25 X 5 225 219.6 214.2 207.9 202.5 178.2

Fixed Micrologic 2.2/5.2/6.2 No 25 X 5 250 250 237.5 237.5 225 225

Fixed Micrologic 2.2/5.2/6.2 Yes 25 X 5 250 250 237.5 237.5 225 225

Withdrawable Micrologic 2.2/5.2/6.2 No 25 X 5 250 250 237.5 237.5 225 225


Fixed Micrologic 4.2/7.2 No 25 X 5 245 245 237.5 230 225 220


Fixed* Micrologic 2.3/5.3/6.3 No 30 X 8 / 25 X 10** 400 400 400 390 380 370

Fixed Micrologic 2.3/5.3/6.3 Yes 30 X 8 / 25 X 10** 400 390 380 370 360 350

Withdrawable Micrologic 2.3/5.3/6.3 No 30 X 8 / 25 X 10** 400 390 380 370 360 350

Withdrawable Micrologic 2.3/5.3/6.3 Yes 30 X 8 / 25 X 10** 388 378.3 368.6 358.9 349.2 339.5

Fixed Micrologic 4.3/7.3 No 30 X 8 / 25 X 10** 395 390 380 370 360 350

Withdrawable Micrologic 4.3/7.3 No 30 X 8 / 25 X 10** 385 375 365 355 345 335

Fixed Micrologic 2.3/5.3/6.3 No 2 X 30 X 5 630 615 600 585 570 550

Fixed Micrologic 2.3/5.3/6.3 Yes 2 X 30 X 5 570 550 535 520 505 490

Withdrawable Micrologic 2.3/5.3/6.3 No 2 X 30 X 5 570 550 535 520 505 490

Withdrawable Micrologic 2.3/5.3/6.3 Yes 2 X 30 X 5 513 495 481.5 468 454.5 441

Fixed Micrologic 4.3/7.3 No 2 X 30 X 5 560 545 530 515 500 485

Withdrawable Micrologic 4.3/7.3 No 2 X 30 X 5 470 457 444 420 405 385

E

*EZC MCCB is available only with fixed and TMD option

(**) for REAR VBB only


E-41

Characteristics


ComPact circuit breakers NSXm160 Copper cable


System M

ComPact NSXm160

Copper cable, withstand temperature = 105°C

Devices


Ambient temperature around the switchboard

IP y 31 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

NSXm100

NSXm125

NSXm160

IP > 31

NSXm100

NSXm125

NSXm160

Size per phase (mm²) 50 50 50 50 50 50

I nc

(A) 100 100 96 94 90 87

Size per phase (mm²) 70 70 70 70 70 70

I nc

(A) 125 125 120 117 113 109

Size per phase (mm²) 95 95 95 95 95 95

I nc

(A) 160 155 149 144 139 133

Size per phase (mm²) 50 50 50 50 50 50

I nc

(A) 100 100 96 94 90 87

Size per phase (mm²) 70 70 70 70 70 70

I nc

(A) 125 120 117 113 109 104

Size per phase (mm²) 95 95 95 95 95 95

I nc

(A) 160 155 149 144 139 133

E-42 se.com

Characteristics

Designing connections with cables

System M


Cables

Connection of circuit breakers

Connection of other devices

Practical guidelines

Schneider Electric provides cabling recommendations according to the rating of the

circuit breaker.

The size of cables must be selected according to:

b the level of current,

b the ambient temperature around the conductors,

b the degree of protection for the switchboard.

The tables below take into account the installation conditions for each type of device

(permissible temperature at connection terminals, etc.).

They follow the temperature derating values for installed devices in all cubicles with

cover panels rated IP y 54.

b switchboard internal temperature 60°C,

b connections using copper cables.

For floor standing enclosures, the volumes, ratings and connection lengths are low.

Select the values in the “Cables tied together” column, according to the IP.

Size of

cables


Cables tied individually Cable tied together

(mm²) IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31

1.5 16 14 14 12

2.5 25 25 22 20

4 32 29 28 24

6 40 39 36 33

10 63 55 55 50

16 90 77 80 70

25 110 100 100 93

35 135 125 125 120

50 180 150

70 230 190

95 275 230

Note: Schneider Electric recommends connecting NS400 / 630 circuit breakers with insulated

flexible bars or rigid bars (see page C-56).

Size of

cables


Cables tied individually Cable tied together

(mm²) IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31

1.5 13 12 12 10

2.5 23 21 20 19

4 28 26 25 22

6 36 35 32 30

10 55 50 50 46

16 80 70 72 63

25 100 90 90 84

35 120 115 110 103

50 165 135

70 210 176

95 250 210

E


E-43

Characteristics

Designing the PE protective conductor

Power circuit


System M

DD381471

Size of PE protective conductor


The conductor must be sufficiently sized and securely installed in the switchboard to

accept the thermal and electrodynamic stresses of the fault current.

It must be connected to the exposed conductive parts of the switchboard.

It must be accessible to enable connections both in the factory and on site.

Optimised calculation method

Use the calculation equation indicated in standard IEC 61439-1 and 2.

S PE

= √I2 t

k

b S PE

: cross-sectional area of PE in mm 2 ,

b I: value of the phase-to-earth fault current = 60% of the value of the phase-to-phase

fault current (IEC 61439-1 and 2 §8.2.4.2),

b t: time the fault current flows in seconds,

b k: coefficient that depends on the type of metal, k = 143 for a copper conductor with

PVC insulation.

Simplified method (based on the equation above)

Use the table below to determine the size of the PE conductor as a function of the

device Isc.

Prisma iPM is designed to respond to Isc of 85kA, with the PE capable of

withstanding a maximum of 51kA. For a fault duration of 0.4s.

Size of PE conductor

All Schneider Electric devices

Com. no.

Isc > 40 kA 1 bar, 50 x 5 mm made by the customer

Size of PEN protective conductor


The size of the PEN is determined in the same manner as a neutral conductor, i.e.:

b for copper single-phase circuits or sized y 16mm², it must be the same size as the

phase conductors

b for copper three-phase circuits sized > 16 mm², it can be:

v the same size as the phase conductors,

v smaller on the condition that:

- the current likely to flow in the neutral during normal operation is less than the

permissible current for the conductor,

- the power rating of single-phase loads does not exceed 10% of the total rating.

The conductor must be accessible to enable connections both in the factory and on

site, as well as checks on the tightness of connections.

Implementing the PEN protective

conductor


According to standard IEC 61439-1 and 2, the practical guidelines for implementing

the PEN are the following:

b at the entry to the assembly, the PEN connection must be next to the phase

connections,

b within the assembly, the PEN does not need to be insulated from the exposed

conductive parts (except on sites where there is a risk of fire or explosion),

b the size of the conductor must be at least equal to that of the neutral,

b the size must remain constant throughout the main busbars,

b the change from a TNC to a TNS system must take place at a single point in the

switchboard, via a marked neutral-disconnection bar that is accessible and can be

dismantled to facilitate the impedance measurement of the fault loop,

b after the TNS creation point, it is forbidden to recreate a TNC system.

The PE and the neutral must meet their specific requirements.

E-44 se.com

Characteristics

Degree of protection

General


System M

Standard IEC 60364-5-51 listed and codified a large number of external

influences to which electrical installations can be subjected, including the

presence of water, solid objects, shocks, vibrations, corrosive substances, etc.

Degree of protection IP

Standard IEC 60529 (IP code, February 2001) indicates the degrees of protection

provided by an enclosure for electrical devices against access to hazardous parts,

against penetration of solid foreign objects and against penetration of water.

These standards do not apply for the protection against the risks of explosion or

conditions such a humidity, corrosive vapour, fungus or vermin.

The IP code is made up of two characteristic numerals and can include an additional

letter when the actual protection for persons against access to the hazardous parts

is better than that indicated by the first numeral.

The first numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of solid

foreign objects and the protection of persons.

The second numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of

water with harmful effects.

E

1

2

3

4

5

6

1 st numeral 2 nd numeral

Protection of persons

Protection against ingress of solid

Protection against ingress of water

objects

Protected against

access with back of

hand

Protected against

access with a finger

Protected against

access with a tool

Protected against

access with a wire

Protected against

access with a wire

Protected against

access with a wire

DD381959

DD381962 DD381962 DD381962

DD381961

DD381960

Protected against

solid foreign objects

larger than 50 mm

Protected against


larger than 12.5 mm

Protected against


larger than 2.5 mm

Protected against


larger than 1 mm

Protected against dust

(dust protected)

Dust tight

DD381964 DD381962 DD381961

DD381963

DD381959

DD381965

1

2

3

4

5

6

Protected against

vertically falling water

drops (condensation)

Protected against

vertically falling water

drops when enclosure

tilted up to 15°

Protected against

spraying water up to

60° from vertical

Protected against

splashing water from

all directions

Protected against

water jets from all

directions

Protected against

powerful water jets

from all directions

DD381970 DD381969 DD381968

DD381967

DD381966

DD381971

7

Protected against the

effects of temporary

immersion in water

DD381972

8

Protected against the

effects of continuous

immersion in water

DD381973


E-45

Characteristics


General


Additional letter (optional)

Protection of persons against access to hazardous parts.

Designation

A

B

C

D

Protection

Protected against access with back of hand

Protected against access with a finger

Protected against access with a tool

Protected against access with a wire

The additional letter is used only if the actual protection of persons is higher than that

indicated by the first characteristic numeral of the IP code.

If only the protection of persons is of interest, the two characteristic numerals are

replaced by “X”, e.g. IPxxB.

Example

Protected against solid foreign objects

larger than 2.5 mm

System M

IP30D

No protection

Protected against access with

a tool 1 mm in diameter

Remarks on the degree of

protection IP

Degree of protection against

mechanical impacts IK

b the degree of protection IP must always be read and understood numeral by

numeral and not as a whole.

For example, an IP31 wall-mount enclosure is suitable for an environment that

requires a minimum degree of protection IP21. But an IP30 wall-mount enclosure is

not suitable.

b the degrees of protection indicated in this catalogue are valid for the enclosures as

presented. However, the indicated degree of protection is guaranteed only when the

installation and device mounting are carried out in accordance with professional

standards.

Standard IEC 62262 defines an IK code characterising the capacity of products to

resist mechanical impacts from all sides.

IK code Impact energy (joules (1) )

01 0.14

02 0.2

03 0.35

04 0.5

05 0.7

06 1

07 2

08 5

09 10

10 20

(1)The SI derived unit used to measure energy or work. One joule is equal to the energy used to

accelerate a body with a mass of one kilogram using one newton of force over a distance of one

meter. One joule is also equivalent to one watt-second.

Recommendation

In terms of the risks of impacts, selection of the IK code can be summed up as

indicated below.

Site

Recommended IK

No risk of major impact Technical rooms 07

Significant risk of impact that

can damage devices

Maximum risk of impact that can

damage the switchboard

Hallways

Workshops 10

08 (switchboard with door)

E-46 se.com

Characteristics


General


System M

Mechanical properties of powder

coated surfaces

Artificial ageing test on powder

coating

Chemical properties of

powder coating

Schneider Electric enclosures comply with standard EN 50298 for empty enclosures.

The sheet metal used for Schneider Electric enclosures receives a thermosetting,

polyester-resin-modified epoxy powder for colour and appearance.

This coat system provides excellent finish and corrosion protection.

Test conditions

Adhesion (cross-hatch and pull-off) class 0 required (ISO 2409)

Impact strength (1) > 1 kg / 50 cm (ISO 6272)

Mandrel bending test (2) < 10 mm (ISO 6860)

Persoz hardness 300 s (ISO 1522)

(1) No cracking of the paint film after dropping a weight of one kilogram on the test piece from a

height of 50 centimetres.

(2) Film cracks over a length of 10 millimetres maximum.

Test conditions:

Two tests carried out on the same 1 mm thick steel sheet test piece.

b cyclical damp-heat test:

v as per standard IEC 68-2-30,

- six 24-hour cycles at temperatures higher than 40°C,

b continuous resistance to neutral salt mist:

v the tests were carried out over a period of 400 hours, far more than the 48 hours

required by the standard for indoor installations,

v as per standard IEC 68-2-11 and ISO 7253

- 400 hours without blistering for normal surface on test piece,

- 240 hours for a scratched surface.

Evaluation of corrosion as per ISO 4628:

b adhesion: class y 1,

b blistering: degree 1 dim.1,

b rusting: Ri 1,

b cracking: class 1,

b flaking imp. 1 dim. 1.

propagation of corrosion under scratch with respect to the scratch axis: 3 mm max.

Tests carried out at average ambient temperature on phosphated test pieces

coated with a 150 to 200 micron film.

Test duration (months) 2 4 6 8 10 12

Acids

Concentration

Acetic 20 %

Sulphuric 30 %

Nitric 30 %

Phosphoric 30 %

Hydrochloric 30 %

Lactic 10 %

Citric 10 %

Bases Soda 10 %

Ammonia 10 %

Water Distilled water

Seawater

Tap water

Diluted bleach

Solvents Petrol

High alcohols

Aliphatics

Aromatics

Ketones, esters

Tri-perchlorethylene

Film intact.

Film damaged (blisters, yellowing, loss of shine).

E


E-47

Characteristics


General


System M

A switchboard is designed for operation under normal ambient conditions.

Most devices do not operation correctly outside a temperature range of -10 and

+70°C.

It is therefore important to maintain the switchboard internal temperature within this

temperature range by:

b correctly sizing the switchboard during design,

b correcting the temperature using suitable means.

Management of the internal

temperature

Cooling

There are a number of way to dissipate heat from the switchboard.

The drawings below present the various means.

Convection

Forced-air ventilation

DD381484

DD381483

DD381481

IP > 31 IP y 31 IP y 54 IP y 54

Ensured naturally in Prisma iPM

enclosures.

Forced-air

ventilation with

air-air exchanger

Forced

convection and

cooling

Using fans, it significantly increases the

thermal capacity of an enclosure.

DD381920

DD381921

IP > 31

On special request.

IP > 31

For these extreme cases, many installers prefer to set up the switchboards with

other electrotechnical and electronic devices in air-conditioned electrical rooms.

Heating

The means employed to raise the internal temperature in a switchboard is a resistor

based heater, used to:

b avoid condensation by limiting variations in temperature,

b ensure that the switchboard does not freeze.

E-48 se.com

Characteristics

Thermal management of switchboards

General

System M


Calculation of the internal

temperature

Calculation of the temperature is the means to check that the enclosure can evacuate

the dissipated power of the installed devices.

Important note

Correct thermal management of the switchboard depends on compliance with

the installation requirements for the distribution system (power circuits).

Incorrect installation will have major consequences on the connected device, but

almost none on the internal temperature of the enclosure.

Once the circuit has been correctly sized, it is necessary to check whether the

assembly (devices + distribution system + cables) have a level of dissipated power

P(W) y the P(W) that the enclosure can handle.

E

DD381401

Method defined by IEC 890 technical report

This IEC guide for switchboards proposes a calculation method to determine three

levels of internal temperature, depending on the dissipated power of the devices and

distribution blocks installed in the switchboard.

Users can consult this document when it is necessary to determine precisely the

internal temperature in view of optimising the switchboard.

On request, Schneider Electric can carry out a thermal study to check that the

installed assembly and the thermal capacity of the enclosure are compatible.

DD381350

Comparative method

A number of qualified and tested configurations serve as the basis for indicating the

thermal capacity of Prisma iPM enclosures.

This is an empirical means to check whether the dissipated power of the desired

configuration is close to that of a tested configuration.

Method using charts taking into account enclosure characteristics

To speed up calculations, Schneider Electric produces charts based on the

company’s experience and a number of assumptions on the installation.

They can be used sufficiently precisely to determine the variations in temperature and

the dissipated-power levels for the different types of wall-mount enclosures and floor

standing enclosures.

DD382422


E-49

Characteristics


Comparative method


System M

Comparative method

Two floor standing enclosures with busbar

compartment, 800 mm wide, 600 mm deep, IP30.

Diversity factor: 0.7 and 0.8.

Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35°C.

Floor standing enclosure 1 :

P(W) of device zone = 580 W.



DD800531

You will have no problems with your switchboard if:

b the volume of the enclosure is greater than that of the tested enclosure with a

similar assembly,

b the P(W) of the installed assembly is less than the P(W) of the tested configuration

in the same size enclosure.

NSX250

NSX NSX NSX NSX

NSX400

Three floor standing enclosures with busbar

compartment, 800 mm wide, 600 mm deep,

one 300 mm wide duct, IP30.

Diversity factor: 0.7.








DD800541

E-50 se.com

Characteristics


Example

System M


Two floor standing enclosures with busbar

compartment, 800 mm wide, 600 mm deep, two 300

mm wide ducts, IP30.

Diversity factor: 0.7.






DD800530

NSX250

E

NSX NSX NSX NSX

NSX400

Application of the diversity factor

Calculation of the power

dissipated by devices in

the incoming floor standing

enclosure

In the configuration below, the standardised diversity factor (K div.) for a total of

14 outgoing circuits is 0.6, i.e. 60 % of In for each outgoing circuit.

Merlin Gerin prefers a more conservative approach and therefore divides the

installation into four main circuits:

b NS250,

b 200 A Multiclip: 8 outgoers V K div. = 0.7,

b 4 outgoers V K div. = 0.8,

b NS400.

1 NS250 + 1 Multiclip 200 A + 1 NS400 V 4 outgoers, i.e. a diversity factor of 0.8.

As a result, the current flowing in each circuit is at least 70% and up to 80% of In.

Dissipated power of the NT1600 indicated by the manufacturer: 460 W.

The power dissipated by the connections is approximately 30% of the device P(W):

0.3 x 460 = 138 W.

Power of circuit breaker + connections = 460 + 138 = 598 W at 1600 A.

For I² (the Watts are proportional to the square of the current) at 1410 A (In of the

incoming device):

598 x 1410

2

= 405 W

1600 2

Dissipated power of the NS250 indicated by the manufacturer: 42 W.

Dissipated power of the connections: 0.3 x 42 = 12.6 W.

Power of circuit breaker + connections = 42 +12.6 = 54.6 W at 250 A.

For 200 A (the tested value):

54,6 x 200

2

= 35 W

250 2

Dissipated power of four NS250 circuit breakers:

4 x 35 W (same calculation as above) = 140 W

Sum of the dissipated power in the incoming cubicle:

P(W) = 405 + 35 + 140 = 580 W


E-51

Characteristics


Example


System M

Once the dissipated power of the devices has been determined and the enclosure

with its IP selected, transfer the results (sum of the dissipated power and width of the

device zone) to the chart corresponding to the enclosure IP.

DD382423

Draw a line parallel to the others on the chart and read the corresponding difference

in temperature.

For the given example, the heat rise is 22°C at mid-height in the enclosure.

The internal temperature = external temperature + heat rise

= 35°C + 22°C = 57°C.

57°C < 60°C stipulated by the standard, i.e. the result is acceptable for an IP3 cubicle.

This gives roughly:

Internal temperature = 60°C at mid-height in the enclosure for a low IP value.

Internal temperature = 70°C at mid-height in the enclosure for a high IP value.

E-52 se.com

Characteristics


Charts


System M

Quick calculation charts for

internal temperatures

For the enclosures not mentioned on the previous

pages, use the equation:

P

ΔT =

S x K

where:

ΔT: internal temperature - external temperature.

P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and

busbars (in Watts).

S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed

in m 2 ).

K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material

(W/m 2 °C)

K = 5.5 W / m 2 °C for painted sheet metal.

Note: The dissipated power of each device is provided by the

manufacturer. Add approximately 30% to account for the

connections and the busbars.

DD382424

DD382428

Test conditions: the cubicle is on the floor against a wall, the indicated internal heat

rise is that measured at mid-height in the enclosure.

IP3X floor standing enclosure,

400 mm deep

IP54 floor standing enclosure,

400 mm deep

DD382425

DD382429

IP3X floor standing enclosure,

600 mm deep

IP54 floor standing enclosure,

600 mm deep

E


E-53

Characteristics


Example


System M

Switchboard ventilation

The air enters the lower section via the fans and exits the upper section:

b through a ventilated roof,

b or through a ventilation opening.

The air throughput of the fans is determined by the equation:

D = 3.1 x( P - KS) ΔT

The chart below can be used to determine the necessary throughput, based on the

dissipated power, the difference in temperature (internal - external) and the exposed

surface area of the enclosure.

Example

Consider an IP3X cubicle, 600 mm wide and 400 mm deep, containing components

(devices, connections, busbars, etc.) dissipating 1000 W.

The ambient temperature around the cubicle is 50°C.

Given that the average temperature at mid-height should not exceed 60°C, the

difference in temperature ΔT is equal to 60 - 50 = 10°C.

The exposed surface of the cubicle (non adjacent to a wall or other cubicle)

is 4.24 m 2 .

(back = 1.2 m 2 , front = 1.2 m 2 , roof = 0.24 m 2 , side panels = 1.6 m 2 ).

What is the necessary throughput of the ventilation system?

D = 3.1 x( 1000 10

- 5.5 x 4.24 )

The throughput can be calculated as:

D = 238 m 3 / h.

In the range of Prisma iPM accessories, select a system with a throughput

of 300 m 3 / h.

DD800540

Calculation data

P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts).

P r

: power of the heating resistor (in Watts).

T m

: maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in °C).

T i

: average internal temperature (in °C).

T e

: average external temperature (in °C).

ΔT m

= T m

- T e

.

ΔT = T i

- T e

.

S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m 2 ).

K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W / m 2 °C).


D: ventilation throughput (in m 3 / h).

Note: The dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer.

Add approximately 30% to account for the connections and the busbars.

E-54 se.com

Characteristics


Heating

System M


Switchboard heating

DD381789

The heating resistor, placed in the bottom of the switchboard, maintains the internal

temperature 10°C higher than the external temperature. When the switchboard is not

in operation, the heater compensates the dissipated power normally emitted by the

switchboard.

The power of the heating resistor is calculated:

b using the equation: Pr = (ΔT x S x K) - P,

b or using the charts below, based on the exposed surface area of the enclosure and

the desired difference in temperature.

Chart to determine the heating resistor for all types of enclosures.

E

Calculation data

P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts).

P r

: power of the heating resistor (in Watts).

T m

: maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in °C).

T i

: average internal temperature (in °C).

T e

: average external temperature (in °C).

ΔT m

= T m

- T e

.

ΔT = T i

- T e

.

S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m 2 ).

K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W / m 2 °C).


D: ventilation throughput (in m 3 / h).

Note: The dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer.

Add approximately 30% to account for the connections and the busbars.


E-55

M

M

Characteristics

Environmental profile of Prisma iPM switchboards

System M

Environment

Schneider Electric is committed to a

long-term environmental policy.

Its intention is to promote respect of all

natural resources and to work towards

constant active improvement of conditions

for a clean environment for the satisfaction

of its customers, staff and the

communities in which it is based.

Prisma iPM has reaped the benefits of an ecological design process which has

improved its environmental performance.

This committed approach, aiming to integrate environmental protection right from the

design phase, has been a deciding factor on different aspects:

b the choice of materials used to preserve natural resources,

b use of environmentally friendly manufacturing procedures,

b a degree of product recyclability which is well over the environmental

recommendations.

For Schneider Electric, acting responsibly as a company with regard to the

environment and on a wider scale, to society in general, contributes to performance:

b by obtaining ISO 14001 certification for all its sites,

b by making pertinent decisions for the long term,

b by encouraging all its partners, in particular its suppliers and customers, to support

the initiative.

PD800040

Product design

Use of high-performance tools has guided the designers in the choice of

materials and has enabled them to assess the impact of the product on the

environment throughout its life-cycle.

Published on 13 th February 2003 and applicable as from 1 st July 2006, directive

2002 / 95 / EC concerning the restriction of use of certain dangerous substances in

electrical and electronic equipment is more commonly known as the RoHS directive

(Restriction of Hazardous Substances).

Among these substances which are considered dangerous to the environment and

health we find lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated

biphenyls (1) (PBB) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (1) (PBDE).

These six substances are banned or restricted (if exemption) in the electrical and

electronic equipment listed in the WEEE directive and replaced by more

environmentally friendly substances.

Schneider Electric products are little or only indirectly affected by this

restriction. However all low voltage products will be subject to compliance as

from December 2008.

PD395023

Production

PD395090

Production is an important phase in the switchboard life-cycle.

Schneider Electric has adopted a dynamic, ambitious environmental policy in its

initiative to integrate environmental protection into its industrial processes, in

particular by obtaining ISO 14001 certification for all its sites.

E-56 se.com

(1) They are self-timer of brominated flames.

Characteristics

Environmental profile of Prisma iPM switchboards

System M

PD395122

Environment

Distribution

The concept of a switchboard delivered in kit form, combined with particularly well

thought-out packaging has made it possible to significantly reduce volumes and

therefore limit the risks and pollution caused by transport.

A significant reduction

in volumes transported

With the kit system, the

products are delivered

flat-packed and are easy

to store and handle.

PD395096

E

Optimum use of packaging

Schneider Electric complies with the packaging directive. Published for the first time

on 31 st December1994, directive 94 / 62 / EC concerning packaging and packaging

waste has since been updated many times.

This directive applies to all packaging put on the market and all waste produced by it

with the aim of reducing its impact on the environment.

The obligations mainly concern reducing the volume, weight and quantity of heavy

metals used in packaging, its reuse or recovery at the end of its life and

implementation of a system for collecting packaging waste.

PD395011

Switchboard use

Use of the Prisma iPM electrical switchboard is a phase of the life-cycle which

can have a significant impact on the environment.

Prisma iPM contains products in compliance with the EUP directive. Published on

22 nd July 2005, directive 2005 / 32 / EC relating to ecological design requirements to

be applied to energy consuming products is more commonly known as the EUP

(Energy Using Products) directive.

The aim of this directive is to achieve a high level of environmental protection by

reducing the impact of energy consuming products and fostering acceptance of the

concept of ecological design within companies.

As the switchboard consumes electricity, a certain number of criteria have been taken

into account:

b reducing energy consumption in the usage phase to a minimum,

b reducing leaks and release into the environment to a minimum

b increasing product durability,

b easier product maintenance and repair (product reliability, product modularity, etc).

End-of-life

Schneider Electric undertakes to comply with recycling rates and to recover the

products at the end of their life. The group meets the WEEE (Waste Electrical and

Electronic Equipment) directive. Published on 13 th February 2003, directive

2002 / 96 / EC concerning electrical and electronic equipment waste is more

commonly known as the WEEE directive.

An easily-dismantled product.

The product is in kit form. All components can be

removed, which facilitates sorting the different types of

materials.

PD395051


E-57

Characteristics

MTZ2/NW/MVS 4000A In-Panel configuration

Incoming column - Flat busbar solution


System M

Description

Prisma iPM Copper 4000A In-panel solution is the special offer developed to carry 4000A at

system level using the MTZ2/NW/MVS 40 device. This solution is designed for top HBB position

compatible with incoming connections like busway, cables and coupler arrangements.

Enclosure depth required is 1200mm, and same shoud be maintained for all outgoing

connections. Number of busbars required for HBB are 3/phase of the size 120x10 mm. Minimum

busbar pitch necessary for bus coupler connection is 115 mm. Solution is available in both natural

cooling and forced cooling in IP42 and IP54 combinations, refer de-rating charts for more details

of current limits for different IP and ambient conditions.

4000A In-Panel Solution variants -

Assembly numbers

Assembly numbers

Pole Top Entry Bottom Entry Coupling Solution

Via Busway

Via Cable

Drawout Fixed Drawout Fixed Drawout Fixed

4P NNZ67571 NNZ68678 NNZ67574 NNZ68682 NNZ67578 NNZ68686

3P NNZ67572 NNZ68679 NNZ67576 NNZ68684 NNZ67580 NNZ68688

E-58 se.com

Characteristics


Incoming column - Flat busbar solution - Busway connection solution


System M

Standard configuration

Busway connection


1 Frame+roof W800 D600 LSM57608A (1) 2

2 M mounting plate MasterPact NW-MT LSM58876V 1


4 Terminals for MasterPact NW-MT40 3p LSM58080A (2) 3

4p 4

5 Fixed support for 5/10mm Hz. busbars pitch 115mm LSM58087A 2

6 Spacers (12) 150mm Linergy Evolution 4000A 04646 2



9 MasterPact NW40 total assembly drawing * 1

10 MasterPact NW40 4P drawout b 1

(1) The reference is for IP54, for other IP levels, refer to Frame reference on page 9.

(2) Terminal can be found in NW catalogue.

(*) Refer to page 1, for Assembly numbers.

Note: for the I-Link busway selection, refer to page B-5.

E

DD800581

3 2 10 5

4 7

1


E-59

Characteristics


Incoming column - Flat busbar solution - Cable entry


System M


Cable entry


1 Frame+roof W800 D600 LSM58608A (1) 2



4 Terminals for MasterPact NW-MT40 LSM58080A (2) 4

5 Fixed support for 5/10mm Hz. busbars

LSM58087A 2

pitch 115mm

6 Space (12) 150mm Linergy Evolution 4000A 04646 2





11 2 Side cross-members D400 LSM58440A 1




DD800569

11 2 10

5 4 7 3 1

E-60 se.com

Characteristics


Incoming column - Flat busbar solution - Coupling Solution


System M


Coupling Solution


1 Frame+roof W800 D600 2 x LSM58608A (1) 1

2 Frame+roof W300 D600 2 x LSM58603A (1) 1

3 Frame+roof W800 D400 - rear 2 x LSM58408R 1

4 Frame+roof W300 D400 - rear LSM58403R 1


6 Fixed bar support pitch 115mm W800 4000A LSM57947A 6

7 Busbar support for 4000A coupling solution LSM58084A 1

8 Terminals for MasterPact NW-MT40 LSM58080A (2) 4

9 Fixed support for 10mm Hz. busbars pitch115mm LSM58087A 2


11 3 Fixed supports vert. Bars+bottom D600 LSM58094A 1


13 20 Screws for vert./Hz. busbar connection 04645 3




17 2 Side cross-members D400 LSM58440A 1




E

DD800582

3

17 5

10 9 8 1

6

7

11


E-61

Characteristics


Incoming column - Flat busbar solution


System M

Front view

DD800566

4

3


1 M frontplate MasterPact NW 3P/4P W800 fixed LSM58926F 1

drawout LSM58927D

2 W800 plain front plate 2M LSM58972A 3

3 W800 plain front plate 5M LSM58975A 4

4 System M front plate support LSM58700A 1

1

2

IP42/54


DD3828061

2

3

4

Forced cooling is specially for IP54 applications, for IP42 applications use natural cooling.

No. Designation IP54 Com. no. (1) Qty.

1 Filter fan 560m3/h 230V IP54 b NSYCAG291LPF 1

2 Top Hood NSYCAC228RMF 1

3 Grill with filter (maximum througput=350m3/h) b NSYCVF850M230PF 2

4 Rear panel b LSM57946A 1

(1) To ensure the cooling condition, the ventilation solution components (NSYCAG291LPF32,

NSYCVF575M230MF, LSM58710A) are mandatory for the cubicle adjacent to the MasterPact

NW40 cubicle.

1

IP54

Warnings

In order to keep good condition of the heavy cubicle configuration, we recommend to:


b Transport single column instead of association with other cubicles.

E-62 se.com

Characteristics

System M


Incoming column - Derating table


Natural Cooling

Horizontal Flat busbars, 10 mm thick

No. of bars / phase Permissible current (A) - Average ambient temperature around the switchboard

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Natural Cooling

3 bars, 120 x 10 mm 4490 4020 4390 3940 4280 3840 4180 3740 4060 3620 3950 3520

Vertical Flat busbars, 10 mm thick


25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Natural Cooling

3 bars, 120 x 10 mm 4490 4020 4390 3940 4280 3840 4180 3740 4060 3620 3950 3520

E

Connection between Fixed Device, 10 mm thick


25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Natural Cooling

3 bars, 150 x 10 mm 4000 3650 4000 3500 4000 3400 4000 3300 3800 3120 3650 3000

Connection between Withdrable Device, 10 mm thick

No. of bars / phase Permissible curr Permissible current (A) - Average ambient temperature around the switchboard ent (A)

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Natural Cooling

3 bars, 150 x 10 mm 4000 3600 4000 3500 4000 3350 3850 3250 3675 3120 3550 3000

Forced Cooling

Horizontal Flat busbars, 10 mm thick


25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Forced Cooling

3 bars, 120 x 10 mm ■ 4640 ■ 4520 ■ 4400 ■ 4280 ■ 4170 ■ 4050

Vertical Flat busbars, 10 mm thick


25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Forced Cooling

3 bars, 120 x 10 mm ■ 4640 ■ 4520 ■ 4400 ■ 4280 ■ 4170 ■ 4050

Connection between Fixed Device, 10 mm thick


25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Forced Cooling

3 bars, 150 x 10 mm ■ 4000 ■ 4000 ■ 4000 ■ 4000 ■ 4000 ■ 4000

Connection between Withdrable Device, 10 mm thick


25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C


Forced Cooling

3 bars, 150 x 10 mm ■ 4000 ■ 4000 ■ 4000 ■ 4000 ■ 4000 ■ 4000


E-63

Characteristics

Busbars up to 4000 A In-Panel

Selection table

Horizontal busbars

System M


Horizontal busbar

Thickness

(mm)

Frame depth

(mm)

Pitch of bars

(mm)

Permissible current (A) at average

ambient 35 °C for the switchboard

No. of bars per phase Fixed support (1) Busbar support (1)


10 600 115 4280 3840 3 120 x 10 LSM58087A+04671 LSM58090A+04671

(1) 2 fixed supports for 600 / 800 mm wide frameworks and 1 fixed support for 300 / 400 mm wide frameworks mandatory; if more supports required, use free supports.

Note: Table applies only to natural cooling and not to forced cooling.

Selection table : Vertical busbars on top

Vertical busbar

Thickness

(mm)

Frame depth

(mm)

Length (mm)

Permissible current (A) at average No. of bars per phase Fixed support (1) Busbar support (1)

ambient 35 °C for the switchboard


10 600 1675 4280 3840 3 120 x 10 (2)(3) LSM58094A + 3 x 04671 LSM58090A + 04671

(1) Three fixed supports are required to maintain the busbars. If more than three supports are required, use additional free supports. For the number of supports

required, see the table “number and size of copper bars”.

(2) To install in framework W300.

(3) For 4000 A In-Panel Coupling and ACB Incoming Feeders.

1

Number of supports for flat bars 10 mm thick for Vertical Busbar

Frameworks depth = 600 mm

1+4

x3

Pitch

(mm)

Frameworks

width (mm)

Size of bars

(mm)

No. of supports

Icw (kA rms/1 s.)

y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85

115 300 3 bars, 120 x 10 1 1+2 1+6

x3

+

x4

Note: Table is applicable for coupling solutions.

1+2

x3

+

1+6

x2

x3

+

x6

E-64 se.com

Characteristics

Partitioning - 4000A In-Panel

Selection table

Form partitions

System M

Form 2 partition

Form 2 partition between upstream terminals and

horizontal busbars

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS Coupling Solution

Device

Fixed device

MTZ2/MW/MVS

40

Drawout device

MTZ2/MW/MVS

40

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

Upper terminal to

horizontal busbar

800 mm 3P/4P LSM57943A LSM57942A

800 mm 3P/4P LSM57940A LSM57942A

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS Dedicated Solution

Device

Fixed device

Width of

enclosure

NO. of

pole

NW/MVS 40 800 mm 3P/4P LSM57943A

Drawout device

MTZ2/NW/MVS

40

800 mm 3P/4P LSM57940A

Upper terminal to horizontal busbar

Lower terminal to vertical busbar

E

Form 4 partition

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS - Busway

Device

Fixed device

Width of

enclosure

No. of

pole

Customer connection to

lower terminals

Rear connection MTZ2/NW/MVS 40 800 mm 3P/4P LSM57944A

Drawout device


Form 4 partition for MasterPact MTZ2/NW/MVS 40

Busway connection to upper terminals

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS - Cables

Device

Fixed device

Width of

enclosure

No. of

pole


lower terminals


Drawout device



customer connection to lower terminals

MasterPact MTZ2/NW/EasyPact MVS - Fan

Device

Fixed device

Width of

enclosure

No. of

pole


lower terminals


Drawout device



Fan connection


E-65

Characteristics

System M

IP42/54 cubicles with 1.5 mm and 2 mm doors and panels

for rear access - Selection table

Commercial numbers


v 1200 mm depth frame is made of a back-to-back association of two 600 mm depth frames. The rear frame is

dedicated for rear access architecture and thus not equipped with intermediate mounting plates.

b For the 600 + 200 mm width, the busbar compartment (W = 200 mm) can be on the left or right.




To secure compliance with the degree of protection IP42/54, the addition of a gasket is needed (see page D-14).

1.5 mm door and panels for 1200** mm deep framework

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

DD435231

DD800218

DD800238

DD800216

DD435229

DD800516

DD800241

DD800615

DD800557

Width (mm)

Framework

with Top Hood

Framework

with roof

Door (1) Rear panels Rear panels 2 side

panels

plain or Transparent

(2)

Front plate

support

Gasket

IP42/54

300 2 x LSM57603A 2 x LSM57603A LSM57424A - LSM58413A LSM58413A - - LSM58489A x 2

400 2 x LSM57614A 2 x LSM57604A LSM57635A - LSM57624R LSM58415A 2 x LSM57477A - LSM58489A x 2

400 + 200 (*) 2 x LSM57642A LSM57427A - LSM53176A LSM58417A 2 x LSM57477A - LSM58489A x 2

600 2 x LSM57616A 2 x LSM57606A LSM57427A LSM57467T LSM53176A LSM58417A 2 x LSM57477A LSM58700A LSM58489A x 2

600 + 200 2 x LSM57626A 2 x LSM57662A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM53178A LSM58419A 2 x LSM57477A LSM58700A LSM58489A x 2

800 2 x LSM57618A 2 x LSM57608A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM53178A LSM58419A 2 x LSM57477A LSM58700A LSM58489A x 2



(*) For Framework with Top Hood, contact your Schneider Electric representative.

(**) Order LSM58473A for back to back coupling

2 mm door and panels for 1200** mm deep framework

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

DD435231

DD800218

DD800238

DD800216

DD435229

DD800516

DD800241

DD800615

DD800557

Width (mm)

Framework

with Top Hood

Enclosure weight

Framework

with roof

Empty weight (kg)

Framework

width (mm)

Door (1) Rear panels Rear panels 2 side

panels

plain or Transparent

(2)


With door

1.5 mm thick 2 mm thick

IP42 IP54 IP42 IP54

300 109.04 109.04 109.04 109.04

400 207.5 190.18 207.5 190.18

600 249.14 228.9 249.14 228.9

600 + 200 300.82 275.28 300.82 275.28

800 274.9 249.36 274.9 249.36

Front plate

support

Gasket

IP42/54

300 2 x LSM57603A 2 x LSM57603A LSM57483A - LSM57413A LSM57413A - - 2 x LSM58489A

400 2 x LSM57614A 2 x LSM57604A LSM57483A - LSM57410A LSM57415A 2 x LSM57451A - 2 x LSM58489A

600 2 x LSM57616A 2 x LSM57606A LSM57483A LSM57489A LSM57411A LSM57417A 2 x LSM57451A LSM58700A 2 x LSM58489A

600 + 200 2 x LSM57626A 2 x LSM57662A LSM57483A LSM57490A LSM57412A LSM57419A 2 x LSM57451A LSM58700A 2 x LSM58489A 2

800 2 x LSM57618A 2 x LSM57608A LSM57483A LSM57490A LSM57412A LSM57419A 2 x LSM57451A LSM58700A 2 x LSM58489A



(*) For Framework with Top Hood, contact your Schneider Electric representative.

(**) Order LSM58473A for back to back coupling

E-66 se.com

Characteristics

IP42/54 floor standing cubicles up to 4000 A In-Panel


Commercial numbers

Gland plates

System M

DD800262

Designation

Com. no.

Gland plate, D = 1200 mm W = 800 mm 2 x LSM58688A

Gland plate seismic, D = 1200 mm W = 800 mm 2 x LSM53688A

E

Dimensions - Depth 600 mm

DD800263

DD800266

DD800267

DD800268

225/325

300/400


E-67

Characteristics

Seismic solution In-Panel

IP42 / IP54

System M

Special solutions

Seismic solution application

conditions

b Not suitable for 2NW solution.

b Do not mount the base frame

b Frame thickness is 2 mm.

DD800282


Device Seismic Cross Member Seismic Accessories

Width Depth Corner Bracket 200 W Stiffener Side Stiffener (1) Intermediate

Stiffener (2)

1200 mm Deep Framework

300 mm 2 x LSM58493A - 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

400 mm 2 x LSM58495A - 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

400+200 mm 4 x LSM58430A - 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

600 mm 4 x LSM58430A - 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

600+200 mm 4 x LSM58430A 2 x LSM58492A 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

800 mm 10 x LSM58098A - 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

LSM58641A - 2 x LSM58617A 2 x LSM58618A

LSM58641A - 2 x LSM58617A 2 x LSM58618A

LSM58641A - 2 x LSM58617A 2 x LSM58618A

LSM58641A - 2 x LSM58617A 2 x LSM58618A

LSM58641A LSM58619A 2 x LSM58617A 2 x LSM58618A

LSM58641A - 2 x LSM58617A 2 x LSM58618A

(1) Side Stiffeners quantity is 01 for a line up or for a single cubicle.

(2) Intermediate Stiffener quantity is 01 for 2 cubicles ex: if there are N cubicles in line up (N-1) quantity is required. Not required for the single cubicle.

Note: For Seismic solution, contact your Schneider Electric representative.

E-68 se.com

Acceleration (in g)

Characteristics

System M

Standards and certifications of Prisma iPM Seismic

Specific application

Special solutions

Seismic zone

Around the world can be found different

zones with a specific seismic risk.

These zones have been classified according

to the Uniform Building Code (UBC).

Zone 0

Zone 1

Zone 2

Zone 3

Zone 4

E

Switchboard qualification

Tests are carried out on switchboards to ensure that they operate correctly (structural and functional integrity) under severe earthquake

conditions and meet specific safety requirements.

The tests carried out to qualify these switchboards are described in the international standard IEEE 693 : 2018.

Classification

From weak to strong earthquakes, Prisma iPM has been tested in the following ground accelerations to guarantee the right performance on

seismic risk.

IEEE 693 : 2018

IEEE 693 : 2018

Ground acceleration

References General description Peak acceleration (g) Prisma iPM level (g) Qualification

Low seismic level Intensity from weak to average 0.1 2 Qualified

Medium seismic level Intensity from average to strong 1.25 2 Qualified

IEC 60068-3-3

UBC-97 Equivalent IEEE 693 : 2018

Ground acceleration

acceleration

References General description Richter scale MSK Zone Acceleration (g) Prisma iPM Qualification

magnitude Intensity

level (g)

AG2 Intensity from weak to average < 5 .5 < VIII 0 0.2 2 Qualified

1

AG3 Intensity from average to strong 5.5 to 7.0 VIII to IX 2 3 0.3 2 Qualified

AG5 Intensity from strong to very strong > 7.0 > IX 4 0.4 2 Qualified

Compare Prisma switchboard performances with seismic standards damping 5%

Prisma iPM Russia Chile Turkey Greece Australia UBC

10

Note: Prisma iPM is compliant up to level AG5 from IEC 60068-3-3 (2 g).

1

0.1

0.01

2

Frequency (Hz)

20

Country Standard Parameters

Prisma iPM IEEE 693 : 2018 2 g Level

Russia GOST 17516.1-90 Civil Market (Seismic intensity 8, all installation levels) or (Up to Seismic intensity 9, Level 1 only)

Chile ENDESA1986 All seismic categories

Turkey Seismic Turkish Code 2009 All seismic zones, all site class

Greece EAK 2000 All soil types, Worst case

Australia AS1170 All soil types, Worst case

UBC 1997-AC156 Zone 4 - Ground Level


E-69

Characteristics

Standards and certifications of Prisma iPM Seismic

Installation conditions

Special solutions

System M

Prisma iPM cubicle frames

Prisma iPM cubicle frames have to be assembled according to mounting instructions

and must respect the tightening torque and association screws position.

Functional units have to be assembled according to the mounting instructions

supplied with each reference.

Fixing points to ground

Structural Corner Bracket

Customer ground points

u M12

600/800 200/300/400

600/400 600/400

600/800 200/300/400

600/400

600/400

600/400

600/400

Tightening torque = 80 Nm with customer M12 screws

Note: Cubicle of the same switchboard must have the same depth, also it is

not Suitable for 2NW solution.

Refer to GDE32701 leaflet for compliant assembly.

NOTICE

HAZARD OF STRUCTURAL FAILURE

Plinths are not allowed in seismic configurations

Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

E-70 se.com

Characteristics

Seismic solution

IP42 / IP54

System M

Special solutions

Seismic solution application

conditions

b Not suitable for 2NW solution.

b Do not mount the base frame

b Frame thickness is 2 mm.

DD800282

E




Stiffener (2)


300 mm 2 x LSM58493A - 3 x LSM58440A LSM58641A - - -


400+200 mm 4 x LSM58430A - 3 x LSM58440A LSM58641A - - -


600+200 mm 4 x LSM58430A 2 x LSM58492A 3 x LSM58440A LSM58641A - - -







Stiffener (2)


300 mm 2 x LSM58493A - 3 x LSM58441A LSM58641A - LSM58617A LSM58618A


400+200 mm 4 x LSM58430A - 3 x LSM58441A LSM58641A - LSM58617A LSM58618A


600+200 mm 4 x LSM58430A 2 x LSM58492A 3 x LSM58441A LSM58641A LSM58619A LSM58617A LSM58618A





E-71

Characteristics

Seismic solution

IP42 / IP54

System M

Special solutions




Stiffener (2)


300 mm 3 x LSM58493A - 6 x LSM58440A 2 x LSM58641A - - -

300 mm 3 x LSM58495A - 6 x LSM58440A 2 x LSM58641A -

400+200 mm 5 x LSM58430A - 6 x LSM58440A 2 x LSM58641A - - -


600+200 mm 5 x LSM58430A 3 x LSM58492A 6 x LSM58440A 2 x LSM58641A - - -







Stiffener (2)


300 mm 3 x LSM58493A - 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

300 mm 3 x LSM58495A - 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

400+200 mm 5 x LSM58430A - 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

600 mm 5 x LSM58430A - 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

600+200 mm 5 x LSM58430A 3 x LSM58492A 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

800 mm 10 x LSM58098A - 3 x LSM58441A +

3 x LSM58440A

2 x LSM58641A - LSM58617A LSM58618A

2 x LSM58641A - LSM58617A LSM58618A

2 x LSM58641A - LSM58617A LSM58618A

2 x LSM58641A - LSM58617A LSM58618A

2 x LSM58641A LSM58619A LSM58617A LSM58618A

2 x LSM58641A - LSM58617A LSM58618A



E-72 se.com

System M

Characteristics

Presentation of components

System M

Assembling recommendations

PB800044

System M

E


E-73

Characteristics


System M


Chronology of the opposite switchboard configuration assembly:

1 - Floor standing enclosure structure

b Framework.

b Busbar duct.

b Base frame

2 - Vertical busbar

b Busbar support.

b Vertical busbar.

3 - Mounting plates and switchgears

b Mounting plate with the circuit breaker.

b Modular device rails.

b Multi 9 devices.

4 - Distribution blocks

b 200 A Multiclip distribution block.

b Comb busbar

5 - Power cables

b Distribution connection.

b Earthing.

6 - Wiring trunking

b Trunking.

b Trunking for the fine wiring.

7 - Partitioning

b Form 3 partition.

8 - Gland plates

b Gland plates

9 - Front plates

b Front plate support frame.

b Front plates

10 - Floor standing covering

b Rear panels.

b Lateral panels.

b Gland plates.

b Doors or front cover.

E-74 se.com

Characteristics


System M


Preparation of the framework

DD800214

DD800316

Install the vertical busbar

DD800298

DD800297

DD800300

Install the incoming device

DD800303

DD800304

DD800301

DD800399

E

2

3

1

x4


E-75

Characteristics


System M


Install the other devices

DD800299

DD800302

DD800296

Install the modular device rail

DD800383 DD800382

DD800380

DD800538

Install the adjustable rail

C

x2

2

1

2

Install the distribution block

x2

DD800381

x2

1

4

x2

3

x2

E-76 se.com

Characteristics


System M


Install the earth / neutral bar

Neutral bar

Earth bar

DD800328

DD800327

E

Wiring trunking

DD800307 DD800519

DD800539

Install the partition

Install the gland plates


E-77

L

K

J

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

Characteristics


System M


Install the front plates

DD800305 DD800375

DD800357

Floor standing enclosure covering

x12

1

2

x12

4

x2 3

Floor standing enclosure assembly

x2

DD800376

1

2

x4

x2

E-78 se.com

se.com

Schneider Electric Industries SAS

35, rue Joseph Monier

CS 30323

F - 92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex

RCS Nanterre 954 503 439

Capital social 896 313 776 €

www.se.com

As standards, specifications and designs change from time to time, please ask

for confirmation of the information given in this publication.

This document has been printed on ecological paper.

Design: Schneider Electric

Photos: Schneider Electric

Publishing: Altavia Connexion

ART.838789 © 2021 - Schneider Electric - All rights reserved

LVED210002EN

08-2021

Prisma_iPM_Catalogue_Cu_2021

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?